WO2007111642A2 - Systems , methods , and processes for use in treating subsurface formations - Google Patents
Systems , methods , and processes for use in treating subsurface formations Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2007111642A2 WO2007111642A2 PCT/US2006/040971 US2006040971W WO2007111642A2 WO 2007111642 A2 WO2007111642 A2 WO 2007111642A2 US 2006040971 W US2006040971 W US 2006040971W WO 2007111642 A2 WO2007111642 A2 WO 2007111642A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- formation
- heater
- heaters
- fluid
- heat
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 title claims abstract 1047
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 title claims abstract 1047
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract 912
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 title claims 42
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims abstract 506
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract 156
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 claims abstract 130
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract 112
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 claims 449
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 claims 449
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 233
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims 232
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims 213
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 claims 164
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 claims 131
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims 123
- 230000005294 ferromagnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims 104
- VCNTUJWBXWAWEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-J aluminum;sodium;dicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-]C([O-])=O.[O-]C([O-])=O VCNTUJWBXWAWEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 claims 102
- 229910001647 dawsonite Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 102
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims 86
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims 73
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims 73
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims 73
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims 72
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 claims 70
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 claims 70
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 68
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 68
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 66
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 claims 64
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims 62
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims 62
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 58
- 239000013529 heat transfer fluid Substances 0.000 claims 58
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 56
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 claims 51
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 claims 50
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 claims 49
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 claims 49
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims 45
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 claims 42
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 claims 42
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 41
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 41
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 claims 37
- 239000010448 nahcolite Substances 0.000 claims 36
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 34
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 32
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 claims 32
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 32
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 claims 31
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 claims 31
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 30
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 30
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 claims 29
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 29
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims 29
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 29
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims 28
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims 27
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 27
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 claims 26
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 25
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 claims 24
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 claims 24
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 23
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 claims 23
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 23
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims 23
- 239000004058 oil shale Substances 0.000 claims 22
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 claims 22
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 22
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims 21
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 21
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 claims 21
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 20
- 238000001728 nano-filtration Methods 0.000 claims 20
- 238000004523 catalytic cracking Methods 0.000 claims 19
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 18
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims 18
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims 18
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 18
- 239000003502 gasoline Substances 0.000 claims 17
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims 17
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 claims 17
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 claims 17
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 claims 17
- 239000003302 ferromagnetic material Substances 0.000 claims 16
- 239000000615 nonconductor Substances 0.000 claims 16
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 16
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 claims 16
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 claims 15
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 claims 15
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims 15
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims 15
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 claims 15
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 claims 15
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 14
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 claims 14
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 claims 14
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 claims 14
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 14
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 claims 13
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 claims 13
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 13
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 claims 13
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 13
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 claims 12
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims 12
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 claims 12
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 claims 12
- 150000001247 metal acetylides Chemical class 0.000 claims 12
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 12
- 238000005486 sulfidation Methods 0.000 claims 12
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 11
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 claims 11
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 claims 11
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 11
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 11
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 11
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims 10
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 10
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 claims 10
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 claims 10
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 10
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims 10
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 claims 10
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 10
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 10
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 claims 10
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 claims 9
- 238000000197 pyrolysis Methods 0.000 claims 9
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 claims 9
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 9
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 8
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 8
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 8
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 claims 8
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 claims 8
- 239000010459 dolomite Substances 0.000 claims 8
- 229910000514 dolomite Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 8
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 claims 8
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 claims 8
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 7
- 229910000975 Carbon steel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 7
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 claims 7
- 239000010962 carbon steel Substances 0.000 claims 7
- 229910000037 hydrogen sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 7
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 claims 7
- -1 steam Chemical compound 0.000 claims 7
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 6
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 6
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 claims 6
- 238000004880 explosion Methods 0.000 claims 6
- 239000008246 gaseous mixture Substances 0.000 claims 6
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims 6
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 6
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 6
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims 6
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 claims 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims 6
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims 6
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 5
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 claims 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 claims 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 claims 5
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 claims 5
- 239000003507 refrigerant Substances 0.000 claims 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 claims 5
- UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon monoxide Chemical compound [O+]#[C-] UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 4
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 4
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 claims 4
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 claims 4
- 230000001483 mobilizing effect Effects 0.000 claims 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 claims 4
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 claims 4
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 claims 4
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 claims 4
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical group OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 claims 3
- 239000011260 aqueous acid Substances 0.000 claims 3
- 238000002485 combustion reaction Methods 0.000 claims 3
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 claims 3
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 3
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- 238000005098 hot rolling Methods 0.000 claims 3
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical class CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 2
- 229910021536 Zeolite Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims 2
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 239000011440 grout Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 claims 2
- VUZPPFZMUPKLLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane;hydrate Chemical compound C.O VUZPPFZMUPKLLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 238000005065 mining Methods 0.000 claims 2
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 238000004064 recycling Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 238000001223 reverse osmosis Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 claims 2
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 claims 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isobutene Chemical class CC(C)=C VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical class CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011959 amorphous silica alumina Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 229910001566 austenite Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 230000002902 bimodal effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 235000013844 butane Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004939 coking Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000005097 cold rolling Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000011143 downstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000010292 electrical insulation Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 239000002320 enamel (paints) Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000295 fuel oil Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000002309 gasification Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 239000012774 insulation material Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 150000005673 monoalkenes Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical class CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000005488 sandblasting Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 claims 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims 1
- 229910000679 solder Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 238000007711 solidification Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000008023 solidification Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000005068 transpiration Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000013022 venting Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 229910000859 α-Fe Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L1/00—Supplying electric power to auxiliary equipment of vehicles
- B60L1/02—Supplying electric power to auxiliary equipment of vehicles to electric heating circuits
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH DRILLING, e.g. DEEP DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
- E21B43/16—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons
- E21B43/24—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons using heat, e.g. steam injection
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10G—CRACKING HYDROCARBON OILS; PRODUCTION OF LIQUID HYDROCARBON MIXTURES, e.g. BY DESTRUCTIVE HYDROGENATION, OLIGOMERISATION, POLYMERISATION; RECOVERY OF HYDROCARBON OILS FROM OIL-SHALE, OIL-SAND, OR GASES; REFINING MIXTURES MAINLY CONSISTING OF HYDROCARBONS; REFORMING OF NAPHTHA; MINERAL WAXES
- C10G1/00—Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from oil-shale, oil-sand, or non-melting solid carbonaceous or similar materials, e.g. wood, coal
- C10G1/002—Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from oil-shale, oil-sand, or non-melting solid carbonaceous or similar materials, e.g. wood, coal in combination with oil conversion- or refining processes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10G—CRACKING HYDROCARBON OILS; PRODUCTION OF LIQUID HYDROCARBON MIXTURES, e.g. BY DESTRUCTIVE HYDROGENATION, OLIGOMERISATION, POLYMERISATION; RECOVERY OF HYDROCARBON OILS FROM OIL-SHALE, OIL-SAND, OR GASES; REFINING MIXTURES MAINLY CONSISTING OF HYDROCARBONS; REFORMING OF NAPHTHA; MINERAL WAXES
- C10G1/00—Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from oil-shale, oil-sand, or non-melting solid carbonaceous or similar materials, e.g. wood, coal
- C10G1/02—Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from oil-shale, oil-sand, or non-melting solid carbonaceous or similar materials, e.g. wood, coal by distillation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10G—CRACKING HYDROCARBON OILS; PRODUCTION OF LIQUID HYDROCARBON MIXTURES, e.g. BY DESTRUCTIVE HYDROGENATION, OLIGOMERISATION, POLYMERISATION; RECOVERY OF HYDROCARBON OILS FROM OIL-SHALE, OIL-SAND, OR GASES; REFINING MIXTURES MAINLY CONSISTING OF HYDROCARBONS; REFORMING OF NAPHTHA; MINERAL WAXES
- C10G11/00—Catalytic cracking, in the absence of hydrogen, of hydrocarbon oils
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10G—CRACKING HYDROCARBON OILS; PRODUCTION OF LIQUID HYDROCARBON MIXTURES, e.g. BY DESTRUCTIVE HYDROGENATION, OLIGOMERISATION, POLYMERISATION; RECOVERY OF HYDROCARBON OILS FROM OIL-SHALE, OIL-SAND, OR GASES; REFINING MIXTURES MAINLY CONSISTING OF HYDROCARBONS; REFORMING OF NAPHTHA; MINERAL WAXES
- C10G9/00—Thermal non-catalytic cracking, in the absence of hydrogen, of hydrocarbon oils
- C10G9/24—Thermal non-catalytic cracking, in the absence of hydrogen, of hydrocarbon oils by heating with electrical means
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH DRILLING, e.g. DEEP DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
- E21B43/16—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons
- E21B43/24—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons using heat, e.g. steam injection
- E21B43/2401—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons using heat, e.g. steam injection by means of electricity
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH DRILLING, e.g. DEEP DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
- E21B43/28—Dissolving minerals other than hydrocarbons, e.g. by an alkaline or acid leaching agent
- E21B43/281—Dissolving minerals other than hydrocarbons, e.g. by an alkaline or acid leaching agent using heat
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10G—CRACKING HYDROCARBON OILS; PRODUCTION OF LIQUID HYDROCARBON MIXTURES, e.g. BY DESTRUCTIVE HYDROGENATION, OLIGOMERISATION, POLYMERISATION; RECOVERY OF HYDROCARBON OILS FROM OIL-SHALE, OIL-SAND, OR GASES; REFINING MIXTURES MAINLY CONSISTING OF HYDROCARBONS; REFORMING OF NAPHTHA; MINERAL WAXES
- C10G2300/00—Aspects relating to hydrocarbon processing covered by groups C10G1/00 - C10G99/00
- C10G2300/20—Characteristics of the feedstock or the products
- C10G2300/30—Physical properties of feedstocks or products
- C10G2300/308—Gravity, density, e.g. API
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH DRILLING, e.g. DEEP DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
- E21B43/34—Arrangements for separating materials produced by the well
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E20/00—Combustion technologies with mitigation potential
- Y02E20/14—Combined heat and power generation [CHP]
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to methods and systems for production of hydrocarbons, hydrogen, and/or other products from various subsurface formations such as hydrocarbon containing formations.
- Hydrocarbons obtained from subterranean formations are often used as energy resources, as feedstocks, and as consumer products.
- Concerns over depletion of available hydrocarbon resources and concerns over declining overall quality of produced hydrocarbons have led to development of processes for more efficient recovery, processing and/or use of available hydrocarbon resources.
- In situ processes may be used to remove hydrocarbon materials from subterranean formations.
- Chemical and/or physical properties of hydrocarbon material in a subterranean formation may need to be changed to allow hydrocarbon material to be more easily removed from the subterranean formation.
- the chemical and physical changes may include in situ reactions that produce removable fluids, composition changes, solubility changes, density changes, phase changes, and/or viscosity changes of the hydrocarbon material in the formation.
- a fluid may be, but is not limited to, a gas, a liquid, an emulsion, a slurry, and/or a stream of solid particles that has flow characteristics similar to liquid flow.
- a wellbore may be formed in a formation.
- wellbores may be formed using reverse circulation drilling methods.
- Reverse circulation methods are suggested, for example, in published U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004-0079553 to Livingstone, and U.S. Patent Nos. 6,854,534 to Livingstone; 6,892,829 to Livingstone, 7,090,018 to Livingstone; and 4,823,890 to Lang, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Reverse circulation methods generally involve circulating a drilling fluid to a drilling bit through an annulus between concentric tubulars to the borehole in the vicinity of the drill bit, and then through openings in the drill bit and to the surface through the center of the concentric tubulars, with cuttings from the drilling being carried to the surface with the drilling fluid rising through the center tubular.
- a wiper or shroud may be provided above the drill bit and above a point where the drilling fluid exits the annulus to prevent the drilling fluid from mixing with formation fluids.
- the drilling fluids may be, but is not limited to, air, water, brines and/or conventional drilling fluids.
- a casing or other pipe system may be placed or formed in a wellbore.
- an expandable tubular may be used in a wellbore. Expandable tubulars are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,366,012 to Lohbeck, and 6,354,373 to Vercaemer et al., each of which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein. Heaters may be placed in wellbores to heat a formation during an in situ process. Examples of in situ processes utilizing downhole heaters are illustrated in U.S. Patent Nos. 2,634,961 to Ljungstrom; 2,732,195 to s LJunisrrorn 1 ; 2,789,805 to Ljungstrom; 2,923,535 to Ljungstrom; and 4,886,118 to Van
- Heat may be applied to the oil shale formation to pyrolyze kerogen in the oil shale formation.
- the heat may also fracture the formation to increase permeability of the formation.
- the increased permeability may allow formation fluid to travel to a production well where the fluid is removed from the oil shale formation.
- an oxygen containing gaseous medium is introduced to a pe ⁇ neable stratum, preferably while still hot from a preheating step, to initiate combustion.
- a heat source may be used to heat a subterranean formation.
- Electric heaters may be used to heat the subterranean formation by radiation and/or conduction.
- An electric heater may resistively heat an element.
- Patent No. 2,548,360 to Germain which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element placed in a viscous oil in a wellbore. The heater element heats and thins the oil to allow the oil to be pumped from the wellbore.
- U.S. Patent No. 4,716,960 to Eastlund et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes electrically heating tubing of a petroleum well by passing a relatively low voltage current through the tubing to prevent formation of solids.
- U.S. Patent No. 5,065,818 to Van Egmond which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element that is cemented into a well borehole without a casing surrounding the heating element.
- U.S. Patent No. 6,023,554 to Vinegar et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element that is positioned in a casing.
- the heating element generates radiant energy that heats the casing.
- a granular solid fill material may be placed between the casing and the formation.
- the casing may conductively heat the fill material, which in turn conductively heats the formation.
- U.S. Patent No. 4,570,715 to Van Meurs et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element.
- the heating element has an electrically conductive core, a surrounding layer of insulating material, and a surrounding metallic sheath.
- the conductive core may have a relatively low resistance at high temperatures.
- the insulating material may have electrical resistance, compressive strength, and heat conductivity properties that are relatively high at high temperatures.
- the insulating layer may inhibit arcing from the core to the metallic sheath.
- the metallic sheath may have tensile strength and creep resistance properties that are relatively high at high temperatures.
- Tar can be surface-mined and upgraded to lighter hydrocarbons such as crude oil, naphtha, kerosene, and/or gas oil.
- lighter hydrocarbons such as crude oil, naphtha, kerosene, and/or gas oil.
- Surface milling processes n ⁇ ay'-foSrBiW bitifmefr from sand.
- the separated bitumen may be converted to light hydrocarbons using conventional refinery methods. Mining and upgrading tar sand is usually substantially more expensive than producing lighter hydrocarbons from conventional oil reservoirs.
- In situ production of hydrocarbons from tar sand may be accomplished by heating and/or injecting a gas into the formation.
- U.S. Patent Nos. 5,211,230 to Ostapovich et al. and 5,339,897 to Leaute which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describe a horizontal production well located in an oil-bearing reservoir.
- a vertical conduit may be used to inject an oxidant gas into the reservoir for in situ combustion.
- U.S. Patent No. 2,780,450 to Ljungstrom describes heating bituminous geological formations in situ to convert or crack a liquid tar-like substance into oils and gases.
- U.S. Patent No. 4,597,441 to Ware et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes contacting oil, heat, and hydrogen simultaneously in a reservoir. Hydrogenation may enhance recovery of oil from the reservoir.
- Embodiments described herein generally relate to systems, methods, and heaters for treating a subsurface formation. Embodiments described herein also generally relate to heaters that have novel components therein. Such heaters can be obtained by using the systems and methods described herein.
- the invention provides one or more systems, methods, and/or heaters.
- the systems, methods, and/or heaters are used for treating a subsurface formation.
- the invention provides a system for heating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: a conduit located in an opening in the formation, the conduit comprising ferromagnetic material; an electrical conductor positioned inside the conduit, and electrically coupled to the conduit at or near an end portion of the conduit so that the electrical conductor and the conduit are electrically coupled in series and electrical current flows in the electrical conductor in a substantially opposite direction to electrical current flow in the conduit during application of electrical current to the system; wherein, during application of electrical current to the system, the flow of electrons is substantially confined to the inside of the conduit by the electromagnetic field generated from electrical current flow in the electrical conductor so that the outside surface of the conduit is at or near substantially zero potential at 25 0 C; and the conduit is configured to generate heat and heat the formation during application of electrical current to the system.
- the invention provides a method of heating a subsurface formation, comprising: providing a conduit to an opening in the formation, wherein the conduit comprises ferromagnetic material; positioning an electrical conductor inside the conduit; providing the conduit so that the conduit is electrically coupled at or near an end portion of the conduit so that the electrical conductor and the conduit are electrically coupie ⁇ m series anu eieum ⁇ i cun e e ec r ca con uc or n a su s a y o > u ⁇ i electrical current flow in the conduit during application of electrical current to the system; applying electrical current to the conduit to generate heat in the conduit, wherein, during application of electrical current, the flow of electrons is substantially confined to the inside of the conduit by the magnetic field generated from electrical current flow in the electrical conductor so that the outside surface of the conduit is at or near substantially zero potential at 25 0 C; and allowing heat to transfer from the conduit to at least a portion of the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising nahcolite, the method comprising: providing a first fluid to a portion of the formation through at least two injection wells; producing a second fluid from the portion through at least one injection well until at least two injection wells are interconnected such that fluid can flow between the two injection wells, wherein the second fluid includes at least some nahcolite dissolved in the first fluid; injecting the first fluid through one of the interconnected injection wells; producing the second fluid from at least one of the interconnected injection wells; providing heat from one or more heaters to the formation to heat the formation; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation, the method comprising: providing a first fluid to a first portion of the formation; producing a second fluid from the first portion, wherein the second fluid includes at least some sodium bicarbonate dissolved in the first fluid; providing heat from one or more heat sources to heat a second portion of the formation; and using heat from the second portion of the formation to heat the second fluid to produce soda ash.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising nahcolite, the method comprising: providing a first fluid to a portion of the formation; producing a second fluid from the portion to cause selective vertical shifting of at least some of the portion of the formation, the second fluid including at least some nahcolite dissolved in the first fluid; providing heat from one or more heaters to the formation to heat at least a portion of the formation that has been vertically shifted; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising nahcolite, the method comprising: providing a first fluid comprising steam to a portion of the formation, wherein the first fluid is at a temperature below a pyrolysis temperature of hydrocarbons in the portion of the formation; producing a second fluid from the portion, wherein the second fluid comprises nahcolite; providing heat from one or more heaters to the formation to heat the formation; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for producing one or more crude products, comprising: producing formation fluid from a subsurface in situ heat treatment process; separating the formation fluid to produce a liquid stream and a gas stream; providing at least a portion of the liquid stream to a nanofiltration system to produce a retentate and a permeate, wherein the retentate comprises clogging compositions; and processing the permeate in one or more of processing units downstream of the nanofiltration system to form one or more crude products.
- the invention provides a system for treating an in situ heat treatment fluid, comprising: a production well located in a formation, the production well configured to produce a formation fluid, wherein the formation fluid is produced using an in situ heat treatment process; a separation unit, the separation unit configured receive the formation fluid from the production well and the separation unit configured to separate the formation fluid into a liquid stream and a gas stream; a nanofiltration system configured to receive the liquid stream and the nanofiltration system configured to separate the liquid stream into a retentate and a permeate. « . » .
- certain embodiments/the invention provides a method, comprising: producing formation fluid from a subsurface in situ heat treatment process; separating the formation fluid to produce a liquid stream and a gas stream; providing at least a portion of the liquid stream to a hydrotreating unit; and removing of at least a portion of selected in situ heat treatment clogging compositions in the liquid stream to produce a hydrotreated liquid stream by hydrotreating at least a portion of the liquid stream at conditions sufficient to remove the selected in situ heat treatment clogging compositions.
- the invention provides a transportation fuel, wherein the transportation fuel is made by a method comprising: producing formation fluid from a subsurface in situ heat treatment process; separating the formation fluid to produce a liquid stream and a gas stream; providing at least a portion of the liquid stream to a hydrotreating unit; removing of at least a portion of selected in situ heat treatment clogging compositions in the liquid stream to produce a hydrotreated liquid stream by hydrotreating at least a portion of the liquid stream at conditions sufficient to remove the selected in situ heat treatment clogging compositions; and blending one or more of the crude products with other components to make transportation fuel.
- the invention provides a method for producing alkylated hydrocarbons, comprising: producing formation fluid from a subsurface in situ heat treatment process; separating the formation fluid to produce a liquid stream and a first gas stream, wherein the first gas stream comprises olefins; fractionating the liquid stream to produce at least a second gas stream comprising hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 3, and introducing the first gas stream and the second gas stream into an alkylation unit to produce alkylated hydrocarbons, wherein at least a portion of the olefins in the first gas stream enhance alkylation.
- the invention provides a method of producing alkylated hydrocarbons, comprising: producing formation fluid from a subsurface in situ heat treatment process; separating the formation fluid to produce a liquid stream; catalytically cracking at least a portion of the liquid stream in a first catalytic cracking system to produce a crude product; separating at least a portion of the crude product into one or more hydrocarbon streams, wherein at least one of the hydrocarbon streams is a gasoline hydrocarbons stream; catalytically cracking at least a portion of the gasoline hydrocarbons stream by contacting the gasoline hydrocarbon stream with a catalytic cracking catalyst in a second catalytic cracking system to produce a crude olefin stream; and introducing at least a portion of the crude olefin stream into an alkylation unit to produce one or more alkylated hydrocarbons.
- the invention provides a method for producing a crude product, comprising: producing formation fluid from a subsurface in situ heat treatment process; separating the formation fluid to produce a liquid stream and a first gas stream, wherein the first gas stream comprises olefins; fractionating the liquid stream to produce one or more crude products, wherein at least one of the crude products has a boiling range distribution from 38 °C and 343 C C as determined by ASTM Method D5307; and catalytically cracking the crude product having the boiling range distribution from 38 0 C and 343 0 C to produce one or more additional crude products, wherein at least one of the additional crude products is a second gas stream, at the gas stream has a boiling point of at most 38 0 C at 0.101 MPa.
- the invention provides a method for producing hydrocarbons, comprising: producing formation fluid from a subsurface in situ heat treatment process; separating the formation fluid to produce a liquid stream; catalytically cracking the liquid stream in a first catalytic cracking system by contacting the liquid stream with a catalytic cracking catalyst to produce a crude product stream and a spent catalytic cracking catalyst; regenerating the spent catalytic cracking catalyst to produce a regenerated cracking catalyst; catalytically cracking a gasoline hydrocarbons stream in a second catalytic cracking system by contacting the gasoline hydrocarbons stream with the regenerated catalytic cracking catalyst to produce a crude olefin stream comprising hydrocarbons having a _ t ⁇ cMoFfMrr ⁇ ri " f aH ⁇ t-2 ahdirused regenerated cracking catalyst; and separating at least unie ⁇ .c ⁇ H crude olefin stream, wherein the olefins have a
- the invention provides a system for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: a plurality of heaters located in the formation, wherein the heaters include at least partially horizontal heating sections at least partially in a hydrocarbon layer of the formation, the heating sections being at least partially arranged in a pattern in the hydrocarbon layer, and the heaters being configured to provide heat to the hydrocarbon layer, the provided heat creating a plurality of drainage paths for mobilized fluids, at least two of the drainage paths converging; and a production well located to collect and produce mobilized fluids from at least one of the converged drainage paths in the hydrocarbon layer.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat to at least part of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from a plurality of heaters located in the formation, wherein the heaters include at least partially horizontal heating sections at least partially in a hydrocarbon layer of the formation, the heating sections being at least partially arranged in a pattern in the hydrocarbon layer, and the heaters being configured to provide heat to the hydrocarbon layer; wherein the provided heat creates a plurality of drainage paths for mobilized fluids, at least two of the drainage paths converging; allowing at least some of the mobilized fluids from the formation to flow to the production well along at least one of the converged drainage paths; and producing at least some of the mobilized fluids through the production well.
- the invention provides a system for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: a steam and electricity cogeneration facility; at least one injection well located in a first portion of the formation, the injection well configured to provide steam from the steam and electricity cogeneration facility to the first portion of the formation; at least one production well located in the first portion of the formation, the production well configured to produce first hydrocarbons; at least one electrical heater located in the second portion of the formation, at least one of the electrical heaters configured to be powered by electricity from the steam and electricity cogeneration facility; at least one production well located in the second portion of the formation, the production well configured to produce second hydrocarbons; and the steam and electricity cogeneration facility configured to use the first hydrocarbons and/or the second hydrocarbons to generate electricity.
- the invention provides a method for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: providing steam to a first portion of the formation; producing first hydrocarbons from the first portion of the formation; providing heat from one or more electrical heaters to a second portion of the formation; allowing the provided heat to transfer from the heaters to the second portion of the formation; producing second hydrocarbons from the second portion of the formation; and using the first hydrocarbons and/or the second hydrocarbons in a steam and electricity generation facility, wherein the facility provides steam to the first portion of the formation and electricity for at least some of the heaters.
- the invention provides a method for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: providing steam to a first portion of the formation; providing heat from one or more electrical heaters to the first portion of the formation; producing first hydrocarbons and/or second hydrocarbons from the first portion of the formation; providing heat from one or more electrical heaters to a second portion of the formation; allowing the provided heat to transfer from the heaters to the second portion of the formation; producing second hydrocarbons from the second portion of the formation; and using the first hydrocarbons and/or the second hydrocarbons in a steam and electricity generation facility, wherein the facility provides steam to the first portion of the formation and electricity for at least some of the heaters.
- the invention provides a method for treating a hydrocarbon containing iorma ⁇ on, comprising: providing steam to a first portion of the formation; producing first hydrocarbons from the first portion of the formation; providing heat from one or more electrical heaters to a second portion of the formation; allowing the provided heat to transfer from the heaters to the second portion of the formation; providing steam to the second portion of the formation; producing first hydrocarbons and/or second hydrocarbons from the second portion of the formation; and using the first hydrocarbons and/or the second hydrocarbons in a steam and electricity generation facility, wherein the facility provides steam to the first portion or the second portion of the formation and electricity for at least some of the heaters.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising dawsonite, the method comprising: providing heat from one or more heaters to the formation to heat the formation; producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation; decomposing at least some dawsonite in the formation with the provided heat; providing a chelating agent to the formation to dissolve at least some dawsonite decomposition products; and producing the dissolved dawsonite decomposition products.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising dawsonite, the method comprising: providing heat from one or more heaters to the formation to heat the fo ⁇ nation; producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation; decomposing at least some dawsonite in the formation with the provided heat; providing a relatively basic fluid to the formation to dissolve at least some dawsonite decomposition products; and producing the dissolved dawsonite decomposition products.
- the invention provides a method for producing aluminum, the method comprising: providing heat from one or more heaters to an oil shale fo ⁇ nation to heat the formation; producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation; decomposing at least some dawsonite in the formation with the provided heat; providing a chelating agent to the formation to dissolve at least some dawsonite decomposition products; producing the dissolved dawsonite decomposition products from the formation; separating alumina from the dissolved dawsonite decomposition products; using some of the produced hydrocarbon fluids to produce electricity; and producing aluminum metal from the alumina in a Hall process using the produced electricity as power for the Hall process.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising dawsonite, the method comprising: assessing a dawsonite composition of one or more zones in the formation; providing heat from one or more heaters to the formation such that different amounts of heat are provided to zones with different dawsonite compositions; allowing the provided heat to transfer from the heaters to the formation; and producing fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for producing aluminum, the method comprising: assessing a dawsonite composition of one or more zones in the fo ⁇ nation; providing heat from one or more heaters to the formation such that different amounts of heat are provided to zones with different dawsonite compositions; allowing the provided heat to transfer from the heaters to the formation; and producing hydrocarbons from the formation; decomposing at least some dawsonite in the formation with the provided heat; providing a chelating agent to the formation to dissolve at least some dawsonite decomposition products; producing the dissolved dawsonite decomposition products from the fo ⁇ nation; separating alumina from the dissolved dawsonite decomposition products; using some of the produced hydrocarbon fluids to produce electricity; and producing aluminum metal from the alumina in a Hall process using the produced electricity as power for the Hall process.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising nahcolite, the method comprising: providing a first fluid to a portion of the formation; producing a second fluid seton u nc u es at east some na co te sso ve n t e iirst ⁇ uio; providing a controlled amount of oxidant to the portion of the formation; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising nahcolite, the method comprising: forming and maintaining a low temperature zone around at least a portion of a subsurface treatment area; providing a first fluid to a portion of the subsurface treatment area; producing a second fluid from the portion, wherein the second fluid includes at least some nahcolite dissolved in the first fluid; providing heat from one or more heaters to the subsurface treatment area to heat the subsurface treatment area; providing a controlled amount of oxidant to a portion of the subsurface treatment area; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the subsurface treatment area.
- the invention provides a method for treating an oil shale formation comprising nahcolite, the method comprising: forming a barrier around at least a portion of a subsurface treatment area, the barrier configured to inhibit fluid from exiting or entering the subsurface treatment area; providing a first fluid to a portion of the subsurface treatment area; producing a second fluid from the portion, wherein the second fluid includes at least some nahcolite dissolved in the first fluid; providing heat from one or more heaters to the subsurface treatment area to heat the subsurface treatment area; providing a controlled amount of oxidant to a portion of the subsurface treatment area; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the subsurface treatment area.
- the invention provides a system for heating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: a heater comprising an elongated ferromagnetic metal heater section, wherein the heater is located in an opening in a formation, the heater section being configured to heat the hydrocarbon containing formation, and the exposed ferromagnetic metal having a sulfidation rate that goes down with increasing temperature of the heater, when the heater is in a selected temperature range.
- the invention provides a heater comprising a metal section comprising: ferromagnetic stainless steel having at least 2.0% cobalt by weight; and wherein the composition of the exposed metal section is such that the sulfidation rate of the metal section is at most about 25 mils per year at a temperature between about 800 0 C and about 880 0 C.
- the invention provides a method for heating a subsurface formation using a heater comprising an elongated ferromagnetic metal heater section, wherein the composition of the heater section is such that sulfidation rate of the heater section decreases with increasing temperature of the heater when the heater is at a temperature in a selected temperature range.
- the invention provides a method for heating a subsurface formation using a heater comprising an elongated ferromagnetic metal heater section comprising stainless steel having at least 2.0% cobalt by weight, and wherein the composition of the heater section is such that the sulfidation rate of the heater section is less than about 25 mils per year at a temperature between about 800 0 C to about 880 0 C.
- the invention provides a method for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: providing heat from one or more heaters located in a first section of the formation; allowing some of the heat to transfer from the first section to a second section of the formation, the second section being adjacent to the first section; producing at least some fluids from the second section of the formation, wherein at least some of the fluids produced in the second section comprise fluids initially in the first section; and providing heat from one or more heaters located in the second section of the formation after at least some fluids have been produced from the second section.
- the invention provides a method for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: providing heat from one or more heaters located in two or more first sections of the formation; allowing WmMFMMiHb fffifisfe ⁇ "frbrrrthe first sections to two or more second sections of the sections and the second sections are arranged in a checkerboard pattern, the checkerboard pattern having each first section substantially surrounded by one or more of the second sections and each second section substantially surrounded by one or more of the first sections; producing at least some fluids from the second sections of the formation, wherein at least some of the fluids produced in the second sections comprise fluids initially in the first sections; and providing heat from one or more heaters located in the second sections of the formation after at least some fluids have been produced from the second sections.
- the invention provides a method for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation, comprising: treating a first zone of the formation at or near a center of a treatment area; beginning treatment of a plurality of zones of the formation at selected times after the treatment of the first zone begins, the treatment of each successively treated zone beginning at a selected time after treatment of the previous zone begins; wherein each successively treated zone is adjacent to the zone treated previously; wherein the successive treatment of the zones proceeds in an outward spiral sequence from the first zone so that the treatment of the zones moves outwards towards the boundary of the treatment area; wherein treatment of each of the zones comprises: providing heat from one or more heaters located in two or more first sections of the zone; allowing some of the heat to transfer from the first sections to two or more second sections of the zone; wherein the first sections and the second sections are arranged in a checkerboard pattern within the zone, the checkerboard pattern having each first section substantially surrounded by one or more of the second sections and each second section substantially surrounded by one or more of the first sections; producing at
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat to at least part of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from a plurality of heaters located in the formation; allowing the heat to transfer from the heaters so that at least a portion of the formation reaches a visbreaking temperature; maintaining a pressure in the formation below a fracture pressure of the formation; and producing at least some visbroken fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat to at least part of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from a plurality of heaters located in the formation; allowing the heat to transfer from the heaters so that at least a portion of the formation reaches a visbreaking temperature; maintaining a pressure in the formation below a fracture pressure of the formation while allowing the portion of the formation heats to the visbreaking temperature; reducing the pressure in the formation to a selected pressure after the portion of the formation reaches the visbreaking temperature; and producing fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat to at least part of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from a plurality of heaters located in the formation; allowing the heat to transfer from the heaters to at least a portion of the formation; controlling conditions in the formation so that water is recondensed in the formation in situ; and producing fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat to at least part of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from one or more heaters located in the formation; creating an injection zone in the formation with the provided heat, the injection zone having a permeability sufficient enough to allow injection of a drive fluid into the zone; providing the drive fluid into the injection zone; and producing fluids from the formation.
- Ut zytf-gffllhiii emTSdUFmdhtsfthe invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat to a portion of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from one or more heaters located in the formation; providing a drive fluid to a part of the portion of the formation behind a heat front generated by the heaters; and producing fluids the part of the formation behind the heat front.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing a drive fluid to a first portion of the formation to mobilize at least some hydrocarbons in the first portion; allowing at least some of the mobilized hydrocarbons to flow into a second portion of the formation; providing heat to the second portion the formation from one or more heaters located in the formation; and producing at least some hydrocarbons from the second portion of the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat from one or more heaters to one or more karsted zones of the tar sands formation; mobilizing hydrocarbon fluids in the formation; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a karsted formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, comprising: providing heat to at least part of one or more karsted layers in the formation from one or more heaters located in the karsted layers; allowing the provided heat to reduce the viscosity of at least some hydrocarbons in the karsted layers; and producing at least some hydrocarbons from at least one of the karsted layers of the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a karsted formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, comprising: providing heat to at least part of one or more karsted layers in the formation from one or more heaters located in the karsted layers; allowing the provided heat to reduce the viscosity of at least some hydrocarbons in the karsted layers to get an injectivity in at least one of the karsted layers sufficient to allow a drive fluid to flow in the karsted layers; providing the drive fluid into at least one of the karsted layers; and producing at least some hydrocarbons from at least one of the karsted layers of the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a formation containing dolomite and hydrocarbons, comprising: providing heat at less than the decomposition temperature of dolomite from one or more heaters to at least a portion of the formation; mobilizing hydrocarbon fluids in the formation; and producing hydrocarbon fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a karsted formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, comprising: providing heat to at least part of one or more karsted layers in the formation from one or more heaters located in the karsted layers; allowing a temperature in at least one of the karsted layers to reach a decomposition temperature of dolomite in the formation; allowing the dolomite to decompose; and producing at least some hydrocarbons from at least one of the karsted layers of the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, comprising: providing heat to at least part of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from one or more heaters located in the formation; allowing the pressure to increase in an upper portion of the formation to provide a gas cap in the upper portion; and producing at least some hydrocarbons from a lower portion of the formation.
- the invention provides a method for treating a karsted formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, comprising: providing heat to at least part of one or more karsted layers in the formation from one or more heaters located in the karsted layers; allowing a temperature in at least one of the karsted layers to reach a decomposition temperature of dolomite in the formation; allowing the dolomite to decompose and produce carbon dioxide; maintaining the carbon dioxide in the formation to provide a gas cap in an upper portion of at least one of the karsted layers; and producing at least some hydrocarbons from at least one of the karsted layers of the formation.
- a s 'êt # ⁇ " " ' y-g ⁇ 'rifkin effi6uWhehts!,4he invention provides a method for treating a tar sands formation, the method comprising the steps of: providing heat to a portion of a hydrocarbon layer in the formation from one or more heaters located in the formation; providing a drive fluid to a part of the formation; and producing fluids from the formation.
- the invention provides a composition comprising: from about percent 18 to about
- the invention provides a composition comprising: from about 18 percent to 22 percent by weight chromium; from about 10 percent to 14 percent by weight nickel; from about 1 percent to 10 percent by weight copper; from about 0.5 percent to 1.5 percent by weight niobium; from about 36 percent to 70.5 percent by weight iron; and precipitates of nanonitrides.
- the invention provides a heater system comprising: a heat generating element; and a canister surrounding the heat generating system, wherein the canister is at least partially made of a material comprising: from about 18 percent to about 22 percent by weight chromium; from about 10 percent to about 14 percent by weight nickel; from about 1 percent to 10 percent by weight copper; from about 0.5 percent to 1.5 percent by weight niobium; from about 36 percent to 70.5 percent by weight iron; and precipitates of nanonitrides.
- the invention provides a system for heating a subterranean formation comprising a tubular, the tubular at least partially made from a material comprising: from about 18 percent to 22 percent by weight chromium; from about 10 percent to 14 percent by weight nickel; from about 1 percent to 10 percent by weight copper; from about 0.5 percent to 1.5 percent by weight niobium; from about 36 percent to 70.5 percent by weight iron; and precipitates of nanonitrides.
- the invention provides a composition comprising: about 11 percent to about 14 percent by weight Cr; about 6 percent to about 12 percent by weight Co; about 0.01 percent to about 0.15 percent by weight C; about 0.1 percent to about 1.0 percent by weight Si; and about 65 percent to about 82 percent by weight Fe.
- the invention provides a heater comprising a metal section comprising: iron, cobalt, and carbon; wherein the heater section has a Curie temperature (T c ) less than a phase transformation temperature, wherein the T c is at least 800 °C; and wherein the heater section is configured to provide, when time varying current is applied, an electrical resistance.
- T c Curie temperature
- the invention provides a method of heating a formation containing hydrocarbons, comprising: providing a temperature limited heater to a formation, wherein the heater comprises a metal section comprising iron, cobalt, and carbon, wherein the heater section has a Curie temperature (T c ) less than a phase transformation temperature, wherein the T c is at least 800 °C; and providing current to the temperature limited heater such that the temperature limited heater provides electrical resistance heating to at least a portion of the formation.
- T c Curie temperature
- the invention provides a heater comprising a metal section comprising: iron, cobalt, chromium and carbon; wherein the heater section has a Curie temperature (T c ) less than a phase transformation temperature, wherein the T c is at least 740 0 C; and wherein the heater section is configured to provide, when time varying current is applied, an electrical resistance.
- T c Curie temperature
- the invention provides a method of heating a formation containing hydrocarbons, comprising: providing a temperature limited heater to a formation, wherein the heater comprises a metal section wm ⁇ smg iron, cooan, unru ⁇ iiuiii , ein e ea er se i mpera ure 0 es phase transformation temperature, wherein the T 0 is at least 740 °C; and providing current to the temperature limited heater such that the temperature limited heater provides electrical resistance heating to at least a portion of the formation.
- the invention provides a heater comprising: a metal section having at least 50% by weight iron, at least 6% by weight cobalt, at least 9% by weight chromium, and at least 0.5% by weight vanadium; wherein the heater section has a Curie temperature (T 0 ) less than a phase transformation temperature, wherein the T 0 is at least 740 °C; and wherein the heater section is configured to provide, when time varying current is applied, an electrical resistance.
- T 0 Curie temperature
- the invention provides a method of heating a formation containing hydrocarbons, comprising: providing a temperature limited heater to a formation, wherein the heater comprises a metal section having at least 50% by weight iron, at least 6% by weight cobalt, at least 9% by weight chromium, and at least 0.5% by weight vanadium; wherein the heater section has a Curie temperature (T 0 ) less than a phase transformation temperature, wherein the T c is at least 740 °C; and providing current to the temperature limited heater such that the temperature limited heater provides electrical resistance heating to at least a portion of the formation.
- T 0 Curie temperature
- the invention provides a heater comprising: a metal section having at least 50% by weight iron, at least 9% by weight chromium and at least 0.1% by weight carbon; wherein the heater section has a Curie temperature (T 0 ) less than a phase transformation temperature, wherein the T c is at least 800 °C; and wherein the heater section is configured to provide, when time varying current is applied, an electrical resistance.
- the invention provides a method of heating a formation containing hydrocarbons, comprising: providing a temperature limited heater to a formation, wherein the heater comprises a metal section having at least 50% by weight iron, at least 9% by weight chromium and at least 0.1% by weight carbon, wherein the heater section has a Curie temperature (T 0 ) less than a phase transformation temperature, wherein the T 0 is at least 800 0 C; and providing current to the temperature limited heater such that the temperature limited heater provides electrical resistance heating to at least a portion of the formation.
- T 0 Curie temperature
- j invention provides a method of providing at least a partial barrier for a subsurface formation, comprising: providing an opening in the formation; providing liquefied wax to the opening, the wax having a solidification temperature that is greater than the temperature of the portion of the formation in which the barrier to desired to be formed; pressurizing the liquefied wax such that at least a portion of the liquefied wax flows into the formation; and allowing the wax to solidify to form at least a partial barrier in the formation.
- the invention provides a method of providing at least a partial barrier for a subsurface formation, comprising: providing an opening in the formation; providing a composition including cross- linkable polymer to the opening, the composition being configured to solidify after a selected time in the formation; pressurizing the composition such that at least a portion of the composition flows into the formation; and allowing the composition to solidify to form at least a partial barrier in the formation.
- the invention provides a method of containing liquid hydrocarbon contaminants in a fracture system of a subsurface formation, comprising: raising a temperature of the formation near at least one injection well adjacent to a portion of the formation that contains the liquid hydrocarbon contaminants above a melting temperature of a material including wax; introducing molten material into the formation through at the injection well, wherein the molten material enters the fracture system and mixes with the contaminants in the fracture system; and allowing the molten material to cool in the formation and congeal to form a containment barrier.
- the invention provides a method of forming a wellbore in a formation through at least two permeable zones, comprising: drilling a first portion of the wellbore to a depth between a first permeable zone and a second permeable zone; heating a portion of the wellbore adjacent to the first permeable zone; introducing a wax into the wellbore, wherein a portion of the wax enters the first permeable zone and congeals in the first permeable zone to form a barrier; and drilling a second portion of the wellbore through a second permeable zone to a desired depth.
- the invention provides a method for heating a subsurface treatment area, comprising: producing hot fluid from at least one subsurface layer; and transferring heat from at least a portion of the hot fluid to the treatment area.
- the invention provides a method for heating at least a portion of a subsurface treatment area, comprising: introducing a fluid into a hot subsurface layer to transfer heat from the hot layer to the fluid; producing at least a portion of the fluid introduced into the hot layer, wherein the produced fluid is hot fluid at a temperature higher than the temperature of the fluid introduced into the hot layer; and transferring heat from at least a portion of the hot fluid to the treatment area.
- the invention provides a method of treating a subsurface treatment area in a formation, comprising: heating a treatment area to mobilize formation fluid in the treatment area; and introducing a fluid into the formation to inhibit migration of formation fluid from the treatment area.
- the invention provides a method for treating a subsurface treatment area in a formation, comprising: heating a subsurface treatment area with a plurality of heat sources; and introducing a fluid into the formation from a plurality of wells offset from the heat sources to inhibit outward migration of formation fluid from the treatment area.
- the invention provides an in situ heat treatment system for producing hydrocarbons from a subsurface formation, comprising: a plurality of wellbores in the formation; piping positioned in at least two of the wellbores; a fluid circulation system coupled to the piping; and a nuclear reactor configured to heat a heat transfer fluid circulated by the circulation system through the piping to heat the temperature of the formation to temperatures that allow for hydrocarbon production from the formation.
- --f ⁇ -ISigjf ⁇ fjj invention provides a method of heating a subsurface formation, comprising: heating a heat transfer fluid using heat exchange with helium heated by a nuclear reactor; circulating the heat transfer fluid through piping in the formation to heat a portion of the formation to allow hydrocarbons to be produced from the formation; and producing hydrocarbons from the formation.
- the invention provides a gas burner assembly for heating a subsurface formation, comprising: an oxidant line; a fuel line positioned in the oxidant line; and a plurality of oxidizers coupled to the fuel line, wherein at least one of the oxidizers includes: a mix chamber for mixing fuel from the fuel line with an oxidant; an igniter; a nozzle and flame holder; and a heat shield, wherein the heat shield comprises a plurality of openings in communication with the oxidant line.
- the invention provides a gas burner assembly for heating a subsurface formation, comprising: an oxidant line; a fuel line positioned in the oxidant line; and a plurality of oxidizers coupled to the fuel line, wherein at least one of the oxidizers includes: a mix chamber for mixing fuel from the fuel line with an oxidant; an catalyst chamber configured to produce hot reaction products to ignite fuel and oxidant; a nozzle and flame holder; and a heat shield, wherein the heat shield comprises a plurality of openings in communication with the oxidant line.
- the invention provides a gas burner assembly for heating a subsurface formation, comprising: an oxidant line; a fuel line positioned in the oxidant line; and a plurality of oxidizers coupled to the fuel line, wherein at least one of the oxidizers includes: a mix chamber for mixing fuel from the fuel line with an oxidant; an igniter in the mix chamber configured to ignite fuel and oxidant to preheat fuel and oxidant; an catalyst chamber configured to react preheated fuel and oxidant from the mix chamber to produce hot reaction products to ignite fuel and oxidant; a nozzle and flame holder; and a heat shield, wherein the heat shield comprises a plurality of openings in communication with the oxidant line.
- features from specific embodiments may be combined with features from other embodiments.
- features from one embodiment may be combined with features from any of the other embodiments.
- treating a subsurface formation is performed using any of the methods, systems, or heaters described herein.
- FIG. 1 depicts an illustration of stages of heating a hydrocarbon containing formation.
- FIG. 2 shows a schematic view of an embodiment of a portion of an in situ heat treatment system for treating a hydrocarbon containing formation.
- FIG. 3 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a Kalina cycle for producing electricity.
- FIG. 4 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a Kalina cycle for producing electricity.
- FIG. 5 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a system for producing pipeline gas.
- FIG. 6 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a system for producing pipeline gas.
- FIG. 7 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a system for producing pipeline gas.
- FIG. 8 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a system for producing pipeline gas.
- FIG. 9 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a system for producing pipeline gas. r I ⁇ J. iu uc ⁇ i ⁇ is ⁇ i m u v from the in situ heat treatment process.
- FIG. 1 1 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a system for treating a liquid stream produced from an in situ heat treatment process.
- FIG. 12 depicts a schematic drawing of an embodiment of a reverse-circulating polycrystalline diamond compact drill bit design.
- FIG. 13 depicts a schematic drawing of an embodiment of a drilling system.
- FIG. 14 depicts a schematic drawing of an embodiment of a drilling system for drilling into a hot formation.
- FIG. 15 depicts a schematic drawing of an embodiment of a drilling system for drilling into a hot formation.
- FIG. 16 depicts a schematic drawing of an embodiment of a drilling system for drilling into a hot formation.
- FIG. 17 depicts an embodiment of a freeze well for a circulated liquid refrigeration system, wherein a cutaway view of the freeze well is represented below ground surface.
- FIG. 18A depicts an embodiment of a wellbore for introducing wax into a formation to form a wax grout barrier.
- FIG. 18B depicts a representation of a wellbore drilled to an intermediate depth in a formation.
- FIG. 18C depicts a representation of the wellbore drilled to the final depth in the formation.
- FIG. 19 depicts an embodiment of a ball type reflux baffle system positioned in a heater well.
- FIG. 20 depicts an embodiment of a device for longitudinal welding of a tubular using ERW.
- FIGS. 21 , 22, and 23 depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with an outer conductor having a ferromagnetic section and a non-ferromagnetic section.
- FIGS. 24, 25, 26, and 27 depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with an outer conductor having a ferromagnetic section and a non-ferromagnetic section placed inside a sheath.
- FIGS. 28A and 28B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater.
- FIGS. 29A and 29B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater.
- FIGS. 30A and 30B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater.
- FIGS. 32A and 32B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 33 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a composite conductor with a support member.
- FIG. 34 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a composite conductor with a support member separating the conductors.
- FIG. 35 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a composite conductor surrounding a support member.
- FIG. 36 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a composite conductor surrounding a conduit support member.
- FIG. 37 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heat source.
- ⁇ "' FIG. ' 38" depicts a'cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a removable conductor-in-conduit heat source.
- FIG. 39 depicts an embodiment of a temperature limited heater in which the support member provides a majority of the heat output below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- FIGS. 40 and 41 depict embodiments of temperature limited heaters in which the jacket provides a majority of the heat output below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- FIG. 42 depicts a high temperature embodiment of a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 43 depicts hanging stress versus outside diameter for the temperature limited heater shown in FIG. 39 with 347H as the support member.
- FIG. 44 depicts hanging stress versus temperature for several materials and varying outside diameters of the temperature limited heater.
- FIGS. 45, 46, 47, and 48 depict examples of embodiments for temperature limited heaters that vary the materials and/or dimensions along the length of the heaters to provide desired operating properties.
- FIGS. 49 and 50 depict examples of embodiments for temperature limited heaters that vary the diameter and/or materials of the support member along the length of the heaters to provide desired operating properties and sufficient mechanical properties.
- FIGS. 51 A and 5 IB depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater component used in an insulated conductor heater.
- FIGS. 52A and 52B depict an embodiment of a system for installing heaters in a wellbore.
- FIG. 52C depicts an embodiment of an insulated conductor with the sheath shorted to the conductors.
- FIG. 53 depicts an embodiment for coupling together sections of a long temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 54 depicts an embodiment of a shield for orbital welding sections of a long temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 55 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a shut off circuit for an orbital welding machine.
- FIG. 56 depicts an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with a low temperature ferromagnetic outer conductor.
- FIG. 57 depicts an embodiment of a temperature limited conductor-in-conduit heater.
- FIG. 58 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 59 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 60 depicts a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 61 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater with an insulated conductor.
- FIG. 62 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater with an insulated conductor.
- FIG. 63 depicts an embodiment of a three-phase temperature limited heater with a portion shown in cross section.
- FIG. 64 depicts an embodiment of temperature limited heaters coupled together in a three-phase configuration.
- S5" depicts" an ' ernbo'diment of three heaters couple n a t ree-phase configuration.
- FIG. 66 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment of a substantially u-shaped three-phase heater.
- FIG. 67 depicts a top view representation of an embodiment of a plurality of triads of three-phase heaters in a formation.
- FIG. 68 depicts a top view representation of the embodiment depicted in FIG. 67 with production wells.
- FIG. 69 depicts a top view representation of an embodiment of a plurality of triads of three-phase heaters in a hexagonal pattern.
- FIG. 70 depicts a top view representation of an embodiment of a hexagon from FIG. 69.
- FIG. 71 depicts an embodiment of triads of heaters coupled to a horizontal bus bar.
- FIGS. 72 and 73 depict embodiments for coupling contacting elements of three legs of a heater.
- FIG. 74 depicts an embodiment of a container with an initiator for melting the coupling material.
- FIG. 75 depicts an embodiment of a container for coupling contacting elements with bulbs on the contacting elements.
- FIG. 76 depicts an alternative embodiment of a container.
- FIG. 77 depicts an alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements of three legs of a heater.
- FIG. 78 depicts a side-view representation of an embodiment for coupling contacting elements using temperature limited heating elements.
- FIG. 79 depicts a side view representation of an alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements using temperature limited heating elements.
- FIG. 80 depicts a side view representation of another alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements using temperature limited heating elements.
- FIG. 81 depicts a side view representation of an alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements of three legs of a heater.
- FIG. 82 depicts a top view representation of the alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements of three legs of a heater depicted in FIG. 81.
- FIG. 83 depicts an embodiment of a contacting element with a brush contactor.
- FIG. 84 depicts an embodiment for coupling contacting elements with brush contactors.
- FIG. 85 depicts an embodiment of two temperature limited heaters coupled together in a single contacting section.
- FIG. 86 depicts an embodiment of two temperature limited heaters with legs coupled in a contacting section.
- FIG. 87 depicts an embodiment of three diads coupled to a three-phase transformer.
- FIG. 88 depicts an embodiment of groups of diads in a hexagonal pattern.
- FIG. 89 depicts an embodiment of diads in a triangular pattern.
- FIG. 90 depicts a side-view representation of an embodiment of substantially u-shaped heaters.
- FIG. 91 depicts a representational top view of an embodiment of a surface pattern of heaters depicted in FIG. 90.
- FIG. 92 depicts a cross-sectional representation of substantially u-shaped heaters in a hydrocarbon layer.
- FIG. 93 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment of substantially vertical heaters coupled to a substantially horizontal wellbore.
- FIG. 94 depicts an embodiment of a substantially u-shaped heater that electrically isolates itself from the formation.
- ⁇ . _> epic s an a ng -e , e er at eiectricaiiy isolates itself from the formation.
- FIG. 96 depicts an embodiment of a single-ended, substantially horizontal heater that electrically isolates itself from the formation using an insulated conductor as the center conductor
- FIGS. 97A and 97B depict an embodiment for using substantially u-shaped wellbores to time sequence heat two layers in a hydrocarbon containing formation.
- FIG. 98 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from a tar sands formation with a relatively thin hydrocarbon layer.
- FIG. 99 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from a tar sands formation with a hydrocarbon layer that is thicker than the hydrocarbon layer depicted in FIG. 98.
- FIG. 100 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from a tar sands formation with a hydrocarbon layer that is thicker than the hydrocarbon layer depicted in FIG. 99.
- FIG. 101 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from a tar sands formation with a hydrocarbon layer that has a shale break.
- FIG. 102 depicts a top view representation of an embodiment for preheating using heaters for the drive process.
- FIG. 103 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for preheating using heaters for the drive process.
- FIG. 104 depicts a representation of an embodiment for producing hydrocarbons from a tar sands formation.
- FIG. 105 depicts an embodiment for heating and producing from a formation with a temperature limited heater in a production wellbore.
- FIG. 106 depicts an embodiment for heating and producing from a formation with a temperature limited heater and a production wellbore.
- FIG. 107 depicts an embodiment of a heating/production assembly that may be located in a wellbore for gas lifting.
- FIG. 108 depicts an embodiment of a heating/production assembly that may be located in a wellbore for gas lifting.
- FIG. 109 depicts another embodiment of a heating/production assembly that may be located in a wellbore for gas lifting.
- FIG. 110 depicts an embodiment of a production conduit and a heater.
- FIG. 111 depicts an embodiment for treating a formation.
- FIG. 112 depicts an embodiment of a heater well with selective heating.
- FIG. 1 13 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a downhole oxidizer assembly.
- FIG. 1 14 depicts an embodiment of a portion of an oxidizer of an oxidation system.
- FIG. 1 15 depicts a schematic representation of an oxidizer positioned in an oxidant line.
- FIG. 1 16 depicts a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a heat shield.
- FIG. 1 17 depicts a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a heat shield.
- FIG. 118 depicts a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a heat shield.
- FIG. 119 depicts a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a heat shield.
- FIG. 120 depicts a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a heat shield.
- FIG. 121 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a catalytic burner. . ep s a - uinei au iguuci .
- FIG. 123 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a heating system with a downhole gas turbine.
- FIG. 124 depicts a schematic representation of a closed loop circulation system for heating a portion of a formation.
- FIG. 125 depicts a plan view of wellbore entries and exits from a portion of a formation to be heated using a closed loop circulation system.
- FIG. 126 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of an in situ heat treatment system that uses a nuclear reactor.
- FIG. 127 depicts an elevational view of an in situ heat treatment system using pebble bed reactors.
- FIG. 128 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment of a system for heating the formation that can use a closed loop circulation system and/or electrical heating.
- FIG. 129 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for an in situ staged heating and producing process for treating a tar sands formation.
- FIG. 130 depicts a top view of a rectangular checkerboard pattern embodiment for the in situ staged heating and production process.
- FIG. 131 depicts a top view of a ring pattern embodiment for the in situ staged heating and production process.
- FIG. 132 depicts a top view of a checkerboard ring pattern embodiment for the in situ staged heating and production process.
- FIG. 133 depicts a top view an embodiment of a plurality of rectangular checkerboard patterns in a treatment area for the in situ staged heating and production process.
- FIG. 134 depicts a schematic representation of a system for inhibiting migration of formation fluid from a treatment area.
- FIG. 135 depicts an embodiment of a windmill for generating electricity for subsurface heaters.
- FIG. 136 depicts an embodiment of a solution mining well.
- FIG. 137 depicts a representation of a portion of a solution mining well.
- FIG. 138 depicts a representation of a portion of a solution mining well.
- FIG. 139 depicts an elevational view of a well pattern for solution mining and/or an in situ heat treatment process.
- FIG. 140 depicts a representation of wells of an in situ heating treatment process for solution mining and producing hydrocarbons from a formation.
- FIG. 141 depicts an embodiment for solution mining a formation.
- FIG. 142 depicts an embodiment of a formation with nahcolite layers in the formation before solution mining nahcolite from the formation.
- FIG. 143 depicts the formation of FIG. 142 after the nahcolite has been solution mined.
- FIG. 144 depicts an embodiment of two injection wells interconnected by a zone that has been solution mined to remove nahcolite from the zone.
- FIG. 145 depicts an embodiment for heating a formation with dawsonite in the formation.
- FIG. 146 depicts an embodiment of treating a hydrocarbon containing formation with a combustion front.
- FIG. 147 depicts an embodiment of cross-sectional view of treating a hydrocarbon containing formation with a combustion front.
- FlG; " l4 ' 8 depicts electrical resistance versus temperature at various applied electrical currents for a 446 stainless steel rod.
- FIG. 149 shows resistance profiles as a function of temperature at various applied electrical currents for a copper rod contained in a conduit of Sumitomo HCM12A.
- FIG. 150 depicts electrical resistance versus temperature at various applied electrical currents for a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 151 depicts raw data for a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 152 depicts electrical resistance versus temperature at various applied electrical currents for a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 153 depicts power versus temperature at various applied electrical currents for a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 154 depicts electrical resistance versus temperature at various applied electrical currents for a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 155 depicts data of electrical resistance versus temperature for a solid 2.54 cm diameter, 1.8 m long 410 stainless steel rod at various applied electrical currents.
- FIG. 156 depicts data of electrical resistance versus temperature for a composite 1.9 cm, 1.8 m long alloy 42-6 rod with a copper core (the rod has an outside diameter to copper diameter ratio of 2: 1) at various applied electrical currents.
- FIG. 157 depicts data of power output versus temperature for a composite 1.9 cm, 1.8 m long alloy 42-6 rod with a copper core (the rod has an outside diameter to copper diameter ratio of 2: 1) at various applied electrical currents.
- FIG. 158 depicts data for values of skin depth versus temperature for a solid 2.54 cm diameter, 1.8 m long 410 stainless steel rod at various applied AC electrical currents.
- FIG. 159 depicts temperature versus time for a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 160 depicts temperature versus log time data for a 2.5 cm solid 410 stainless steel rod and a 2.5 cm solid 304 stainless steel rod.
- FIG. 161 depicts experimentally measured resistance versus temperature at several currents for a temperature limited heater with a copper core, a carbon steel ferromagnetic conductor, and a stainless steel 347H stainless steel support member.
- FIG. 162 depicts experimentally measured resistance versus temperature at several currents for a temperature limited heater with a copper core, an iron-cobalt ferromagnetic conductor, and a stainless steel 347H stainless steel support member.
- FIG. 163 depicts experimentally measured power factor versus temperature at two AC currents for a temperature limited heater with a copper core, a carbon steel ferromagnetic conductor, and a 347H stainless steel support member.
- FIG. 164 depicts experimentally measured turndown ratio versus maximum power delivered for a temperature limited heater with a copper core, a carbon steel ferromagnetic conductor, and a 347H stainless steel support member.
- FIG. 165 depicts examples of relative magnetic permeability versus magnetic field for both the found correlations and raw data for carbon steel.
- FIG. 166 shows the resulting plots of skin depth versus magnetic field for four temperatures and 400 A current.
- FTGrT ⁇ ' 7 shows a " comparison between the experimental and numerical (calculated) results for currents of
- FIG. 168 shows the AC resistance per foot of the heater element as a function of skin depth at 1100 °F calculated from the theoretical model.
- FIG. 169 depicts the power generated per unit length in each heater component versus skin depth for a temperature limited heater.
- FIGS. 170 A-C compare the results of theoretical calculations with experimental data for resistance versus temperature in a temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 171 displays temperature of the center conductor of a conductor-in-conduit heater as a function of formation depth for a Curie temperature heater with a turndown ratio of 2: 1.
- FIG. 172 displays heater heat flux through a formation for a turndown ratio of 2: 1 along with the oil shale richness profile.
- FIG. 173 displays heater temperature as a function of formation depth for a turndown ratio of 3: 1.
- FIG. 174 displays heater heat flux through a formation for a turndown ratio of 3 : 1 along with the oil shale richness profile.
- FIG. 175 displays heater temperature as a function of formation depth for a turndown ratio of 4: 1.
- FIG. 176 depicts heater temperature versus depth for heaters used in a simulation for heating oil shale.
- FIG. 177 depicts heater heat flux versus time for heaters used in a simulation for heating oil shale.
- FIG. 178 depicts accumulated heat input versus time in a simulation for heating oil shale.
- FIG. 179 depicts cumulative gas production and cumulative oil production versus time found from a
- FIG. 180 depicts experimental calculations of weight percentages of ferrite and austenite phases versus temperature for iron alloy TC3.
- FIG. 181 depicts experimental calculations of weight percentages of ferrite and austenite phases versus temperature for iron alloy FM-4.
- FIG. 182 depicts the Curie temperature and phase transformation temperature range for several iron alloys.
- FIG. 183 depicts experimental calculations of weight percentages of ferrite and austenite phases versus temperature for an iron-cobalt alloy with 5.63% by weight cobalt and 0.4% by weight manganese.
- FIG. 184 depicts experimental calculations of weight percentages of ferrite and austenite phases versus temperature for an iron-cobalt alloy with 5.63% by weight cobalt, 0.4% by weight manganese, and 0.01% carbon.
- FIG. 185 depicts experimental calculations of weight percentages of ferrite and austenite phases versus temperature for an iron-cobalt alloy with 5.63% by weight cobalt, 0.4% by weight manganese, and 0.085% carbon.
- FIG. 186 depicts experimental calculations of weight percentages of ferrite and austenite phases versus temperature for an iron-cobalt alloy with 5.63% by weight cobalt, 0.4% by weight manganese, 0.085% carbon, and 0.4% titanium.
- FIG. 187 depicts experimental calculations of weight percentages of ferrite and austenite phases versus temperature for an iron-chromium alloys having 12.25% by weight chromium, 0.1% by weight carbon, 0.5% by weight manganese, and 0.5% by weight silicon.
- FIG. 188 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of chromium in an alloy.
- FIG. 189 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of silicon in an alloy.
- MO. 19U depicts experimen a ca cu a ion o weig percen ages o p ases versus weignt percentages oi tungsten in an alloy.
- FIG. 191 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of niobium in an alloy.
- FIG. 192 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of carbon in an alloy.
- FIG. 193 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of nitrogen in an alloy.
- FIG. 194 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of titanium in an alloy.
- FIG. 195 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of copper in an alloy.
- FIG. 196 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of manganese in an alloy.
- FIG. 197 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of nickel in an alloy.
- FIG. 198 depicts experimental calculation of weight percentages of phases versus weight percentages of molybdenum in an alloy.
- FIG. 199 depicts yield strengths and ultimate tensile strengths for different metals.
- FIG. 200 depicts projected corrosion rates over a one-year period for several metals in a sulfidation atmosphere.
- FIG. 201 depicts projected corrosion rates over a one-year period for 410 stainless steel and 410 stainless steel containing various amounts of cobalt in a sulfidation atmosphere.
- FIG. 202 depicts an example of richness of an oil shale formation (gal/ton) versus depth (ft).
- FIG. 203 depicts resistance per foot (m ⁇ /ft) versus temperature ("F) profile of the first heater example.
- FIG. 204 depicts average temperature in the formation ( 0 F) versus time (days) as determined by the simulation for the first example.
- FIG. 205 depicts resistance per foot (m ⁇ /ft) versus temperature ( 0 F) for the second heater example.
- FIG. 206 depicts average temperature in the formation ( 0 F) versus time (days) as determined by the simulation for the second example.
- FIG. 207 depicts net heater energy input (Btu) versus time (days) for the second example
- FIG. 208 depicts power injection per foot (W/ft) versus time (days) for the second example.
- FIG. 209 depicts resistance per foot (m ⁇ /ft) versus temperature ( 0 F) for the third heater example.
- FIG. 210 depicts average temperature in the formation ( 0 F) versus time (days) as determined by the simulation for the third example.
- FIG. 211 depicts cumulative energy injection (Btu) versus time (days) for each of the three heater examples.
- FIG. 212 depicts average temperature ( 0 F) versus time (days) for the third heater example with a 30 foot spacing between heaters in the formation as determined by the simulation.
- FIG. 213 depicts average temperature ( 0 F) versus time (days) for the fourth heater example using the heater configuration and pattern depicted in FIGS. 65 and 67 as determined by the simulation.
- FIG. 214 depicts a temperature profile in the formation after 360 days using the STARS simulation.
- FIG. 215 depicts an oil saturation profile in the formation after 360 days using the STARS simulation. dep'icts the o ⁇ u saturation profile in the formation after 1095 days using the STARS simulation.
- FIG. 217 depicts the oil saturation profile in the formation after 1470 days using the STARS simulation.
- FIG. 218 depicts the oil saturation profile in the formation after 1826 days using the STARS simulation.
- FIG. 219 depicts the temperature profile in the formation after 1826 days using the STARS simulation.
- FIG. 220 depicts oil production rate and gas production rate versus time.
- DETAILED DESCRIPTION The following description generally relates to systems and methods for treating hydrocarbons in the formations. Such formations may be treated to yield hydrocarbon products, hydrogen, and other products.
- Alternating current refers to a time-varying current that reverses direction substantially sinusoidally. AC produces skin effect electricity flow in a ferromagnetic conductor.
- API gravity refers to API gravity at 15.5 0 C (60 0 F). API gravity is as determined by ASTM Method D6822.
- the term “automatically” means such systems, apparatus, and methods function in a certain way without the use of external control (for example, external controllers such as a controller with a temperature sensor and a feedback loop, PID controller, or predictive controller).
- "Bare metal” and “exposed metal” refer to metals of elongated members that do not include a layer of electrical insulation, such as mineral insulation, that is designed to provide electrical insulation for the metal throughout an operating temperature range of the elongated member. Bare metal and exposed metal may encompass a metal that includes a corrosion inhibiter such as a naturally occurring oxidation layer, an applied oxidation layer, and/or a film. Bare metal and exposed metal include metals with polymeric or other types of electrical insulation that cannot retain electrical insulating properties at typical operating temperature of the elongated member. Such material may be placed on the metal and may be thermally degraded during use of the heater.
- Carbon number refers to the number of carbon atoms in a molecule.
- a hydrocarbon fluid may include various hydrocarbons with different carbon numbers.
- the hydrocarbon fluid may be described by a carbon number distribution.
- Carbon numbers and/or carbon number distributions may be determined by true boiling point distribution and/or gas-liquid chromatography.
- Carbonspheres refers to hollow particulate that are formed in thermal processes at high temperatures when molten components are blown up like balloons by the volatilization of organic components.
- “Chemically stability” refers to the ability of a formation fluid to be transported without components in the formation fluid reacting to form polymers and/or compositions that plug pipelines, valves, and/or vessels. "Clogging” refers to impeding and/or inhibiting flow of one or more compositions through a process vessel or a conduit. 'CtflSrrm X eMie ⁇ it” ⁇ r""Column X elements” refer to one or more elements of Column X ot me ⁇ e ⁇ o ⁇ ic
- Column 15 elements refer to elements from Column 15 of the Periodic Table and/or compounds of one or more elements from Column 15 of the Periodic Table.
- Column X metal or “Column X metals” refer to one or more metals of Column X of the Periodic Table and/or one or more compounds of one or more metals of Column X of the Periodic Table, in which X corresponds to a column number (for example, 1-12) of the Periodic Table.
- Column 6 metals refer to metals from Column 6 of the Periodic Table and/or compounds of one or more metals from Column 6 of the Periodic Table.
- Condensable hydrocarbons are hydrocarbons that condense at 25 0 C and one atmosphere absolute pressure. Condensable hydrocarbons may include a mixture of hydrocarbons having carbon numbers greater than 4.
- Non-condensable hydrocarbons are hydrocarbons that do not condense at 25 0 C and one atmosphere absolute pressure. Non-condensable hydrocarbons may include hydrocarbons having carbon numbers less than 5.
- Coring is a process that generally includes drilling a hole into a formation and removing a substantially solid mass of the formation from the hole.
- Cracking refers to a process involving decomposition and molecular recombination of organic compounds to produce a greater number of molecules than were initially present. In cracking, a series of reactions take place accompanied by a transfer of hydrogen atoms between molecules. For example, naphtha may undergo a thermal cracking reaction to form ethene and H 2 .
- “Curie temperature” is the temperature above which a ferromagnetic material loses all of its ferromagnetic properties. In addition to losing all of its ferromagnetic properties above the Curie temperature, the ferromagnetic material begins to lose its ferromagnetic properties when an increasing electrical current is passed through the ferromagnetic material.
- Cycle oil refers to a mixture of light cycle oil and heavy cycle oil.
- Light cycle oil refers to hydrocarbons having a boiling range distribution between 430 °F (221 °C) and 650 0 F (343 0 C) that are produced from a fluidized catalytic cracking system.
- Light cycle oil content is determined by ASTM Method D5307.
- Heavy cycle oil refers to hydrocarbons having a boiling range distribution between 650 0 F (343 0 C) and 800 0 F (427 0 C) that are produced from a fluidized catalytic cracking system.
- Heavy cycle oil content is determined by ASTM Method D5307.
- Diad refers to a group of two items (for example, heaters, wellbores, or other objects) coupled together.
- Diesel refers to hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution between 260 0 C and 343 0 C (500-650 0 F) at 0.101 MPa. Diesel content is determined by ASTM Method D2887.
- Enriched air refers to air having a larger mole fraction of oxygen than air in the atmosphere. Air is typically enriched to increase combustion-supporting ability of the air.
- Fluid pressure is a pressure generated by a fluid in a formation.
- Listatic pressure (sometimes referred to as “lithostatic stress”) is a pressure in a formation equal to a weight per unit area of an overlying rock mass.
- Hydrostatic pressure is a pressure in a formation exerted by a column of water.
- a “formation” includes one or more hydrocarbon containing layers, one or more non-hydrocarbon layers, an overburden, and/or an underburden.
- Hydrocarbon layers refer to layers in the formation that contain hydrocarbons.
- the hydrocarbon layers may contain non-hydrocarbon material and hydrocarbon material.
- overburden and/or the "underburden” include one or more different types of impermeable materials.
- the overburden and/or underburden may include rock, shale, mudstone, or wet/tight carbonate.
- m iuuv a yui ⁇ v containing layer or hydrocarbon containing layers that are relatively impermeable and are not subjected to temperatures during in situ heat treatment processing that result in significant characteristic changes of the hydrocarbon containing layers of the overburden and/or the underburden.
- the underburden may contain shale or mudstone, but the underburden is not allowed to heat to pyrolysis temperatures during the in situ heat treatment process.
- the overburden and/or the underburden may be somewhat permeable.
- Formation fluids refer to fluids present in a formation and may include pyrolyzation fluid, synthesis gas, mobilized hydrocarbon, and water (steam). Formation fluids may include hydrocarbon fluids as well as non- hydrocarbon fluids.
- the term "mobilized fluid” refers to fluids in a hydrocarbon containing formation that are able to flow as a result of thermal treatment of the formation.
- Produced fluids refer to fluids removed from the formation.
- Gasoline hydrocarbons refer to hydrocarbons having a boiling point range from 32 0 C (90 0 F) to about 204 °C (400 0 F).
- Gasoline hydrocarbons include, but are not limited to, straight run gasoline, naphtha, fluidized or thermally catalytically cracked gasoline, VB gasoline, and coker gasoline.
- Gasoline hydrocarbons content is determined by ASTM Method D2887,
- a “heat source” is any system for providing heat to at least a portion of a formation substantially by conductive and/or radiative heat transfer.
- a heat source may include electric heaters such as an insulated conductor, an elongated member, and/or a conductor disposed in a conduit.
- a heat source may also include systems that generate heat by burning a fuel external to or in a formation. The systems may be surface burners, downhole gas burners, flameless distributed combustors, and natural distributed combustors.
- heat provided to or generated in one or more heat sources may be supplied by other sources of energy. The other sources of energy may directly heat a formation, or the energy may be applied to a transfer medium that directly or indirectly heats the formation.
- one or more heat sources that are applying heat to a formation may use different sources of energy.
- some heat sources may supply heat from electric resistance heaters, some heat sources may provide heat from combustion, and some heat sources may provide heat from one or more other energy sources (for example, chemical reactions, solar energy, wind energy, biomass, or other sources of renewable energy).
- a chemical reaction may include an exothermic reaction (for example, an oxidation reaction).
- a heat source may also include a heater that provides heat to a zone proximate and/or surrounding a heating location such as a heater well.
- a "heater” is any system or heat source for generating heat in a well or a near wellbore region. Heaters may be, but are not limited to, electric heaters, burners, combustors that react with material in or produced from a formation, and/or combinations thereof.
- Heavy hydrocarbons are viscous hydrocarbon fluids. Heavy hydrocarbons may include highly viscous hydrocarbon fluids such as heavy oil, tar, and/or asphalt. Heavy hydrocarbons may include carbon and hydrogen, as well as smaller concentrations of sulfur, oxygen, and nitrogen. Additional elements may also be present in heavy hydrocarbons in trace amounts. Heavy hydrocarbons may be classified by API gravity. Heavy hydrocarbons generally have an API gravity below about 20°. Heavy oil, for example, generally has an API gravity of about 10- 20°, whereas tar generally has an API gravity below about 10°. The viscosity of heavy hydrocarbons is generally greater than about 100 centipoise at 15 °C. Heavy hydrocarbons may include aromatics or other complex ring hydrocarbons.
- Heavy hydrocarbons may be found in a relatively permeable formation.
- the relatively permeable formation may include heavy hydrocarbons entrained in, for example, sand or carbonate.
- "Relatively permeable” is defined, !t witft'f esfiM to" fo ⁇ riai!o"ns"bf pottions thereof, as an average permeability of 10 millidarcy or more (for example, 10 or 100 millidarcy).
- “Relatively low permeability” is defined, with respect to formations or portions thereof, as an average permeability of less than about 10 millidarcy.
- One darcy is equal to about 0.99 square micrometers.
- An impermeable layer generally has a permeability of less than about 0.1 millidarcy.
- Certain types of formations that include heavy hydrocarbons may also be, but are not limited to, natural mineral waxes, or natural asphaltites.
- Natural mineral waxes typically occur in substantially tubular veins that may be several meters wide, several kilometers long, and hundreds of meters deep.
- Natural asphaltites include solid hydrocarbons of an aromatic composition and typically occur in large veins.
- In situ recovery of hydrocarbons from formations such as natural mineral waxes and natural asphaltites may include melting to form liquid hydrocarbons and/or solution mining of hydrocarbons from the formations.
- Hydrocarbons are generally defined as molecules formed primarily by carbon and hydrogen atoms. Hydrocarbons may also include other elements such as, but not limited to, halogens, metallic elements, nitrogen, oxygen, and/or sulfur. Hydrocarbons may be, but are not limited to, kerogen, bitumen, pyrobitumen, oils, natural mineral waxes, and asphaltites. Hydrocarbons may be located in or adjacent to mineral matrices in the earth. Matrices may include, but are not limited to, sedimentary rock, sands, silicilytes, carbonates, diatomites, and other porous media. "Hydrocarbon fluids” are fluids that include hydrocarbons. Hydrocarbon fluids may include, entrain, or be entrained in non-hydrocarbon fluids such as hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, water, and ammonia.
- An "in situ conversion process” refers to a process of heating a hydrocarbon containing formation from heat sources to raise the temperature of at least a portion of the formation above a pyrolysis temperature so that pyrolyzation fluid is produced in the formation.
- An "in situ heat treatment process” refers to a process of heating a hydrocarbon containing formation with heat sources to raise the temperature of at least a portion of the formation above a temperature that results in mobilized fluid, visbreaking, and/or pyrolysis of hydrocarbon containing material so that mobilized fluids, visbroken fluids, and/or pyrolyzation fluids are produced in the formation.
- Insulated conductor refers to any elongated material that is able to conduct electricity and that is covered, in whole or in part, by an electrically insulating material.
- Kerst is a subsurface shaped by the dissolution of a soluble layer or layers of bedrock, usually carbonate rock such as limestone or dolomite.
- the dissolution may be caused by meteoric or acidic water.
- the Grosmont formation in Alberta, Canada is an example of a karst (or “karsted") carbonate formation.
- Keogen is a solid, insoluble hydrocarbon that has been converted by natural degradation and that principally contains carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Coal and oil shale are typical examples of materials that contain kerogen.
- Bit is a non-crystalline solid or viscous hydrocarbon material that is substantially soluble in carbon disulfide.
- Oil is a fluid containing a mixture of condensable hydrocarbons.
- Kerosene refers to hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution between 204 0 C and 260 °C at 0.101
- Kerosene content is determined by ASTM Method D2887.
- Modulated direct current refers to any substantially non-sinusoidal time-varying current that produces skin effect electricity flow in a ferromagnetic conductor.
- Naphtha refers to hydrocarbon components with a boiling range distribution between 38 °C and 200 °C at 0.101 MPa. Naphtha content is determined by American Standard Testing and Materials (ASTM) Method D5307.
- Nitrides refers to a compound of nitrogen and one or more other elements of the Periodic Table. Nitrides include, but are not limited to, silicon nitride, boron nitride, or alumina nitride. • ucrane iNumner e nume ca n an i noc proper ies o a mo or ue compared to a standard reference fuel. A calculated octane number is determined by ASTM Method D6730.
- Olefins are molecules that include unsaturated hydrocarbons having one or more non-aromatic carbon- carbon double bonds.
- Orifices refer to openings, such as openings in conduits, having a wide variety of sizes and cross- sectional shapes including, but not limited to, circles, ovals, squares, rectangles, triangles, slits, or other regular or irregular shapes.
- Periodic Table refers to the Periodic Table as specified by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), November 2003.
- weight of a metal from the Periodic Table, weight of a compound of a metal from the Periodic Table, weight of an element from the Periodic Table, or weight of a compound of an element from the Periodic Table is calculated as the weight of metal or the weight of element. For example, if 0.1 grams OfMoO 3 is used per gram of catalyst, the calculated weight of the molybdenum metal in the catalyst is 0.067 grams per gram of catalyst.
- Physical stability refers the ability of a formation fluid to not exhibit phase separate or flocculation during transportation of the fluid. Physical stability is determined by ASTM Method D7060.
- Pyrolysis is the breaking of chemical bonds due to the application of heat.
- pyrolysis may include transforming a compound into one or more other substances by heat alone. Heat may be transferred to a section of the formation to cause pyrolysis.
- “Pyrolyzation fluids” or “pyrolysis products” refers to fluid produced substantially during pyrolysis of hydrocarbons. Fluid produced by pyrolysis reactions may mix with other fluids in a formation. The mixture would be considered pyrolyzation fluid or pyrolyzation product.
- pyrolysis zone refers to a volume of a formation (for example, a relatively permeable formation such as a tar sands formation) that is reacted or reacting to form a pyrolyzation fluid.
- Rich layers in a hydrocarbon containing formation are relatively thin layers (typically about 0.2 m to about 0.5 m thick). Rich layers generally have a richness of about 0.150 L/kg or greater. Some rich layers have a richness of about 0.170 L/kg or greater, of about 0.190 L/kg or greater, or of about 0.210 L/kg or greater. Lean layers of the formation have a richness of about 0.100 L/kg or less and are generally thicker than rich layers. The richness and locations of layers are determined, for example, by coring and subsequent Fischer assay of the core, density or neutron logging, or other logging methods. Rich layers may have a lower initial thermal conductivity than other layers of the formation. Typically, rich layers have a thermal conductivity 1.5 times to 3 times lower than the thermal conductivity of lean layers. In addition, rich layers have a higher thermal expansion coefficient than lean layers of the formation.
- Smart well technology or “smart wellbore” refers to wells that incorporate downhole measurement and/or control.
- smart well technology may allow for controlled injection of fluid into the formation in desired zones.
- smart well technology may allow for controlled production of formation fluid from selected zones.
- Some wells may include smart well technology that allows for formation fluid production from selected zones and simultaneous or staggered solution injection into other zones.
- Smart well technology may include fiber optic systems and control valves in the wellbore.
- a smart wellbore used for an in situ heat treatment process may be Westbay Multilevel Well System MP55 available from Westbay Instruments Inc. (Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada).
- Subsidence is a downward movement of a portion of a formation relative to an initial elevation of the surface.
- p 01 g ea om wo r mo o a swecieu sc ⁇ u ⁇ u ⁇ a formation such that the temperature of the formation at least at one location between the heat sources is influenced by the heat sources.
- Synthesis gas is a mixture including hydrogen and carbon monoxide. Additional components of synthesis gas may include water, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, methane, and other gases. Synthesis gas may be generated by a variety of processes and feedstocks. Synthesis gas may be used for synthesizing a wide range of compounds.
- Tar is a viscous hydrocarbon that generally has a viscosity greater than about 10,000 centipoise at 15 0 C.
- the specific gravity of tar generally is greater than 1.000.
- Tar may have an API gravity less than 10°.
- a "tar sands formation” is a formation in which hydrocarbons are predominantly present in the form of heavy hydrocarbons and/or tar entrained in a mineral grain framework or other host lithology (for example, sand or carbonate). Examples of tar sands formations include formations such as the Athabasca formation, the Grosmont formation, and the Peace River formation, all three in Alberta, Canada; and the Faja formation in the Orinoco belt in Venezuela.
- Temperature limited heater generally refers to a heater that regulates heat output (for example, reduces heat output) above a specified temperature without the use of external controls such as temperature controllers, power regulators, rectifiers, or other devices. Temperature limited heaters may be AC (alternating current) or modulated (for example, "chopped") DC (direct current) powered electrical resistance heaters.
- Thermally conductive fluid includes fluid that has a higher thermal conductivity than air at standard temperature and pressure (STP) (0 0 C and 101.325 kPa).
- Thermal conductivity is a property of a material that describes the rate at which heat flows, in steady state, between two surfaces of the material for a given temperature difference between the two surfaces.
- Thermal fracture refers to fractures created in a formation caused by expansion or contraction of a formation and/or fluids in the formation, which is in turn caused by increasing/decreasing the temperature of the formation and/ or fluids in the formation, and/or by increasing/decreasing a pressure of fluids in the formation due to heating.
- Thickness of a layer refers to the thickness of a cross section of the layer, wherein the cross section is normal to a face of the layer.
- Time-varying current refers to electrical current that produces skin effect electricity flow in a ferromagnetic conductor and has a magnitude that varies with time. Time-varying current includes both alternating current (AC) and modulated direct current (DC).
- Triad refers to a group of three items (for example, heaters, wellbores, or other objects) coupled together.
- "Turndown ratio” for the temperature limited heater is the ratio of the highest AC or modulated DC resistance below the Curie temperature to the lowest resistance above the Curie temperature for a given current.
- a "u-shaped wellbore” refers to a wellbore that extends from a first opening in the formation, through at least a portion of the formation, and out through a second opening in the formation.
- the wellbore may be only roughly in the shape of a "v” or "u”, with the understanding that the "legs” of the "u” do not need to be parallel to each other, or perpendicular to the "bottom” of the "u” for the wellbore to be considered “u-shaped”.
- Upgrade refers to increasing the quality of hydrocarbons. For example, upgrading heavy hydrocarbons may result in an increase in the API gravity of the heavy hydrocarbons. MsWe'akm
- VGO or “vacuum gas oil” refers to hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution between 343 °C and 538 0 C at 0.101 MPa. VGO content is determined by ASTM Method D5307.
- a “vug” is a cavity, void or large pore in a rock that is commonly lined with mineral precipitates.
- “Wax” refers to a low melting organic mixture, or a compound of high molecular weight that is a solid at lower temperatures and a liquid at higher temperatures, and when in solid form can form a barrier to water. Examples of waxes include animal waxes, vegetable waxes, mineral waxes, petroleum waxes, and synthetic waxes.
- the term “wellbore” refers to a hole in a formation made by drilling or insertion of a conduit into the formation. A wellbore may have a substantially circular cross section, or another cross-sectional shape. As used herein, the terms “well” and “opening,” when referring to an opening in the formation may be used interchangeably with the term “wellbore.”
- Hydrocarbons in formations may be treated in various ways to produce many different products.
- hydrocarbons in formations are treated in stages.
- FIG. 1 depicts an illustration of stages of heating the hydrocarbon containing formation.
- FIG. 1 also depicts an example of yield ("Y") in barrels of oil equivalent per ton (y axis) of formation fluids from the formation versus temperature ("T") of the heated formation in degrees Celsius (x axis).
- Desorption of methane and vaporization of water occurs during stage 1 heating. Heating of the formation through stage 1 may be performed as quickly as possible. For example, when the hydrocarbon containing formation is initially heated, hydrocarbons in the formation desorb adsorbed methane. The desorbed methane may be produced from the formation. If the hydrocarbon containing formation is heated further, water in the hydrocarbon containing formation is vaporized. Water may occupy, in some hydrocarbon containing formations, between 10% and 50% of the pore volume in the formation. In other formations, water occupies larger or smaller portions of the pore volume. Water typically is vaporized in a formation between 160 0 C and 285 0 C at pressures of 600 kPa absolute to 7000 kPa absolute.
- the vaporized water produces wettability changes in the formation and/or increased formation pressure.
- the wettability changes and/or increased pressure may affect pyrolysis reactions or other reactions in the formation.
- the vaporized water is produced from the formation.
- the vaporized water is used for steam extraction and/or distillation in the formation or outside the formation. Removing the water from and increasing the pore volume in the formation increases the storage space for hydrocarbons in the pore volume.
- the formation is heated further, such that a temperature in the formation reaches (at least) an initial pyrolyzation temperature (such as a temperature at the lower end of the temperature range shown as stage 2).
- Hydrocarbons in the formation may be pyrolyzed throughout stage 2.
- a pyrolysis temperature range varies depending on the types of hydrocarbons in the formation.
- the pyrolysis temperature range may include temperatures between 250 0 C and 900 °C.
- the pyrolysis temperature range for producing desired products may extend through only a portion of the total pyrolysis temperature range.
- the pyrolysis temperature range for producing desired products may include temperatures between 250 0 C and 400 0 C or temperatures between 270 0 C and 350 °C.
- a temperature of hydrocarbons in the formation is slowly raised through the temperature range from 250 0 C to 400 0 C
- production of pyrolysis products may be substantially complete when the temperature approaches 400 0 C.
- Average temperature of the hydrocarbons may be raised at a rate of less than 5 0 C per day, less than 2 0 C per day, less than 1 0 C per day, or less than 0.5 0 C per day ' l! tKro't ⁇
- Heating the hydrocarbon containing formation with a plurality of heat sources may establish thermal gradients around the heat sources that slowly raise the temperature of hydrocarbons in the formation through the pyrolysis temperature range.
- the rate of temperature increase through the pyrolysis temperature range for desired products may affect the quality and quantity of the formation fluids produced from the hydrocarbon containing formation. Raising the temperature slowly through the pyrolysis temperature range for desired products may inhibit mobilization of large chain molecules in the formation. Raising the temperature slowly through the pyrolysis temperature range for desired products may limit reactions between mobilized hydrocarbons that produce undesired products. Slowly raising the temperature of the formation through the pyrolysis temperature range for desired products may allow for the production of high quality, high API gravity hydrocarbons from the formation. Slowly raising the temperature of the formation through the pyrolysis temperature range for desired products may allow for the removal of a large amount of the hydrocarbons present in the formation as hydrocarbon product.
- a portion of the formation is heated to a desired temperature instead of slowly heating the temperature through a temperature range.
- the desired temperature is 300 °C, 325 0 C, or 350 0 C. Other temperatures may be selected as the desired temperature.
- Superposition of heat from heat sources allows the desired temperature to be relatively quickly and efficiently established in the formation.
- Energy input into the formation from the heat sources may be adjusted to maintain the temperature in the formation substantially at the desired temperature.
- the heated portion of the formation is maintained substantially at the desired temperature until pyrolysis declines such that production of desired formation fluids from the formation becomes uneconomical.
- Parts of the formation that are subjected to pyrolysis may include regions brought into a pyrolysis temperature range by heat transfer from only one heat source.
- formation fluids including pyrolyzation fluids are produced from the formation.
- the amount of condensable hydrocarbons in the produced formation fluid may decrease.
- the formation may produce mostly methane and/or hydrogen. If the hydrocarbon containing formation is heated throughout an entire pyrolysis range, the formation may produce only small amounts of hydrogen towards an upper limit of the pyrolysis range. After all of the available hydrogen is depleted, a minimal amount of fluid production from the formation will typically occur.
- Synthesis gas generation may take place during stage 3 heating depicted in FIG. 1.
- Stage 3 may include heating a hydrocarbon containing formation to a temperature sufficient to allow synthesis gas generation.
- synthesis gas may be produced in a temperature range from about 400 °C to about 1200 0 C, about 500 0 C to about 1100 0 C, or about 550 0 C to about 1000 0 C.
- the temperature of the heated portion of the formation when the synthesis gas generating fluid is introduced to the fonnation determines the composition of synthesis gas produced in the formation.
- the generated synthesis gas may be removed from the formation through a production well or production wells.
- Total energy content of fluids produced from the hydrocarbon containing formation may stay relatively constant throughout pyrolysis and synthesis gas generation.
- a significant portion of the produced fluid may be condensable hydrocarbons that have a high energy content.
- less of the formation fluid may include condensable hydrocarbons.
- More non-condensable formation fluids may be produced from the formation.
- FIG. 2 depicts a schematic view of an embodiment of a portion of the in situ heat treatment system for treating the hydrocarbon containing formation.
- the in situ heat treatment system may include barrier wells 200.
- Barrier wells are used to form a barrier around a treatment area.
- the barrier inhibits fluid flow into and/or out of the treatment area.
- Barrier wells include, but are not limited to, dewatering wells, vacuum wells, capture wells, injection wells, grout wells, freeze wells, or combinations thereof.
- barrier wells 200 are dewatering wells. Dewatering wells may remove liquid water and/or inhibit liquid water from entering a portion of the formation to be heated, or to the formation being heated.
- the barrier wells 200 are shown extending only along one side of heat sources 202, but the barrier wells typically encircle all heat sources 202 used, or to be used, to heat a treatment area of the formation.
- Heat sources 202 are placed in at least a portion of the formation.
- Heat sources 202 may include heaters such as insulated conductors, conductor-in-conduit heaters, surface burners, flameless distributed combustors, and/or natural distributed combustors. Heat sources 202 may also include other types of heaters. Heat sources 202 provide heat to at least a portion of the formation to heat hydrocarbons in the formation. Energy may be supplied to heat sources 202 through supply lines 204. Supply lines 204 may be structurally different depending on the type of heat source or heat sources used to heat the formation. Supply lines 204 for heat sources may transmit electricity for electric heaters, may transport fuel for combustors, or may transport heat exchange fluid that is circulated in the formation. In some embodiments, electricity for an in situ heat treatment process may be provided by a nuclear power plant or nuclear power plants. The use of nuclear power may allow for reduction or elimination of carbon dioxide emissions from the in situ heat treatment process.
- the heat input into the formation may cause expansion of the formation and geomechanical motion.
- the heat sources turned on before, at the same time, or during a dewatering process.
- Computer simulations may model formation response to heating. The computer simulations may be used to develop a pattern and time sequence for activating heat sources in the formation so that geomechanical motion of the formation does not adversely affect the functionality of heat sources, production wells, and other equipment in the formation.
- Heating the formation may cause an increase in permeability and/or porosity of the formation. Increases in permeability and/or porosity may result from a reduction of mass in the formation due to vaporization and removal of water, removal of hydrocarbons, and/or creation of fractures. Fluid may flow more easily in the heated portion of the formation because of the increased permeability and/or porosity of the formation. Fluid in the heated portion of the formation may move a considerable distance through the formation because of the increased permeability and/or porosity. The considerable distance may be over 1000 m depending on various factors, such as permeability of the formation, properties of the fluid, temperature of the formation, and pressure gradient allowing movement of the fluid. The ability of fluid to travel considerable distance in the formation allows production wells 206 to be spaced relatively far apart in the formation.
- Production wells 206 are used to remove formation fluid from the formation.
- production well 206 includes a heat source.
- the heat source in the production well may heat one or more portions of the formation at or near the production well.
- the amount of heat supplied to the formation from the production well per meter of the production well is less than the amount of heat applied to the formation from a heat source that heats the formation per meter of the heat source.
- Heat applied to the "fbrnMi ⁇ fi ⁇ ronfthe pWduct ⁇ oh well may increase formation permeability adjacent to the production well by vaporizing and removing liquid phase fluid adjacent to the production well and/or by increasing the permeability of the formation adjacent to the production well by formation of macro and/or micro fractures.
- More than one heat source may be positioned in the production well.
- a heat source in a lower portion of the production well may be turned off when superposition of heat from adjacent heat sources heats the formation sufficiently to counteract benefits provided by heating the formation with the production well.
- the heat source in an upper portion of the production well may remain on after the heat source in the lower portion of the production well is deactivated.
- the heat source in the upper portion of the well may inhibit condensation and reflux of formation fluid.
- the heat source in production well 206 allows for vapor phase removal of formation fluids from the formation.
- Providing heating at or through the production well may: (1) inhibit condensation and/or refluxing of production fluid when such production fluid is moving in the production well proximate the overburden, (2) increase heat input into the formation, (3) increase production rate from the production well as compared to a production well without a heat source, (4) inhibit condensation of high carbon number compounds (C 6 and above) in the production well, and/or (5) increase formation permeability at or proximate the production well.
- Subsurface pressure in the formation may correspond to the fluid pressure generated in the formation. As temperatures in the heated portion of the formation increase, the pressure in the heated portion may increase as a result of increased fluid generation and vaporization of water. Controlling rate of fluid removal from the formation may allow for control of pressure in the formation. Pressure in the formation may be determined at a number of different locations, such as near or at production wells, near or at heat sources, or at monitor wells.
- Formation fluid may be produced from the formation when the formation fluid is of a selected quality.
- the selected quality includes an API gravity of at least about 20°, 30°, or 40°.
- Inhibiting production until at least some hydrocarbons are pyrolyzed may increase conversion of heavy hydrocarbons to light hydrocarbons. Inhibiting initial production may minimize the production of heavy hydrocarbons from the formation. Production of substantial amounts of heavy hydrocarbons may require expensive equipment and/or reduce the life of production equipment.
- hydrocarbons in the formation may be heated to pyrolysis temperatures before substantial permeability has been generated in the heated portion of the formation.
- An initial lack of permeability may inhibit the transport of generated fluids to production wells 206.
- fluid pressure in the formation may increase proximate heat sources 202.
- the increased fluid pressure may be released, monitored, altered, and/or controlled through one or more heat sources 202.
- selected heat sources 202 or separate pressure relief wells may include pressure relief valves that allow for removal of some fluid from the formation.
- pressure generated by expansion of pyrolysis fluids or other fluids generated in the formation may be allowed to increase although an open path to production wells 206 or any other pressure sink may not yet exist in the formation.
- the fluid pressure may be allowed to increase towards a lithostatic pressure. Fractures in the hydrocarbon containing formation may form when the fluid approaches the lithostatic pressure. For example, fractures may form from heat sources 202 to production wells 206 in the heated portion of the formation. The generation of fractures in the heated portion may relieve some of the pressure in the portion. Pressure in the formation may have to be maintained below a selected pressure to inhibit unwanted production, fracturing of the overburden or underburden, and/or coking of hydrocarbons in the formation.
- pressure in the formation may be varied to alter and/or control a composition of formation fluid produced, to control a percentage of condensable fluid as compared to non-condensable fluid in the formation fluid, and/or to control an API gravity of formation fluid being produced. For example, decreasing pressure may result in production of a larger condensable fluid component.
- the condensable fluid component may contain a larger percentage of olefins.
- pressure in the formation may be maintained high enough to promote production of formation fluid with an API gravity of greater than 20°. Maintaining increased pressure in the formation may inhibit formation subsidence during in situ heat treatment. Maintaining increased pressure may facilitate vapor phase production of fluids from the formation. Vapor phase production may allow for a reduction in size of collection conduits used to transport fluids produced from the formation. Maintaining increased pressure may reduce or eliminate the need to compress formation fluids at the surface to transport the fluids in collection conduits to treatment facilities.
- Maintaining increased pressure in a heated portion of the formation may surprisingly allow for production of large quantities of hydrocarbons of increased quality and of relatively low molecular weight. Pressure may be maintained so that formation fluid produced has a minimal amount of compounds above a selected carbon number.
- the selected carbon number may be at most 25, at most 20, at most 12, or at most 8.
- Some high carbon number compounds may be entrained in vapor in the formation and may be removed from the formation with the vapor. Maintaining increased pressure in the formation may inhibit entrainment of high carbon number compounds and/or multi-ring hydrocarbon compounds in the vapor.
- High carbon number compounds and/or multi-ring hydrocarbon compounds may remain in a liquid phase in the formation for significant time periods. The significant time periods may provide sufficient time for the compounds to pyrolyze to form lower carbon number compounds.
- Generation of relatively low molecular weight hydrocarbons is believed to be due, in part, to autogenous generation and reaction of hydrogen in a portion of the hydrocarbon containing formation.
- maintaining an increased pressure may force hydrogen generated during pyrolysis into the liquid phase within the formation.
- Heating the portion to a temperature in a pyrolysis temperature range may pyrolyze hydrocarbons in the formation to generate liquid phase pyrolyzation fluids.
- the generated liquid phase pyrolyzation fluids components may include double bonds and/or radicals.
- Hydrogen (H 2 ) in the liquid phase may reduce double bonds of the generated pyrolyzation fluids, thereby reducing a potential for polymerization or formation of long chain compounds from the generated pyrolyzation fluids.
- H 2 may also neutralize radicals in the generated pyrolyzation fluids. Therefore, H 2 in the liquid phase may inhibit the generated pyrolyzation fluids from reacting with each other and/or with other compounds in the formation.
- Formation fluid produced from production wells 206 may be transported through collection piping 208 to treatment facilities 210.
- Formation fluids may also be produced from heat sources 202.
- fluid may be produced from heat sources 202 to control pressure in the formation adjacent to the heat sources.
- Fluid produced from heat sources 202 may be transported through tubing or piping to collection piping 208 or the produced fluid may be transported through tubing or piping directly to treatment facilities 210.
- Treatment facilities 210 may include separation units, reaction units, upgrading units, fuel cells, turbines, storage vessels, and/or other systems and units for processing produced formation fluids.
- the treatment facilities may form transportation fuel from at least a portion of the hydrocarbons produced from the formation.
- the transportation fuel may be jet fuel, such as JP-8.
- Formation fluid may be hot when produced from the formation through the production wells.
- Hot formation fluid may be produced during solution mining processes and/or during in situ heat treatment processes.
- "" Wme"eWtedffienV ' eIMrfc''ity ⁇ m'ky be generated using the heat of the fluid produced from the formation.
- heat recovered from the formation after the in situ process may be used to generate electricity.
- the generated electricity may be used to supply power to the in situ heat treatment process.
- the electricity may be used to power heaters, or to power a refrigeration system for forming or maintaining a low temperature barrier. Electricity may be generated using a Kalina cycle or a modified Kalina cycle.
- FIG. 3 depicts a schematic representation of a Kalina cycle that uses relatively high pressure aqua ammonia as the working fluid.
- Hot produced fluid from the formation may pass through line 212 to heat exchanger 214.
- the produced fluid may have a temperature greater than about 100 0 C.
- Line 216 from heat exchanger 214 may direct the produced fluid to a separator or other treatment unit.
- the produced fluid is a mineral containing fluid produced during solution mining.
- the produced fluid includes hydrocarbons produced using an in situ heat treatment process or using an in situ mobilization process. Heat from the produced fluid is used to evaporate aqua ammonia in heat exchanger 214.
- Aqua ammonia from tank 218 is directed by pump 220 to heat exchanger 214 and heat exchanger 222. Aqua ammonia from heat exchangers 214, 222 passes to separator 224. Separator 224 forms a rich ammonia gas stream and a lean ammonia gas stream. The rich ammonia gas stream is sent to turbine 226 to generate electricity.
- the lean ammonia gas stream from separator 224 passes through heat exchanger 222.
- the lean gas stream leaving heat exchanger 222 is combined with the rich ammonia gas stream leaving turbine 226.
- the combination stream is passed through heat exchanger 228 and returned to tank 218.
- Heat exchanger 228 may be water cooled. Heater water from heat exchanger 228 may be sent to a surface water reservoir through line 230.
- FIG. 4 depicts a schematic representation of a modified Kalina cycle that uses lower pressure aqua ammonia as the working fluid.
- Hot produced fluid from the formation may pass through line 212 to heat exchanger 214.
- the produced fluid may have a temperature greater than about 100 0 C.
- Second heat exchanger 232 may further reduce the temperature of the produced fluid from the formation before the fluid is sent through line 216 to a separator or other treatment unit.
- Second heat exchanger may be water cooled.
- Aqua ammonia from tank 218 is directed by pump 220 to heat exchanger 234.
- the temperature of the aqua ammonia from tank 218 is heated in heat exchanger 234 by transfer with a combined aqua ammonia stream from turbine 226 and separator 224.
- the aqua ammonia stream from heat exchanger 234 passes to heat exchanger 236.
- the temperature of the stream is raised again by transfer of heat with a lean ammonia stream that exits separator 224.
- the stream then passes to heat exchanger 214. Heat from the produced fluid is used to evaporate aqua ammonia in heat exchanger 214.
- the aqua ammonia passes to separator 224.
- Separator 224 forms a rich ammonia gas stream and a lean ammonia gas stream.
- the rich ammonia gas stream is sent to turbine 226 to generate electricity.
- the lean ammonia gas stream passes through heat exchanger 236. After heat exchanger 236, the lean ammonia gas stream is combined with the rich ammonia gas stream leaving turbine 226.
- the combined gas stream is passed through heat exchanger 234 to cooler 238. After cooler 238, the stream returns to tank 218.
- formation fluid produced from the in situ heat treatment process is sent to a separator to split the stream into one or more in situ heat treatment process liquid streams and/or one or more in situ heat treatment process gas streams.
- the liquid streams and the gas streams may be further treated to yield desired products.
- in situ heat treatment process gas is treated at the site of the formation to produce hydrogen.
- Treatment processes to produce hydrogen from the in situ heat treatment process gas may include steam methane reforming, autothermal reforming, and/or partial oxidation reforming. All or 'at least a poruo ⁇ ⁇ i a gas s ream may e rea e o y e a gas a mee s na specifications.
- FIGS. 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 depict schematic representations of embodiments of systems for producing pipeline gas from the in situ heat treatment process gas stream.
- in situ heat treatment process gas 240 enters unit 242.
- treatment of in situ heat treatment process gas 240 removes sulfur compounds, carbon dioxide, and/or hydrogen to produce gas stream 244.
- Unit 242 may include a physical treatment system and/or a chemical treatment system.
- the physical treatment system includes, but is not limited to, a membrane unit, a pressure swing adsorption unit, a liquid absorption unit, and/or a cryogenic unit.
- the chemical treatment system may include units that use amines (for example, diethanolamine or di-isopropanolamine), zinc oxide, sulfolane, water, or mixtures thereof in the treatment process.
- unit 242 uses a Sulfinol gas treatment process for removal of sulfur compounds.
- Carbon dioxide may be removed using Catacarb ® (Catacarb, Overland Park, Kansas, U.S.A.) and/or Benfield (UOP, Des Plaines, Illinois, U.S.A.) gas treatment processes.
- Catacarb ® Catacarb, Overland Park, Kansas, U.S.A.
- Benfield UOP, Des Plaines, Illinois, U.S.A.
- Gas stream 244 may include, but is not limited to, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, methane, and hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2 or mixtures thereof.
- gas stream 244 includes nitrogen and/or rare gases such as argon or helium.
- gas stream 244 includes from about 0.0001 grams (g) to about 0.1 g, from about 0.001 g to about 0.05 g, or from about 0.01 g to about 0.03 g of hydrogen, per gram of gas stream.
- gas stream 244 includes from about 0.01 g to about 0.6 g, from about 0.1 gto about 0.5 g, or from about 0.2 g to 0.4 g of methane, per gram of gas stream.
- gas stream 244 includes from about 0.00001 g to about 0.01 g, from about 0.0005 g to about 0.005 g, or from about 0.0001 g to about 0.001 g of carbon monoxide, per gram of gas stream. In certain embodiments, gas stream 244 includes trace amounts of carbon dioxide.
- gas stream 244 may include from about 0.0001 g to about 0.5 g, from about 0.001 g to about 0.2 g, or from about 0.01 g to about 0.1 g of hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2, per gram of gas stream.
- Hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2 include paraffins and olefins. Paraffins and olefins include, but are not limited to, ethane, ethylene, acetylene, propane, propylene, butanes, butylenes, or mixtures thereof.
- hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2 include from about 0.0001 g to about 0.5 g, from about 0.001 g to about 0.2 g, or from about 0.01 g to about 0.1 g of a mixture of ethylene, ethane, and propylene.
- hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2 includes trace amounts of hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 4.
- Pipeline gas for example, natural gas
- Pipeline gas after treatment to remove the hydrogen sulfide, includes methane, ethane, propane, butane, carbon dioxide, oxygen, nitrogen, and small amounts of rare gases.
- treated natural gas includes, per gram of natural gas, about 0.7 g to about 0.98 g of methane; about 0.0001 g to about 0.2 g or from about 0.001 g to about 0.05 g of a mixture of ethane, propane, and butane; about 0.0001 g to about 0.8 g or from about 0.001 g to about 0.02 g of carbon dioxide; about 0.00001 g to about 0.02 g or from about 0.0001 to about 0.002 of oxygen; trace amounts of rare gases; and the balance being nitrogen.
- Such treated natural gas has a heat content of about 40 MJ/Nm 3 to about 50 MJ/Nm 3 .
- gas stream 244 may not meet pipeline gas requirements. Emissions generated during burning of gas stream 244 may be unacceptable and/or not meet regulatory standards if the gas stream is to be used as a fuel. Gas stream 244 may include components or amounts of components that make the gas stream undesirable for use as a feed stream for making additional products.
- hydrocarbons having a carbon number greater than 2 are separated from gas stream 244. These hydrocarbons may be separated using cryogenic processes, adsorption processes, and/or membrane " processes. Removal ot ny ⁇ rocaroons naving a carbon number greater than 2 from gas stream 244 may facilitate and/or enhance further processing of the gas stream.
- Process units as described herein may be operated at the following temperatures, pressures, hydrogen source flows, and gas stream flows, or operated otherwise as known in the art. Temperatures may range from about 50 °C to about 600 0 C, from about 100 C C to about 500 0 C, or from about 200 0 C to about 400 0 C. Pressures may range from about 0.1 MPa to about 20 MPa, from about 1 MPa to about 12 MPa, from about 4 MPa to about 10 MPa, or from about 6 MPa to about 8 MPa. Flows of gas streams through units described herein may range from about 5 metric tons of gas stream per day ("MT/D") to about 15,000 MT/D.
- MT/D metric tons of gas stream per day
- flows of gas streams through units described herein range from about 10 MT/D to 10,000 MT/D or from about 15 MT/D to about 5,000 MT/D.
- the hourly volume of gas processed is 5,000 to 25,000 times the volume of catalyst in one or more processing units.
- gas stream 244 and hydrogen source 246 enter hydrogenation unit 248.
- Hydrogen source 246 includes, but is not limited to, hydrogen gas, hydrocarbons, and/or any compound capable of donating a hydrogen atom.
- hydrogen source 246 is mixed with gas stream 244 prior to entering hydrogenation unit 248.
- the hydrogen source is hydrogen and/or hydrocarbons present in gas stream 244.
- contact of gas stream 244 with hydrogen source 246 in the presence of one or more catalysts hydrogenates unsaturated hydrocarbons in gas stream 244 and produces gas stream 250.
- Gas stream 250 may include hydrogen and saturated hydrocarbons such as methane, ethane, and propane.
- Hydrogenation unit 248 may include a knock-out pot. The knock-out pot removes any heavy by-products 252 from the product gas stream.
- Hydrogen separation unit 254 is any suitable unit capable of separating hydrogen from the incoming gas stream.
- Hydrogen separation unit 254 may be a membrane unit, a pressure swing adsorption unit, a liquid absorption unit, or a cryogenic unit.
- hydrogen separation unit 254 is a membrane unit.
- Hydrogen separation unit 254 may include PRISM ® membranes available from Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (Allentown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.). The membrane separation unit may be operated at a temperature ranging from about 50 0 C to about 80 °C (for examples, at a temperature of about 66 °C).
- hydrogen separation unit 254 separation of hydrogen from gas stream 250 produces hydrogen rich stream 256 and gas stream 258. Hydrogen rich stream 256 may be used in other processes, or, in some embodiments, as hydrogen source 246 for hydrogenation unit 248. In some embodiments, hydrogen separation unit 254 is a cryogenic unit. When hydrogen separation unit
- gas stream 250 may be separated into a hydrogen rich stream, a methane rich stream, and/or a gas stream that contains components having a boiling point greater than or equal to ethane.
- hydrogen content in gas stream 258 is acceptable and further separation of hydrogen from gas stream 258 is not needed.
- the gas stream may be suitable for use as pipeline gas.
- hydrogen is separated from gas stream 258 using a membrane.
- a hydrogen separation membrane is described in U.S. Patent No. 6,821,501 to Matzakos et al, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
- a method of removing hydrogen from gas stream 258 includes converting hydrogen to water.
- Gas stream 258 exits hydrogen separation unit 254 and enters oxidation unit 260, as shown in FIG. 5.
- Oxidation source 262 also enters oxidation unit 260.
- contact of gas stream 258 with oxidation source 262 produces gas stream 264.
- Gas stream 264 may include water produced as a result of the oxidation.
- the c ource-may mciu e, r , p , , enr c e a r. o ⁇ u uA enriched air includes nitrogen, monitoring the quantity of air or oxygen enriched air provided to oxidation unit 260 may be desired to ensure the product gas meets the desired pipeline specification for nitrogen.
- Oxidation unit 260 includes, in some embodiments, a catalyst.
- Oxidation unit 260 is, in some embodiments, operated at a temperature '• > in a range from about 50 0 C to 500 0 C, from about 100 0 C to about 400 0 C, or from about 200 0 C to about 300 0 C.
- Gas stream 264 exits oxidation unit 260 and enters dehydration unit 266.
- dehydration unit 266 separation of water from gas stream 264 produces pipeline gas 268 and water 270.
- Dehydration unit 266 may be, for example, a standard gas plant glycol dehydration unit and/or molecular sieves.
- a change in the amount of methane in pipeline gas produced from an in situ heat treatment process gas is desired.
- the amount of methane in pipeline gas may be enhanced through removal of components and/or through chemical modification of components in the in situ heat treatment process gas.
- FIG. 6 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment to enhance the amount of methane in pipeline gas through reformation and methanation of the in situ heat treatment process gas.
- Gas stream 244, hydrogen source 246, and steam source 272 enter reforming unit 274.
- gas stream 244, hydrogen source 246, and/or steam source 272 are mixed together prior to entering reforming unit 274.
- gas stream 244 includes an acceptable amount of a hydrogen source, and thus external addition of hydrogen source 246 is not needed.
- contact of gas stream 244 with hydrogen source 246 in the presence of one or more catalysts and steam source 272 produces gas stream 276.
- the catalysts and operating parameters may be selected such that reforming of methane in gas stream 244 is minimized.
- Gas stream 276 includes methane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and/or hydrogen.
- the carbon dioxide in gas stream 276, at least a portion of the carbon monoxide in gas stream 276, and at least a portion of the hydrogen in gas stream 276 is from conversion of hydrocarbons with a carbon number greater than 2 (for example, ethylene, ethane, or propylene) to carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
- Methane in gas stream 276, at least a portion of the carbon monoxide in gas stream 276, and at least a portion of the hydrogen in gas stream 276 is from gas stream 244 and hydrogen source 246.
- Reforming unit 274 may be operated at temperatures and pressures described herein, or operated otherwise as known in the art. In some embodiments, reforming unit 274 is operated at temperatures ranging from about 250 0 C to about 500 °C. In some embodiments, pressures in reforming unit 274 range from about 1 MPa to about 5 MPa. Removal of excess carbon monoxide in gas stream 276 to meet, for example, pipeline specifications may be desired. Carbon monoxide may be removed from gas stream 276 using a methanation process. Methanation of carbon monoxide produces methane and water. Gas stream 276 exits reforming unit 274 and enters methanation unit 278.
- gas stream 280 In methanation unit 278, contact of gas stream 276 with a hydrogen source in the presence of one or more catalysts produces gas stream 280.
- the hydrogen source may be provided by hydrogen and/or hydrocarbons present 5 in gas stream 276.
- an additional hydrogen source is added to the methanation unit and/or the gas stream.
- Gas stream 280 may include water, carbon dioxide, and methane.
- Methanation unit 278 may be operated at temperatures and pressures described herein or operated otherwise as known in the art. In some embodiments, methanation unit 278 is operated at temperatures ranging from about 260 0 C to about 320 0 C. In some embodiments, pressures in methanation unit 278 range from about 1 MPa to about 5 0 MPa.
- Carbon dioxide may be separated from gas stream 280 in carbon dioxide separation unit 282.
- gas stream 280 exits methanation unit 278 and passes through a heat exchanger prior to entering car o ' l e para n m . n car on ioxi e separa ion uni , se ara ion o carbon dioxide trom gas stream 280 produces gas stream 284 and carbon dioxide stream 286.
- the separation process uses amines to facilitate the removal of carbon dioxide from gas stream 280.
- Gas stream 284 includes, in some embodiments, at most 0.1 g, at most 0.08 g, at most 0.06, or at most 0.04 g of carbon dioxide per gram of gas stream. In some embodiments, gas stream 284 is substantially free of carbon dioxide.
- Gas stream 284 exits carbon dioxide separation unit 282 and enters dehydration unit 266.
- dehydration unit 266 separation of water from gas stream 284 produces pipeline gas 268 and water 270.
- FIG. 7 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment to enhance the amount of methane in pipeline gas through concurrent hydrogenation and methanation of in situ heat treatment process gas.
- Hydrogenation and methanation of carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons having a carbon number greater than 2 in the in situ heat treatment process gas produces methane.
- Concurrent hydrogenation and methanation in one processing unit may inhibit formation of impurities. Inhibiting the formation of impurities enhances production of methane from the in situ heat treatment process gas.
- the hydrogen source content of the in situ heat treatment process gas is acceptable and an external source of hydrogen is not needed.
- Treatment of in situ heat treatment process gas as described herein produces gas stream 244.
- Gas stream 244 Treatment of in situ heat treatment process gas as described herein produces gas stream 244.
- gas stream 244 enters hydrogenation and methanation unit 288.
- contact of gas stream 244 with a hydrogen source in the presence of a catalyst or multiple catalysts produces gas stream 290.
- the hydrogen source may be provided by hydrogen and/or hydrocarbons in gas stream 244.
- an additional hydrogen source is added to hydrogenation and methanation unit 288 and/or gas stream 244.
- Gas stream 290 may include methane, hydrogen, and, in some embodiments, at least a portion of gas stream 244.
- gas stream 290 includes from about 0.05 g to about 1 g, from about 0.8 g to about 0.99 g, or from about 0.9 g to 0.95 g of methane, per gram of gas stream.
- Gas stream 290 may include, per gram of gas stream, at most 0.1 g of hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2 and at most 0.01 g of carbon monoxide. In some embodiments, gas stream 290 includes trace amounts of carbon monoxide and/or hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2.
- Hydrogenation and methanation unit 288 may be operated at temperatures, and pressures, described herein, or operated otherwise as known in the art. In some embodiments, hydrogenation and methanation unit 288 is operated at a temperature ranging from about 200 0 C to about 350 0 C. In some embodiments, pressure in hydrogenation and methanation unit 288 is about 2MPa to about 12 MPa, about 4 MPa to about 10 MPa, or about 6 MPa to about 8 MPa. In certain embodiments, pressure in hydrogenation and methanation unit 288 is about 4 MPa.
- the removal of hydrogen from gas stream 290 may be desired. Removal of hydrogen from gas stream 290 may allow the gas stream to meet pipeline specification and/or handling requirements.
- gas stream 290 exits methanation unit 288 and enters polishing unit 292.
- Carbon dioxide stream 294 also enters polishing unit 292, or it mixes with gas stream 290 upstream of the polishing unit.
- contact of the gas stream 290 with carbon dioxide stream 294 in the presence of one or more catalysts produces gas stream 296.
- the reaction of hydrogen with carbon dioxide produces water and methane.
- Gas stream 296 may include methane, water, and, in some embodiments, at least a portion of gas stream 290.
- polishing unit 292 is a portion of hydrogenation and methanation unit 288 with a carbon dioxide feed line.
- Polishing unit 292 may be operated at temperatures and pressures described herein, or operated as otherwise known in the art. In some embodiments, polishing unit 292 is operated at a temperature ranging from about 200 0 C to about 400 °C. In some embodiments, pressure in polishing unit 292 is about 2MPa to about 12 MPa, about 4 MPa to aMufWMfcC ora ' btJur' ⁇ MPa'to about 8 MPa. In certain embodiments, pressure in polishing unit 292 is about 4
- FIG. 8 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment to enhance the amount of methane in pipeline gas through concurrent hydrogenation and methanation of in situ heat treatment process gas in the presence of excess carbon dioxide and the separation of ethane and heavier hydrocarbons. Hydrogen not used in the hydrogenation methanation process may react with carbon dioxide to form water and methane. Water may then be separated from the process stream. Concurrent hydrogenation and methanation in the presence of carbon dioxide in one processing unit may inhibit formation of impurities.
- Gas stream 244 and carbon dioxide stream 294 enter hydrogenation and methanation unit 298.
- hydrogenation and methanation unit 298 contact of gas stream 244 with a hydrogen source in the presence of one or more catalysts and carbon dioxide produces gas stream 300.
- the hydrogen source may be provided by hydrogen and/or hydrocarbons in gas stream 244.
- the hydrogen source is added to hydrogenation and methanation unit 298 or to gas stream 244.
- the quantity of hydrogen in hydrogenation and methanation unit 298 may be controlled and/or the flow of carbon dioxide may be controlled to provide a minimum quantity of hydrogen in gas stream 300.
- Gas stream 300 may include water, hydrogen, methane, ethane, and, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the hydrocarbons having a carbon number greater than 2 from gas stream 244.
- gas stream 300 includes from about 0.05 g to about 0.7 g, from about 0.1 g to about 0.6 g, or from about 0.2 g to 0.5 g of methane, per gram of gas stream.
- Gas stream 300 includes from about 0.0001 g to about 0.4 g, from about 0.001 g to about 0.2 g, or from about 0.01 g to 0.1 g of ethane, per gram of gas stream.
- gas stream 300 includes a trace amount of carbon monoxide and olefins.
- Hydrogenation and methanation unit 298 may be operated at temperatures and pressures, described herein, or operated otherwise as known in the art. In some embodiments, hydrogenation and methanation unit 298 is operated at a temperature ranging from about 60 °C to about 350 °C and a pressure ranging from about 1 MPa to about 12 MPa, about 2MPa to about 10 MPa, or about 4MPa to about 8 MPa.
- separation of ethane from methane is desirable. Separation may be performed using membrane and/or cryogenic techniques. Cryogenic processes may require that water levels in a gas stream be at most 1-10 part per million by weight.
- Water in gas stream 300 may be removed using generally known water removal techniques.
- Gas stream 300 exits hydrogenation and methanation unit 298, passes through heat exchanger 302 and then enters dehydration unit 266.
- dehydration unit 266 separation of water from gas stream 300 as previously described, as well as by contact with absorption units and/or molecular sieves, produces gas stream 304 and water 270.
- Gas stream 304 may have a water content of at most 10 ppm, at most 5 ppm, or at most 1 ppm. In some embodiments, water content in gas stream 304 ranges from about 0.01 ppm to about 10 ppm, from about 0.05 ppm to about 5 ppm, or from about 0.1 ppm to about 1 ppm.
- Cryogenic separator 306 separates gas stream 304 into pipeline gas 268 and hydrocarbon stream 308.
- Pipeline gas stream 268 includes methane and/or carbon dioxide.
- Hydrocarbon stream 308 includes ethane and, in some embodiments, residual hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2. In some embodiments, hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 2 may be separated into ethane and additional hydrocarbons and/or sent to other operating units. no. y ⁇ epicis a sc ema a n o an em o men o en ance e moun , . ie gas through concurrent hydrogenation and methanation of in situ heat treatment process gas in the presence of excess hydrogen. The use of excess hydrogen during the hydrogenation and methanation process may prolong catalyst life, control reaction rates, and/or inhibit formation of impurities. Treatment of in situ heat treatment process gas as described herein produces gas stream 244. Gas stream
- hydrogen source 246 enter hydrogenation and methanation unit 310.
- hydrogen source 246 is added to gas stream 244.
- contact of gas stream 244 with hydrogen source 246 in the presence of one or more catalysts produces gas stream 312.
- carbon dioxide may be added to hydrogen and methanation unit 310.
- the quantity of hydrogen in hydrogenation and methanation unit 310 may be controlled to provide an excess quantity of hydrogen to the hydrogenation and methanation unit.
- Gas stream 312 may include water, hydrogen, methane, ethane, and, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the hydrocarbons having a carbon number greater than 2 from gas stream 244.
- gas stream 312 includes from about 0.05 g to about 0.9 g, from about 0.1 g to about 0.6 g, or from about 0.2 g to 0.5 g of methane, per gram of gas stream.
- Gas stream 312 includes from about 0.0001 g to about 0.4 g, from about 0.001 g to about 0.2 g, or from about 0.01 g to 0.1 g of ethane, per gram of gas stream.
- gas stream 312 includes carbon monoxide and trace amounts of olefins.
- Hydrogenation and methanation unit 310 may be operated at temperatures and pressures, described herein, or operated otherwise as known in the art. In some embodiments, hydrogenation and methanation unit 310 is operated at a temperature ranging from about 60 0 C to about 400 0 C and a hydrogen partial pressure ranging from about 1 MPa to about 12 MPa, about 2 MPa to about 8 MPa, or about 3 MPa to about 5 MPa. In some embodiments, the hydrogen partial pressure in hydrogenation and methanation unit 310 is about 3 MPa.
- Gas stream 312 enters gas separation unit 314.
- Gas separation unit 314 is any suitable unit or combination of units that is capable of separating hydrogen and/or carbon dioxide from gas stream 312.
- Gas separation unit may be a pressure swing adsorption unit, a membrane unit, a liquid absorption unit, and/or a cryogenic unit.
- gas stream 312 exits hydrogenation and methanation unit 310 and passes through a heat exchanger prior to entering gas separation unit 314.
- separation of hydrogen from gas stream 312 produces gas stream 316 and hydrogen stream 318.
- Hydrogen stream 318 may be recycled to hydrogenation and methanation unit 310, mixed with gas stream 244 and/or mixed with hydrogen source 246 upstream of the hydrogenation methanation unit.
- carbon dioxide is separated from gas stream 316 in separation unit 314.
- the separated carbon dioxide may be recycled to the hydrogenation and methanation unit, mixed with gas stream 244 upstream of the hydrogenation and methanation unit, and/or mixed with the carbon dioxide stream entering the hydrogenation and methanation unit.
- Gas stream 316 enters dehydration unit 266.
- dehydration unit 266 separation of water from gas stream
- gas stream 244 may be treated by combinations of one or more of the processes described in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.
- all or at least a portion of gas streams from reforming unit 274 may be treated in hydrogenation and methanation units 288 (FIG. 7), 298 (FIG. 8), or 308 (FIG. 9).
- All or at least a portion of the gas stream produced from hydrogenation unit 248 may enter, or be combined with gas streams entering, reforming unit 274, hydrogenation and methanation unit 288, and/or hydrogenation and u ⁇ mm O U , units.
- Catalysts used to produce natural gas that meets pipeline specifications may be bulk metal catalysts or supported catalysts.
- Bulk metal catalysts include Columns 6-10 metals.
- Supported catalysts include Columns 6-10 metals on a support.
- Columns 6-10 metals include, but are not limited to, vanadium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium, rhenium, iron, cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, palladium, rhodium, osmium, iridium, platinum, or mixtures thereof.
- the catalyst may have, per gram of catalyst, a total Columns 6-10 metals content of at least 0.0001 g, at least 0.001 g, at least 0.01 g, or in a range from about 0.0001-0.6 g, about 0.005-0.3 g, about 0.001- 0.1 g, or about 0.01-0.08 g.
- the catalyst includes a Column 15 element in addition to the Columns 6-10 metals.
- An example of a Column 15 element is phosphorus.
- the catalyst may have a total Column 15 elements content, per gram of catalyst, in a range from about 0.000001-0.1 g, about 0.00001-0.06 g, about 0.00005-0.03 g, or about 0.0001-0.001 g.
- the catalyst includes a combination of Column 6 metals with one or more Columns 7-10 metals.
- a molar ratio of Column 6 metals to Columns 7-10 metals may be in a range from 0.1-20, 1-10, or 2-5.
- the catalyst includes Column 15 elements in addition to the combination of Column 6 metals with one or more Columns 7-10 metals.
- Columns 6-10 metals are incorporated in, or deposited on, a support to form the catalyst.
- Columns 6-10 metals in combination with Column 15 elements are incorporated in, or deposited on, the support to form the catalyst.
- the weight of the catalyst includes all support, all metals, and all elements.
- the support may be porous and may include refractory oxides; oxides of tantalum, niobium, vanadium, scandium, or lanthanide metals; porous carbon based materials; zeolites; or combinations thereof.
- Refractory oxides may include, but are not limited to, alumina, silica, silica-alumina, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, magnesium oxide, or mixtures thereof. Supports may be obtained from a commercial manufacturer such as CRI/Criterion Inc. (Houston, Texas, U.S.A.).
- Porous carbon based materials include, but are not limited to, activated carbon and/or porous graphite. Examples of zeolites include Y-zeolites, beta zeolites, mordenite zeolites, ZSM-5 zeolites, and ferrierite zeolites. Zeolites may be obtained from a commercial manufacturer such as Zeolyst (Valley Forge, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.).
- Supported catalysts may be prepared using generally known catalyst preparation techniques. Examples of catalyst preparations are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,218,333 to Gabrielov et al.; 6,290,841 to Gabrielov et al.; 5,744,025 to Boon et al., and 6,759,364 to Bhan, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the support is impregnated with metal to form the catalyst.
- the support is heat treated at temperatures in a range from about 400 0 C to about 1200 °C, from about 450 0 C to about 1000 0 C, or from about 600 °C to about 900 0 C prior to impregnation with a metal.
- impregnation aids are used during preparation of the catalyst.
- impregnation aids include a citric acid component, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), ammonia, or mixtures thereof.
- EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
- the Columns 6-10 metals and support may be mixed with suitable mixing equipment to form a Columns 6-
- the Columns 6-10 metals/support mixture may be mixed using suitable mixing equipment.
- suitable mixing equipment include tumblers, stationary shells or troughs, Muller mixers (batch type or continuous type), impact mixers, and any other generally known mixer, or other device, that will suitably provide the Columns 6-10 metals support mixture.
- the materials are mixed until the Columns 6-10 metals are substantially homogeneously dispersed in the support.
- the catalyst is heat treated at temperatures from 150-750 0 C, from 200-740 °C, or from 400-730 0 C after combining the support with the metal.
- the catalyst is heat treated in - ⁇ th ⁇ piVis&ft ⁇ el 1 ( ⁇ Ph- ⁇ t MfanaWoXfgen rich air at a temperature in a range between 400 0 C and 1000 °C to remove volatile matter and/or to convert at least a portion of the Columns 6-10 metals to the corresponding metal oxide.
- a catalyst precursor is heat treated in the presence of air at temperatures in a range from 35-500 °C for a period of time in a range from 1-3 hours to remove a majority of the volatile components without converting the Columns 6-10 metals to the corresponding metal oxide.
- Catalysts prepared by such a method are generally referred to as "uncalcined" catalysts.
- the active metals may be substantially dispersed in the support. Preparations of such catalysts are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,218,333 to Gabrielov et al., and 6,290,841 to Gabrielov et al.
- the catalyst and/or a catalyst precursor is sulfided to form metal sulfides (prior to use) using techniques known in the art (for example, ACTI CATTM process, CRI International, Inc. (Houston, Texas, U.S.A.)).
- the catalyst is dried then sulfided.
- the catalyst may be sulfided in situ by contact of the catalyst with a gas stream that includes sulfur-containing compounds.
- In situ sulfurization may utilize either gaseous hydrogen sulfide in the presence of hydrogen or liquid-phase sulfurizing agents such as organosulfur compounds (including alkylsulfides, polysulfides, thiols, and sulfoxides). Ex-situ sulfurization processes are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,468,372 to Seamans et al., and 5,688,736 to Seamans et al., all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- a first type of catalyst (“first catalyst”) includes Columns 6-10 metals and the support.
- the first catalyst is, in some embodiments, an uncalcined catalyst.
- the first catalyst includes molybdenum and nickel.
- the first catalyst includes phosphorus.
- the first catalyst includes Columns 9-10 metals on a support. The Column 9 metal may be cobalt and the Column 10 metal may be nickel.
- the first catalyst includes Columns 10-11 metals. The Column 10 metal may be nickel and the Column 1 1 metal may be copper.
- the first catalyst may assist in the hydrogenation of olefins to alkanes.
- the first catalyst is used in the hydrogenation unit.
- the first catalyst may include at least 0.1 g, at least 0.2 g, or at least 0.3 g of Column 10 metals per gram of support.
- the Column 10 metal is nickel.
- the Column 10 metal is palladium and/or a mixed alloy of platinum and palladium. Use of a mixed alloy catalyst may enhance processing of gas streams with sulfur containing compounds.
- the first catalyst is a commercial catalyst.
- Examples of commercial first catalysts include, but are not limited to, Criterion 424, DN- 140, DN-200, and DN-3100, KL6566, KL6560, KL6562, KL6564, KL7756; KL7762, KL7763, KL7731, C-624, C654, all of which are available from CRI/Criterion Inc.
- a second type of catalyst (“second catalyst”) includes Column 10 metal on a support.
- the Column 10 metal may be platinum and/or palladium.
- the catalyst includes about 0.001 g to about 0.05 g, or about 0.01 g to about 0.02 g of platinum and/or palladium per gram of catalyst.
- the second catalyst may assist in the oxidation of hydrogen to form water.
- the second catalyst is used in the oxidation unit.
- the second catalyst is a commercial catalyst.
- An example of commercial second catalyst includes KL87748, available from CRI/Criterion Inc.
- a third type of catalyst (“third catalyst”) includes Columns 6-10 metals on a support.
- the third catalyst includes Columns 9-10 metals on a support.
- the Column 9 metal may be cobalt and the Column 10 metal may be nickel.
- the content of nickel metal is from about 0.1 g to about 0.3 g, per gram of catalyst.
- the support for a third catalyst may include zirconia.
- the third catalyst may assist in the reforming of hydrocarbons having a carbon number greater than 2 to carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
- the third catalyst may be used in the reforming unit.
- the third catalyst is a commercial ⁇ « ⁇ a&l ⁇ si- ⁇ x.drfipes oTB&ftfflerciai. t r cata ysts nclu e, ut are not m te to, CRG-FR auu/ ⁇ r . a ⁇ im ⁇ e from Johnson Matthey (London, England).
- a fourth type of catalyst (“fourth catalyst”) includes Columns 6-10 metals on a support.
- the fourth catalyst includes Column 8 metals in combination with Column 10 metals on a support.
- the Column 8 metal may be ruthenium and the Column 10 metal may be nickel, palladium, platinum, or mixtures thereof.
- the fourth catalyst support includes oxides of tantalum, niobium, vanadium, the lanthanides, scandium, or mixtures thereof.
- the fourth catalyst may be used to convert carbon monoxide and hydrogen to methane and water.
- the fourth catalyst is used in the methanation unit.
- the fourth catalyst is a commercial catalyst. Examples of commercial fourth catalysts, include, but are not limited to, KATALCO ® 11-4 and/or KATALCO ® 11-4R available from Johnson Matthey.
- a fifth type of catalyst (“fifth catalyst”) includes Columns 6-10 metals on a support.
- the fifth catalyst includes a Column 10 metal.
- the fifth catalyst may include from about 0.1 g to about 0.99 g, from about 0.3 g to about 0.9 g, from about 0.5 g to about 0.8 g, or from 0.6 g to about 0.7 g of Column 10 metal per gram of fifth catalyst.
- the Column 10 metal is nickel.
- a catalyst that has at least 0.5 g of nickel per gram of fifth catalyst has enhanced stability in a hydrogenation and methanation process. The fifth catalyst may assist in the conversion of hydrocarbons and carbon dioxide to methane.
- the fifth catalyst may be used in hydrogenation and methanation units and/or polishing units.
- the fifth catalyst is a commercial catalyst.
- An example of a commercial fifth catalyst is KL6524-T, available from CRI/Criterion Inc. Heating a portion of the subsurface formation may cause the mineral structure of the fo ⁇ nation to change and form particles.
- the particles may be dispersed and/or become partially dissolved in the formation fluid.
- the particles may include metals and/or compounds of metals from Columns 1-2 and Columns 4-13 of the Periodic Table (for example, aluminum, silicon, magnesium, calcium, potassium sodium, beryllium, lithium, chromium, magnesium, copper, zirconium, and so forth).
- the particles include cenospheres.
- the particles are coated, for example, with hydrocarbons of the formation fluid.
- the particles include zeolites.
- a concentration of particles in formation fluid may range from about 1 ppm to about 3000 ppm, from about 50 ppm to about 2000 ppm, or from about 100 ppm to about 1000 ppm.
- the size of particles may range from about 0.5 micrometers to about 200 micrometers, from about 5 micrometers to about 150 micrometers, from about 10 micrometers to about 100 micrometers, or about 20 micrometers to about 50 micrometers.
- fo ⁇ nation fluid may include a distribution of particles.
- the distribution of particles may be, but is not limited to, a trimodal or a bimodal distribution.
- a trimodal distribution of particles may include from about 1 ppm to about 50 ppm of particles with a size of about 5 micrometers to about 10 micrometers, from about 2 ppm to about 2000 ppm of particles with a size of about 50 micrometers to about 80 micrometers, and from about 1 ppm to about 100 ppm with a size of between about 100 micrometers and about 200 micrometers.
- a bimodal distribution of particles may include from about 1 ppm to about 60 ppm of particles with a size of between about 50 micrometers and about 60 micrometers and from about 2 ppm to about 2000 ppm of particles with a size between about 100 micrometers and about 200 micrometers.
- the particles may contact the fo ⁇ nation fluid and catalyze formation of compounds having a carbon number of at most 25, at most 20, at most 12, or at most 8.
- zeolitic particles may assist in the oxidation and/or reduction of formation fluids to produce compounds not generally found mg . of zeolitic particles may catalyze reduction of double bond compounds in the formation fluid.
- all or a portion of the particles in the produced fluid may be removed from the produced fluid.
- the particles may be removed by using a centrifuge, by washing, by acid washing, by filtration, by electrostatic precipitation, by froth flotation, and/or by another type of separation process.
- Formation fluid produced from the in situ heat treatment process may be sent to the separator to split the stream into the in situ heat treatment process liquid stream and an in situ heat treatment process gas stream.
- the liquid stream and the gas stream may be further treated to yield desired products.
- processing equipment may be adversely affected.
- the processing equipment may clog.
- processes to produce commercial products include, but are not limited to, alkylation, distillation, catalytic reforming hydrocracking, hydrotreating, hydrogenation, hydrodesulfurization, catalytic cracking, delayed coking, gasification, or combinations thereof. Processes to produce commercial products are described in "Refining Processes 2000," Hydrocarbon Processing, Gulf Publishing Co., pp. 87-142, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Examples of commercial products include, but are not limited to, diesel, gasoline, hydrocarbon gases, jet fuel, kerosene, naphtha, vacuum gas oil (“VGO”), or mixtures thereof.
- Process equipment may become clogged or fouled by compositions in the in situ heat treatment process liquid.
- Clogging compositions may include, but are not limited to, hydrocarbons and/or solids produced from the in situ heat treatment process. Compositions that cause clogging may be formed during heating of the in situ heat treatment process liquid. The compositions may adhere to parts of the equipment and inhibit the flow of the liquid stream through processing units.
- Solids that cause clogging may include, but are not limited to, organometallic compounds, inorganic compounds, minerals, mineral compounds, cenospheres, coke, semi-soot, and/or mixtures thereof.
- the solids may have a particle size such that conventional filtration may not remove the solids from the liquid stream.
- Hydrocarbons that cause clogging may include, but are not limited to, hydrocarbons that contain heteroatoms, aromatic hydrocarbons, cyclic hydrocarbons, cyclic di-olefins, and/or acyclic di-olefins.
- solids and/or hydrocarbons present in the in situ heat treatment process liquid that cause clogging are partially soluble or insoluble in the situ heat treatment process liquid.
- clogging compositions are at least partially removed from the liquid stream by washing and/or desalting the liquid stream.
- clogging of process equipment is inhibited by filtering at least a portion of the liquid stream through a nanofiltration system.
- clogging of process equipment is inhibited by hydrotreating at least a portion of the liquid stream.
- at least a portion the liquid stream is nanofiltered and then hydrotreated to remove composition that may clog and/or foul process equipment. The hydrotreated and/or nanofiltered liquid stream may be further processed to produce commercial products.
- anti-fouling additives are added to the liquid stream to inhibit clogging of process equipment.
- Anti-fouling additives are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,648,305 to Mansfield et al.; 5,282,957 to Wright et al.; 5,173,213 to Miller et al.; 4,840,720 to Reid; 4,810,397 to Dvoracek; and 4,551,226 to Fern, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- Examples of commercially available additives include, but are not limited to, Chimec RO 303 Chimec RO 304, Chimec RO 305, Chimec RO 306, Chimec RO 307, Chimec RO 308, (available from Chimec, Rome, Italy), GE-Betz Thermal Flow 7R29 GE-Betz ProChem 3F28, Ge Betz ProChem 3Fl 8 (available from GE Water and Process Technologies, Trevose, PA, U.S.A.). " •• Fl ⁇ .4O''dep l icts t a :: scnerrl !
- Formation fluid 320 enters fluid separation unit 322 and is separated into in situ heat treatment process liquid stream 324, in situ heat treatment process gas 240 and aqueous stream 326.
- fluid separation unit 322 includes a quench zone. As produced formation fluid enters the quench zone, quenching fluid such as water, nonpotable water and/or other components may be added to the formation fluid to quench and/or cool the formation fluid to a temperature suitable for handling in downstream processing equipment.
- Quenching the formation fluid may inhibit formation of compounds that contribute to physical and/or chemical instability of the fluid (for example, inhibit formation of compounds that may precipitate from solution, contribute to corrosion, and/or fouling of downstream equipment and/or piping).
- the quenching fluid may be introduced into the formation fluid as a spray and/or a liquid stream.
- the formation fluid is introduced into the quenching fluid.
- the formation fluid is cooled by passing the fluid through a heat exchanger to remove some heat from the formation fluid.
- the quench fluid may be added to the cooled formation fluid when the temperature of the formation fluid is near or at the dew point of the quench fluid.
- Quenching the formation fluid near or at the dew point of the quench fluid may enhance solubilization of salts that may cause chemical and/or physical instability of the quenched fluid (for example, ammonium salts).
- an amount of water used in the quench is minimal so that salts of inorganic compounds and/or other components do not separate from the mixture.
- separation unit 322 at least a portion of the quench fluid may be separated from the quench mixture and recycled to the quench zone with a minimal amount of treatment. Heat produced from the quench may be captured and used in other facilities.
- vapor may be produced during the quench. The produced vapor may be sent to gas separation unit 328 and/or sent to other facilities for processing.
- In situ heat treatment process gas 240 may enter gas separation unit 328 to separate gas hydrocarbon stream 330 from the in situ heat treatment process gas.
- the gas separation unit is, in some embodiments, a rectified adsorption and high pressure fractionation unit.
- Gas hydrocarbon stream 330 includes hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 3.
- In situ heat treatment process liquid stream 324 enters liquid separation unit 332.
- liquid separation unit 332 is not necessary.
- separation of in situ heat treatment process liquid stream 324 produces gas hydrocarbon stream 336 and salty process liquid stream 338.
- Gas hydrocarbon ' stream 336 may include hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at most 5.
- a portion of gas hydrocarbon stream 336 may be combined with gas hydrocarbon stream 330.
- Salty process liquid stream 338 may be processed through desalting unit 340 to form liquid stream 334.
- Desalting unit 340 removes mineral salts and/or water from salty process liquid stream 338 using known desalting and water removal methods.
- desalting unit 340 is upstream of liquid separation unit 332.
- Liquid stream 334 includes, but is not limited to, hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 5 and/or hydrocarbon containing heteroatoms (for example, hydrocarbons containing nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus).
- Liquid stream 334 may include at least 0.001 g, at least 0.005 g, or at least 0.01 g of hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution between 95 0 C and 200 0 C at 0.101 MPa; at least 0.01 g, at least 0.005 g, or at least 0.001 g of hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution between 200 0 C and 300 0 C at 0.101 MPa; at least 0.001 g, at least 0.005 g, or at least 0.01 g of hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution between 300 0 C and 400 0 C at 0.101 MPa; and at least 0.001 g, at least 0.005 g, or at least 0.01 g of hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution between 400 0 C and
- liquid stream 334 contains at most 10% by weight water, at most 5% by weight water, at most 1% by weight water, or at most 0.1% by weight water.
- filtration system 342 is connected to the outlet of the desalting unit. Filtration system 342 separates at least a portion of the clogging compounds from liquid stream 334. In some embodiments, filtration system 342 is skid mounted. Skid mounting filtration system 342 may allow the filtration system to be moved from one processing unit to another. In some embodiments, filtration system 342 includes one or more membrane separators, for example, one or more nanofiltration membranes or one or more reserve osmosis membranes.
- the membrane may be a ceramic membrane and/or a polymeric membrane.
- the ceramic membrane may be a ceramic membrane having a molecular weight cut off of at most 2000 Daltons (Da), at most 1000 Da, or at most 500 Da. Ceramic membranes do not have to swell in order to work under optimal conditions to remove the desired materials from a substrate (for example, clogging compositions from the liquid stream). In addition, ceramic membranes may be used at elevated temperatures. Examples of ceramic membranes include, but are not limited to, mesoporous titania, mesoporous gamma-alumina, mesoporous zirconia, mesoporous silica, and combinations thereof.
- the polymeric membrane includes a top layer made of a dense membrane and a base layer (support) made of a porous membrane.
- the polymeric membrane may be arranged to allow the liquid stream (permeate) to flow first through the dense membrane top layer and then through the base layer so that the pressure difference over the membrane pushes the top layer onto the base layer.
- the polymeric membrane is organophilic or hydrophobic membrane so that water present in the liquid stream is retained or substantially retained in the retentate.
- the dense membrane layer may separate at least a portion of or substantially all of the clogging compositions from liquid stream 334.
- the dense polymeric membrane has properties such that liquid stream 334 passes through the membrane by dissolving in and diffusing through its structure. At least a portion of the clogging particles may not dissolve and/or diffuse through the dense membrane, thus they are removed. The clogging particles may not dissolve and/or diffuse through the dense membrane because of the complex structure of the clogging particles and/or their high molecular weight.
- the dense membrane layer may include a cross-linked structure as described in WO 96/27430 to Schmidt et al., which is incorporated by reference herein. A thickness of the dense membrane layer may range from a 1 micrometer to 15 micrometers, from 2 micrometers to 10 micrometers, or from 3 micrometers to 5 micrometers.
- the dense membrane may be made from polysiloxane, poly-di-methyl siloxane, poly-octyl-methyl siloxane, polyimide, polyaramide, poly-tri-methyl silyl propyne, or mixtures thereof.
- Porous base layers may be made of materials that provide mechanical strength to the membrane and may be any porous membrane used for ultra filtration, nanofiltration, or reverse osmosis. Examples of such materials are polyacrylonitrile, polyamideimide in combination with titanium oxide, polyetherimide, polyvinylidenediflouroide, polytetrafluoroethylene or combinations thereof.
- the pressure difference across the membrane may range from about 0.5 MPa to about 6 MPa, from about 1 MPa to about5 MPa, or from about 2 MPa to about 4 MPa.
- a temperature of separation may range from the pour point of the liquid stream up to 100 0 C, from about -20 0 C to about 100 0 C, from about 10 0 C to about 90 0 C, or from about 20 0 C to about 85 0 C.
- the permeate flux rate may be at most 50% of the initial flux, at most 70% of the initial flux, or at most 90% of the initial flux.
- a weight recovery of the permeate on feed may range from about 50% by weight to 97% by weight, from about 60% by weight to 90% by weight, or from about 70% by weight to 80% by weight.
- Filtration system 342 may include one or more membrane separators.
- the membrane separators may include one or more membrane modules. When two or more membrane separators are used, they may be arranged in separator.
- membrane modules include, but are not limited to, spirally wound modules, plate and frame modules, hollow fibers, and tubular modules. Membrane modules are described in Encyclopedia of Chemical Engineering, 4 th Ed., 1995, John Wiley & Sons Inc., Vol. 16, pages 158-164. Examples of spirally wound modules are described in, for example, WO/2006/040307 to Boestert et al., U.S. Patent No.
- a spirally wound module is used when a dense membrane is used in filtration system 342.
- a spirally wound module may include a membrane assembly of two membrane sheets between which a permeate spacer sheet is sandwiched, and which membrane assembly is sealed at three sides. The fourth side is connected to a permeate outlet conduit such that the area between the membranes in fluid communication with the interior of the conduit.
- a feed spacer sheet is arranged, and the assembly with feed spacer sheet is rolled up around the permeate outlet conduit, to form a substantially cylindrical spirally wound membrane module.
- the feed spacer may have a thickness of at least 0.6 mm, at least 1 mm, or at least 3 mm to allow sufficient membrane surface to be packed into a spirally wound module.
- the feed spacer is a woven feed spacer.
- a feed mixture may be passed from one end of the cylindrical module between the membrane assemblies along the feed spacer sheet sandwiched between feed sides of the membranes. Part of the feed mixture passes through either one of the membrane sheets to the permeate side. The resulting permeate flows along the permeate spacer sheet into the permeate outlet conduit.
- the membrane separation is a continuous process. Liquid stream 334 passes over the membrane due to a pressure difference to obtain a filtered liquid stream 344 (permeate) and/or recycle liquid stream 346 (retentate). In some embodiments, filtered liquid stream 344 may have reduced concentrations of compositions and/or particles that cause clogging in downstream processing systems.
- Recycle liquid stream 346 may be continuously recycled through a spirally wound membrane module for at least 10 hours, for at least one day, or for at least one week without cleaning the feed side of the membrane.
- waste stream 348 (retentate) may include a high concentration of compositions and/or particles that cause clogging.
- Waste stream 348 exits filtration system 342 and is transported to other processing units such as, for example, a delayed coking unit and/or a gasification unit. Filtered liquid stream 344 may exit filtration system 342 and enter one or more process units.
- Process units as described herein for the production of crude products and/or commercial products may be operated at the following temperatures, pressures, hydrogen source flows, liquid stream flows, or combinations thereof, or operated otherwise as known in the art. Temperatures range from about 200 0 C to about 900 0 C, from about 300 0 C to about 800 0 C, or from about 400 0 C to about 700 0 C. Pressures range from about 0.1 MPa to about 20 MPa, from about 1 MPa to about 12 MPa, from about 4 MPa to about 10 MPa, or from about 6 MPa to about 8 MPa.
- Liquid hourly space velocities of the liquid stream range from about 0.1 h '1 to about 30 h “1 , from about 0.5 h “1 to about 25 h “1 , from about 1 h “ ' to about 2O h '1 , from about 1.5 h “1 to about 15 h “1 , or from about 2 h '1 to about 1O h “1 .
- filtered liquid stream 344 and hydrogen source 246 enter hydrotreating unit 350.
- hydrogen source 246 may be added to filtered liquid stream 344 before entering hydrotreating unit 350.
- sufficient hydrogen is present in liquid stream 334 and hydrogen source 246 is not needed.
- contact of filtered liquid stream 344 with hydrogen source 246 in the presence of one or more catalysts produces liquid stream 352.
- Hydrotreating unit 350 may be operated such that all or at least a "" pdrti ⁇ f ⁇ ft ⁇ f ⁇ S &r£$Ffr4!y£ i#chfenged sufficiently to remove compositions and/or inhibit formation of compositions that may clog equipment positioned downstream of the hydrotreating unit 350.
- the catalyst used in hydrotreating unit 350 may be a commercially available catalyst. In some embodiments, hydrotreating of liquid stream 334 is not necessary. In some embodiments, liquid stream 334 is contacted with hydrogen in the presence of one or more catalysts to change one or more desired properties of the crude feed to meet transportation and/or refinery specifications. Methods to change one or more desired properties of the crude feed are described in U.S. Published Patent Applications Nos. 20050133414 to Bhan et al.; 20050133405 to Wellington et al; and U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos.
- hydrotreating unit 350 is a selective hydrogenation unit.
- liquid stream 334 and/or filtered liquid stream 344 are selectively hydrogenated such that di-olefins are reduced to mono-olefins.
- liquid stream 334 and/or filtered liquid stream 344 is contacted with hydrogen in the presence of a DN-200 (Criterion Catalysts & Technologies, Houston Texas, U.S.A.) at temperatures ranging from 100 0 C to 200 °C and total pressures of 0.1 MPa to 40 MPa to produce liquid stream 352.
- DN-200 Cirnite Catalysts & Technologies, Houston Texas, U.S.A.
- Liquid stream 352 includes a reduced content of di-olefins and an increased content of mono-olefins relative to the di-olef ⁇ n and mono- olefin content of liquid stream 334.
- the conversion of di-olefins to mono-olefins under these conditions is, in some embodiments, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 80% or at least 90%.
- Liquid stream 352 exits hydrotreating unit 350 and enters one or more processing units positioned downstream of hydrotreating unit 350.
- the units positioned downstream of hydrotreating unit 350 may include distillation units, catalytic reforming units, hydrocracking units, hydrotreating units, hydrogenation units, hydrodesulfurization units, catalytic cracking units, delayed coking units, gasification units, or combinations thereof.
- Liquid stream 352 may exit hydrotreating unit 350 and enter fractionation unit 354.
- Fractionation unit 354 produces one or more crude products. Fractionation may include, but is not limited to, an atmospheric distillation process and/or a vacuum distillation process. Crude products include, but are not limited to, C 3 -C 5 hydrocarbon stream 356, naphtha stream 358, kerosene stream 360, diesel stream 362, and bottoms stream 364.
- Bottoms stream 364 generally includes hydrocarbons having a boiling range distribution of at least 340 0 C at 0.101 MPa.
- bottoms stream 364 is vacuum gas oil.
- bottoms stream 364 includes hydrocarbons with a boiling range distribution of at least 537 0 C.
- One or more of the crude products may be sold and/or further processed to gasoline or other commercial products.
- hydrocarbons produced during fractionation of the liquid stream and hydrocarbon gases produced during separating the process gas may be combined to form hydrocarbons having a higher carbon number.
- the produced hydrocarbon gas stream may include a level of olefins acceptable for alkylation reactions.
- hydrotreated liquid streams and/or streams produced from fractions are blended with the in situ heat treatment process liquid and/or formation fluid to produce a blended fluid.
- the blended fluid may have enhanced physical stability and chemical stability as compared to the formation fluid.
- the blended fluid may have a reduced amount of reactive species (for example, di-olefins, other olefins and/or compounds containing oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen) relative to the formation fluid.
- reactive species for example, di-olefins, other olefins and/or compounds containing oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen
- ⁇ i ⁇ fungible feed than the formation fluid and/or the liquid stream produced from an in situ heat treatment process.
- the blended feed may be more suitable for transportation, for use in chemical processing units and/or for use in refining units than formation fluid.
- a fluid produced by methods described herein from an oil shale formation may be blended with heavy oil/tar sands in situ heat treatment process (IHTP) fluid. Since the oil shale liquid is substantially paraffinic and the heavy oil/tar sands IHTP fluid is substantially aromatic, the blended fluid exhibits enhanced stability.
- in situ heat treatment process fluid may be blended with bitumen to obtain a feed suitable for use in refining units. Blending of the IHTP fluid and/or bitumen with the produced fluid may enhance the chemical and/or physical stability of the blended product. Thus, the blend may be transported and/or distributed to processing units.
- C 3 -C 5 hydrocarbon stream 356 produced from fractionation unit 354 and hydrocarbon gas stream 330 enter alkylation unit 368.
- alkylation unit 368 reaction of the olefins in hydrocarbon gas stream 330 (for example, propylene, butyl enes, amylenes, or combinations thereof) with the iso-paraffins in C 3 -C 5 hydrocarbon stream 356 produces hydrocarbon stream 370.
- the olefin content in hydrocarbon gas stream 330 is acceptable and an additional source of olefins is not needed.
- Hydrocarbon stream 370 includes hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 4.
- Hydrocarbons having a carbon number of at least 4 include, but are not limited to, butanes, pentanes, hexanes, heptanes, and octanes.
- hydrocarbons produced from alkylation unit 368 have an octane number greater than 70, greater than 80, or greater than 90.
- hydrocarbon stream 370 is suitable for use as gasoline without further processing.
- bottoms stream 364 may be hydrocracked to produce naphtha and/or other products.
- the resulting naphtha may, however, need reformation to alter the octane level so that the product may be sold commercially as gasoline.
- bottoms stream 364 may be treated in a catalytic cracker to produce naphtha and/or feed for an alkylation unit.
- naphtha stream 358, kerosene stream 360, and diesel stream 362 have an imbalance of paraffinic hydrocarbons, olefinic hydrocarbons, and/or aromatic hydrocarbons.
- the streams may not have a suitable quantity of olefins and/or aromatics for use in commercial products.
- This imbalance may be changed by combining at least a portion of the streams to form combined stream 366 which has a boiling range distribution from about 38 0 C to about 343 0 C.
- Catalytically cracking combined stream 366 may produce olefins and/or other streams suitable for use in an alkylation unit and/or other processing units.
- naphtha stream 358 is hydrocracked to produce olefins.
- catalytic cracking unit 372 produces additional C 3 -C 5 hydrocarbon stream 356', gasoline hydrocarbons stream 374, and additional kerosene stream 360'.
- Additional C 3 -C 5 hydrocarbon stream 356' may be sent to alkylation unit 368, combined with C 3 -C 5 hydrocarbon stream 356, and/or combined with hydrocarbon gas stream 330 to produce gasoline suitable for commercial sale.
- the olefin content in hydrocarbon gas stream 330 is acceptable and an additional source of olefins is not needed.
- an amount of the produced bottoms stream (for example, VGO) is too low to sustain operation of a hydrocracking unit or catalytic cracking unit and the concentration of olefins in the produced gas streams from a fractionation unit and/or a catalytic cracking unit (for example, from fractionation unit 354 and/or • from catalytic cracking unit 372 in FIG. 10) may be too low to sustain operation of an alkylation unit.
- the naphtha ""' r du e r e f c ' a io i it may be treated to produce olefins for further processing in, for example, an alkylation unit.
- Reformulated gasoline produced by conventional naphtha reforming processes may not meet commercial specifications such as, for example, California Air Resources Board mandates when liquid stream produced from an in situ heat treatment process liquid is used as a feed stream.
- An amount of olefins in the naphtha may be saturated during conventional hydrotreating prior to the reforming naphtha process.
- reforming of all the hydrotreated naphtha may result in a higher than desired aromatics content in the gasoline pool for reformulated gasoline.
- the imbalance in the olefin and aromatic content in the reformed naphtha may be changed by producing sufficient alkylate from an alkylation unit to produce reformulated gasoline.
- Olefins for example, propylene and butylenes
- Olefins generated from fractionation and/or cracking of the naphtha may be combined with isobutane to produce gasoline.
- catalytically cracking the naphtha and/or other fractionated streams produced in a fractionating unit requires additional heat because of a reduced amount of coke production relative to other feedstocks used in catalytic cracking units.
- FIG. 11 depicts a schematic for treating liquid streams produced from an in situ heat treatment process stream to produce olefins and/or liquid streams. Similar processes to produce middle distillate and olefins are described in International Publication No. WO 2006/020547 and U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos.
- Liquid stream 376 enters catalytic cracking system 378.
- Liquid stream 376 may include, but is not limited to, liquid stream 334, hydrotreated liquid stream 352, filtered liquid stream 344, naphtha stream 358, kerosene stream 360, diesel stream 362, and bottoms stream 364 from the system depicted in FIG. 10, any hydrocarbon stream having a boiling range distribution between 65 0 C and 800 °C, or mixtures thereof.
- steam 272 enters catalytic cracking system 378 and may atomize and/or lift liquid stream 376 to enhance contact of the liquid stream with the catalytic cracking catalyst.
- a ratio of steam to atomize liquid stream 376 to feedstock may range from 0.01 to 2 by weight, or from 0.1 to 1 by weight.
- liquid stream 376 is contacted with a catalytic cracking catalyst to produce one or more crude products.
- the catalytic cracking catalyst includes a selected catalytic cracking catalyst, at least a portion of used regenerated cracking catalyst stream 380, at least a portion of a regenerated cracking catalyst stream 382, or a mixture thereof.
- Used regenerated cracking catalyst 380 includes a regenerated cracking catalyst that has been used in second catalytic cracking system 384.
- Second catalytic cracking system 384 may be used to crack hydrocarbons to produce olefins and/or other crude products.
- Hydrocarbons provided to second catalytic cracking system 384 may include C 3 -Cj hydrocarbons produced from the production wells, gasoline hydrocarbons, hydrowax, hydrocarbons produced from Fischer-Tropsch processes, biofuels, or combinations thereof.
- the use of a mixture of different types of hydrocarbon feed to the second catalytic cracking system may enhance C 3 -C 5 olefin production to meet the alkylate demand.
- Second catalytic cracking system 384 may be a dense phase unit, a fixed fluidized bed unit, a riser, a combination of the above mentioned units, or any unit or configuration of units known in the art for cracking hydrocarbons.
- the crude product may include, but is not limited to, hydrocarbons having a boiling point distribution that is less than the boiling point distribution of liquid stream 376, a portion of liquid stream 376, or mixtures thereof.
- the crude product and spent catalyst enters separation system 386.
- Separation system 386 may include, for example, a distillation unit, a stripper, a filtration system, a centrifuge, or any device known in the art capable of separating the crude product from the spent catalyst.
- spent cracking catalyst is contacted with oxygen source 392 (for example, oxygen and/or air) under carbon burning conditions to produce regenerated cracking catalyst stream 382 and combustion gases 394.
- oxygen source 392 for example, oxygen and/or air
- Combustion gases may form as a by-product of the removal of carbon and/or other impurities formed on the catalyst during the catalytic cracking process.
- the temperature in regeneration unit 390 may range from about 621 0 C to about 760 0 C or from about 677 ° C to about 715 °C.
- the pressure in regeneration unit 390 may range from atmospheric to about 0.345 MPa or from about 0.034 to about 0.345 MPa.
- the residence time of the separated spent cracking catalyst in regeneration unit 390 ranges from about 1 to about 6 minutes or from or about 2 to about 4 minutes.
- the coke content on the regenerated cracking catalyst is less than the coke content on the separated spent cracking catalyst. Such coke content is less than 0.5% by weight, with the weight percent being based on the weight of the regenerated cracking catalyst excluding the weight of the coke content.
- the coke content of the regenerated cracking catalyst may range from 0.01% by weight to 0.5% by weight, 0.05% by weight to 0.3% by weight, or 0.1% by weight to 0.2% by weight.
- regenerated cracking catalyst stream 382 may be divided into two streams with at least a portion of regenerated cracking catalyst stream 382' exiting regeneration unit 390 and entering second catalytic cracking system 384. At least another portion of regenerated cracking catalyst stream 382 exits regenerator 390 and enters catalytic cracking system 378. The relative amount of the used regenerated cracking catalyst to the regenerated cracking catalyst is adjusted to provide for the desired cracking conditions within catalytic cracking system 378.
- Adjusting the ratio of used regenerated cracking catalyst to regenerated cracking catalyst may assist in the control of the cracking conditions in catalytic cracking system 378.
- a weight ratio of the used regenerated cracking catalyst to the regenerated cracking catalyst may range from 0.1 : 1 to 100: 1, from 0.5: 1 to 20: 1, or from 1 : 1 to 10: 1.
- the weight ratio of used regenerated cracking catalyst-to-regenerated cracking catalyst approximates the weight ratio of the at least a portion of regenerated cracking catalyst passing to the second catalytic cracking system 384 to the remaining portion of regenerated cracking catalyst that is mixed with liquid stream 376 introduced into catalytic cracking system 378, and, thus, the aforementioned ranges are also applicable to such weight ratio.
- Liquid separation unit 398 may be any system known to those skilled in the art for recovering and separating the crude product into product streams such as, for example, gas stream 336', gasoline hydrocarbons stream 400, cycle oil stream 402, and bottom stream 404. In some embodiments, bottom stream 404 is recycled to catalytic cracking system 378. Liquid separation unit 398 may include components and/or units such as, for example, absorbers and strippers, fractionators, compressors and separators, or any combination of known systems for providing recovery and separation of products from the crude product. In some embodiments, at least a portion of light cycle oil stream 402 exits liquid separation unit 398 and enters second catalytic cracking system 378.
- none of the light cycle oil stream is sent to the second catalytic cracking system.
- at least a portion of gasoline hydrocarbons stream 400 exits liquid separation unit 398 and enters second catalytic cracking system 384.
- none of the gasoline hydrocarbons stream is sent to the second catalytic cracking system.
- gasoline hydrocarbons stream 400 is suitable for sale and/or for use in other processes.
- At least a portion of gas oil hydrocarbon stream 406 (for example, vacuum gas oil) and/or portions of gasoline hydrocarbons stream 400 and at least a portion of light cycle oil stream 402 are sent to catalytic cracking system 384.
- crude olefin stream 408 contains at least 30% by weight C 2 -C 5 olefins, at least 40% by weight C 2 -C 5 olefins, at least 50% by weight C 2 -C 5 olefins, at least 70% by weight C 2 -C 5 olefins, or at least 90% by weight C 2 -C 5 olefins.
- the recycling of the gasoline hydrocarbons stream 400 into second catalytic cracking system 384 may provide for an additional conversion across the overall process system of gas oil hydrocarbon stream 406 to C 2 -C 5 olefins.
- second catalytic cracking system 384 includes an intermediate reaction zone and a stripping zone that are in fluid communication with each other with the stripping zone located below the intermediate reaction zone.
- the cross sectional area of the stripping zone is less than the cross sectional area of the intermediate reaction zone.
- the ratio of the stripping zone cross sectional area to the intermediate reaction zone cross sectional area may range from 0.1: 1 to 0.9: 1; from 0.2: 1 to 0.8: 1; or from 0.3: 1 to 0.7: 1.
- the geometry of the second catalytic cracking system is such that it is generally cylindrical in shape.
- the length-to-diameter ratio of the stripping zone of the catalystic cracking system is such as to provide for the desired high steam velocity within the stripping zone and to provide enough contact time within the stripping zone for the desired stripping of the used regenerated catalyst that is to be removed from the second catalytic cracking system.
- the length-to-diameter dimension of the stripping zone may range of from 1 : 1 to 25: 1; from 2: 1 to 15: 1 ; or from 3: 1 to 10: 1.
- second catalytic cracking system 384 is operated or controlled independently from the operation or control of the catalytic cracking system 378. This independent operation or control of second catalytic cracking system 384 may improve overall conversion of the gasoline hydrocarbons into the desired products such as ethylene, propylene and butylenes. With the independent operation of second catalytic cracking system 384, the severity of catalytic cracking unit 378 may be reduced to optimize the yield Of C 2 -C 5 olefins.
- a temperature in second catalytic cracking system 384 may range from about 482 0 C (900 ° F) to about 871 °C (1600 ° F), from about 510 0 C.
- second catalytic cracking system 384 may range from atmospheric to about 0.345 MPa (50 psig) or from about 0.034 to 0.345 MPa (5 to 50 psig).
- Addition of steam 272' into second catalytic cracking system 384 may assist in the operational control of the second catalytic cracking unit. In some embodiments, steam is not necessary. In some embodiments, the use of the steam for a given gasoline hydrocarbon conversion across the process system, and in the cracking of the gasoline hydrocarbons, may provide for an improved selectivity toward C 2 -C 5 olefin yield with an increase in propylene and butylenes yield relative to other catalytic cracking processes.
- a weight ratio of steam to gasoline hydrocarbons introduced into second catalytic cracking system 384 may be in the range of upwardly to or about 15: 1; from 0.1 : 1 to 10: 1 ; from 0.2: 1 to 9: 1 ; or from 0.5: 1 to 8: 1.
- Olefin separation system 410 can be any system known to those skilled in the art for recovering and separating the crude olefin stream 408 into C 2 -C 5 olefin product streams (for example, ethylene product stream 412, propylene product stream 414, and butylenes products stream 416).
- Olefin separation system 410 may include such systems as absorbers and strippers, fractionators, compressors and separators, or any combination of known systems or equipment providing for the recovery and separation Of C 2 -C 5 olefin products from fluid stream 408.
- olefin streams 412, 414, 416 enter alkylation unit 368 to generate hydrocarbon stream 370.
- hydrocarbon stream 370 has an ji , , , streams 412, 414, 416 are transported to other processing units, such as polymerization units, for use as feedstocks.
- the crude product from the catalytic cracking system and the crude olefin stream from second catalytic cracking system may be combined.
- the combined stream may enter a single separation unit (for example, a combination of liquid separation system 398 and olefin separation system 410).
- used cracking catalyst stream 380 exits second catalytic cracking system 384 and enters catalytic cracking system 378.
- Catalyst in used cracking catalyst stream 380 may include a slightly higher concentration of carbon than the concentration of carbon that is on the catalyst in regenerated cracking catalyst 382.
- a high concentration of carbon on the catalyst may partially deactivate the catalytic cracking catalysts which provides for an enhanced yield of olefins from the catalytic cracking system 378.
- Coke content of the used regenerated catalyst may be at least 0.1% by weight or at least 0.5% by weight.
- the coke content of the used regenerated catalyst may range from about 0.1% by weight to about 1% by weight or from about 0.1% by weight to about 0.6% by weight.
- the catalytic cracking catalyst used in catalytic cracking system 378 and second catalytic cracking system 384 may be any fluidizable cracking catalyst known in the art.
- the fluidizable cracking catalyst may include a molecular sieve having cracking activity dispersed in a porous, inorganic refractory oxide matrix or binder. "Molecular sieve” refers to any material capable of separating atoms or molecules based on their respective dimensions. Molecular sieves suitable for use as a component of the cracking catalyst include pillared clays, delaminated clays, and crystalline aluminosilicates. In some embodiments, the cracking catalyst contains a crystalline aluminosilicate.
- aluminosilicates examples include Y zeolites, ultrastable Y zeolites, X zeolites, zeolite beta, zeolite L, offretite, mordenite, faujasite, and zeolite omega.
- crystalline aluminosilicates for use in the cracking catalyst are X and/or Y zeolites.
- U.S. Patent No. 3,130,007 to Breck describes Y-type zeolites.
- the stability and/or acidity of a zeolite used as a component of the cracking catalyst may be increased by exchanging the zeolite with hydrogen ions, ammonium ions, polyvalent metal cations, such as rare earth-containing cations, magnesium cations or calcium cations, or a combination of hydrogen ions, ammonium ions and polyvalent metal cations.
- the sodium content may be lowered until it is at most 0.8% by weight, at most 0.5% by weight and at most 0.3% by weight, calculated as Na 2 ⁇ .
- the zeolite or other molecular sieve component of the cracking catalyst is combined with a porous, inorganic refractory oxide matrix, or binder to form a finished catalyst prior to use.
- the refractory oxide component in the finished catalyst may be silica-alumina, silica, alumina, natural or synthetic clays, pillared or delaminated clays, mixtures of one or more of these components, and the like.
- the inorganic refractory oxide matrix includes a mixture of silica-alumina and a clay such as kaolin, hectorite, sepiolite, and attapulgite.
- a finished catalyst may contain between about 5% by weight and about 40% by weight zeolite or other molecular sieve and greater than about 20 weight percent inorganic refractory oxide. In some embodiments, the finished catalyst may contain between about 10% and about 35% by weight zeolite or other molecular sieve, between about 10% and about 30% by weight inorganic refractory oxide, and between about 30% and about 70% by weight clay.
- the crystalline aluminosilicate or other molecular sieve component of the cracking catalyst may be combined with the porous, inorganic refractory oxide component or a precursor thereof by any suitable technique known in the art including mixing, mulling, blending or homogenization.
- precursors that may be used include, but are not limited to, alumina, alumina sols, silica sols, zirconia, alumina hydrogels, polyoxycations of aluminum and zirconium, and peptized alumina.
- the zeolite is combined with an alumino- , , finished catalyst particles normally ranging in diameter between about 40 micrometers and about 80 micrometers.
- the zeolite or other molecular sieve may be mulled or otherwise mixed with the refractory oxide component or precursor thereof, extruded and then ground into the desired particle size range.
- the finished catalyst may have an average bulk density between about 0.30 and about 0.90 gram per cubic centimeter and a pore volume between about 0.10 and about 0.90 cubic centimeter per gram.
- a ZSM-5 additive may be introduced into the intermediate cracking reactor of second catalytic cracking system 384.
- a ZSM-5 additive is used along with the selected cracking catalyst in the intermediate cracking reactor, a yield of the lower olefins such as propylene and butylenes is enhanced.
- An amount of ZSM-5 ranges from at most 30% by weight, at most 20% by weight, or at most 18% by weight of the regenerated catalyst being introduced into second catalytic cracking system 384.
- An amount of ZSM-5 additive is introduced into second catalytic cracking system 384 may range from 1% to 30% by weight, 3% to 20% by weight, or 5% to 18% by weight of the regenerated cracking catalyst being introduced into second catalytic cracking system 384.
- the ZSM-5 additive is a molecular sieve additive selected from the family of medium pore size crystalline aluminosilicates or zeolites.
- Molecular sieves that can be used as the ZSM-5 additive include, but are not limited to, medium pore zeolites as described in "Atlas of Zeolite Structure Types," Eds. W. H. Meier and D. H. Olson, Butterworth-Heineman, Third Edition, 1992.
- the medium pore size zeolites generally have a pore size from about 0.5 nm, to about 0.7 nm and include, for example, MFI, MFS, MEL, MTW, EUO, MTT, HEU, FER, and TON structure type zeolites (IUPAC Commission of Zeolite Nomenclature).
- Non-limiting examples of such medium pore size zeolites include ZSM-5, ZSM- 12, ZSM-22, ZSM-23, ZSM-34, ZSM-35, ZSM-38, ZSM-48, ZSM-50, silicalite, and silicalite 2.
- ZSM-5 are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,702,886 to Argauer et al. and 3,770,614 to Graven, both of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- ZSM-1 1 is described in U.S. Patent No. 3,709,979 to Chu; ZSM-12 in U.S. Patent No. 3,832,449 to Rosinski et al.; ZSM-21 and ZSM-38 in U.S. Patent No. 3,948,758 to Bonacci et al.; ZSM-23 in U.S. Patent No.
- SAPO silicoapatinophosphates
- SAPO-4 and SAPO-1 1 which is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,440,871 to Lok et al.
- chromosilicates gallium silicates, iron silicates
- ALPO aluminum phosphates
- ALPO-1 1 described in U.S. Patent No. 4,310,440 to Wilson et al.
- TASO titanium aluminosilicates
- Patent No. 4,686,029 to Pellet et al. boron silicates, described in U.S. Patent No. 4,254,297 Frenken et al.; titanium aluminophosphates (TAPO), such as TAPO-1 1 described in U.S. Patent No. 4,500,651 to Lok et al.; and iron aluminosilicates, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- TAPO titanium aluminophosphates
- residue produced from units described in FIGS. 10 and 11 may be used as an energy source.
- the residue may be gasified to produce gases which are burned (for example, burned in a turbine) and/or injected into a subsurface formation (for example, injection of produced carbon dioxide into a subsurface formation).
- the residue is de-asphalted to produce asphalt.
- the asphalt may be gasified.
- ammonia may be in formation fluid produced from the formation. Produced ammonia may be used for a number of purposes. In some embodiments, the ammonia or a _ ⁇ ⁇
- the Haber-Bosch process may be used to produce hydrogen.
- Ammonia may produce hydrogen and nitrogen according to the following equilibrium reaction:
- the reaction may be a high temperature, high pressure, catalyzed reaction.
- the temperature may be from about 300 0 C to about 800 °C.
- the pressure may be from about 80 bars to about 220 bars.
- the catalyst may be composed substantially of iron.
- the total amount of hydrogen produced may be increased by shifting the equilibrium towards hydrogen and nitrogen production. Equilibrium may be shifted to produce more nitrogen and hydrogen by removing nitrogen and/or hydrogen as they are produced.
- Many wells are needed for treating a hydrocarbon formation using an in situ heat treatment process.
- vertical or substantially vertical wells are formed in the formation.
- horizontal or U-shaped wells are formed in the formation.
- combinations of horizontal and vertical wells are formed in the formation.
- Wells may be formed using drilling rigs.
- a rig for drilling wells includes equipment on the rig for drilling multiple wellbores simultaneously.
- the rig may include one or more systems for constructing the wells, including drilling, fluid handling, and cementing of the wells through the overburden, drilling to total depth, and placing completion equipment such as heaters and casing.
- the rig may be particularly useful for forming closely spaced wells, such as freeze wells.
- a rig for drilling wellbores for an in situ heat treatment process may be a movable platform.
- the working surface of the platform may be 20 m or more above the ground. Piping may be suspended from the bottom of the platform before being deployed.
- wells are drilled in sequential stages with different drilling machines.
- the wells may be barrier wells, heater wells, production wells, production/heater wells, monitor wells, injection wells, or other types of wells.
- a conductor drilling machine may set the conductor of the well.
- a main hole drilling machine may drill the wellbore to depth.
- a completion drilling machine may place casing, cement, tubing, cables, heaters, and perform other well completion tasks.
- the drilling machines may be on the same location moving 3 to 10 meters between wells for 2 to 3 years.
- the size and the shape of the drilling machines may not have to meet existing road transportation regulations since once in the field, the drilling machines may remain there for the duration of the project.
- the major components of the drilling machines may be transported to location and assembled there. The drilling machines may not have to be disassembled for a multi-mile move for several years.
- One or more central plants may support the drilling machines.
- the use of a central plant may allow for smaller drilling machines.
- the central plant may include prime movers, mud tanks, solids handling equipment, pipe handling, power, and other equipment common to the drilling machines.
- the equipment of the central plant may be coupled to the drilling machines by flexible umbilicals, by easily modifiable piping, and/or by quick release electrical connections.
- Several wells may be drilled before the need to move the central plant arises.
- the central plant may be moved while connected to one or more operating drilling machines.
- the drilling machines and central plant may be designed with integrated drip pans to capture leaks and spills.
- the drilling machines are powered directly off the electric grid. In other embodiments, the drilling machines are diesel powered.
- used by the drilling machines may be stacked and stored on or by the drilling machines so that the drilling machines can access and manipulate the tubulars with minimal or no human intervention.
- a carousel or other device may be used to store a tubular and move the tubular from storage to the drilling mast.
- the carousel or other device may also be used to move the tubular from the drilling mast to storage.
- the drilling machines may include propulsion units so that the drilling machines do not need to be skidded.
- the central plant may also include propulsion units. Skidding involves extra equipment not used for drilling the wells and may be complicated by the dense concentration of surface facilities and equipment.
- the drilling machines and/or central plant may include tracks or a walking mechanism to eliminate railroad-type tracks. Eliminating railroad-type tracks may reduce the amount of pre-work road and rail formation that needs to be completed before drilling operations can begin.
- the propulsion units may include a fixed-movement mechanism. The fixed-movement mechanism may advance the drilling machine a set distance when activated so that the drilling machine is located at the next well location. Fine adjustment may allow for exact positioning of the drilling machine after initial position location by the fixed-movement mechanism.
- laser guidance systems may be utilized to position the drilling machines.
- the laser guidance systems may ensure that the wellbores being formed are started at the right location in the well pattern.
- drilling machines and/or the central plant are positioned on a central track or access lane.
- the drilling equipment may be extended from one side to the other of the central track to form the wells.
- the drilling machine is able to stay in one place while an arm or cantilever mechanism allows multiples of wells to be drilled around the drilling machine.
- the wells may be drilled in very close proximity if required.
- the drilling machines and the central plant may be self-leveling and able to function on up to a 10% grade or higher.
- the drilling machines include hydraulic and/or mechanical leveling systems.
- the drilling machines and central plant may have ground clearances of at least 1 meter so that the units may be moved unobstructed over wellheads.
- Each drilling machine may include a mechanism for precisely placing the working components of the drilling machine over the hole center of the well being formed. In some embodiments, the mechanism adjusts the position of a derrick of the drilling machine.
- the drilling machines may be moved from one well to another with derricks of the drilling machines in upright or inclined positions.
- the term "derrick" is used to represent whatever top drive support device is employed on the rig, whether the top drive support device is a derrick, stiff mast, or hydraulic arm. Because some drilling machines may use three 10 m pipe sections, the derrick may have to be lowered for rig moves. If the derrick must be lowered, lowering and raising the derrick needs to be a quick and safe operation. In some embodiments, the derrick is lowered with the bottom hole assembly racked in the derrick to save time handling the bottom hole assembly. In other embodiments, the bottom hole assembly is separated from the derrick for servicing during a move of the drilling machine.
- one of the drilling machines is able to do more than one stage of well formation.
- a freeze wall or other barrier is formed around all or a portion of a treatment area. There may be about a year or more of time from when the last freeze well is drilled to the time that main holes for heater and producer wells can be drilled. In the intervening time, the drilling machine used to drill the main hole of a well may be used to preset conductors for heater wells and/or production wells in the treatment area. In some embodiments, two or more drilling machines are placed on the same carrier.
- the carrier may include equipment that presets the conductor for a well.
- the carrier may also carry equipment for irfeMihlilfenaain ⁇ byLMiie ⁇ antion of the machine could be presetting a conductor while another portion of the machine could be simultaneously forming the main hole of a second well.
- Running drill pipe to replace bits, running in down hole equipment and pulling the equipment out after use may be time consuming and expensive. To save time and expense, all drilling and completion tools may go into the hole and not come out. For example, drill pipe may become casing. Once data is obtained from logging runs, the logging tools are left in the hole and drilling proceeds through them or past them if necessary. Downhole equipment is integrated into the drill pipe. In some embodiments, the drill pipe becomes a conduit of a conduit-in-conduit heater.
- a retractable drilling assembly is used. Using a retractable drilling assembly may be beneficial when using continuous coiled tubing. When total depth of the well is reached, the drill bit and bottom hole assembly may be retracted to a smaller diameter. The drill bit and bottom hole assembly may be brought to the surface through the coiled tubing. The coiled tubing may be left in the hole as casing.
- the main hole drilling machine and the completion drilling machine include a quick- connect device for attaching the fluid diverter spool (drilling wellhead) to the conductor casing.
- the use of a quick- connect device may be faster than threading or welding the diverter to the conductor casing.
- the quick-connect device may be a snap-on or clamp-on type diverter.
- Wellheads are typically designed to fit a multitude of casing configurations, everything from 48 inch conductor to 2-3/8 inch tubing. For an in situ heat treatment process, the wellheads may not need to span such a large casing diameter set or have multiple string requirements. The wellheads may only handle a very limited pipe diameter range and only one or two casing strings. Having a fit for purpose wellhead may significantly reduce the cost of fabricating and installing the wellheads for the wells of the in situ heat treatment process.
- the main hole drilling machine includes a slickline/boom system.
- the slickline/boom system may allow running ranging equipment in a close offset well while drilling the well the drilling machine is positioned over.
- the use of the slickline/boom system on the drilling machine may eliminate the need for additional equipment for employing the ranging equipment.
- the conductor drilling machine is a blast-hole rig.
- the blast-hole rig may be mounted on a crawler or carrier with metal tracks. Air or gas compression is on board the blast-hole rig. Tubulars may be racked horizontally on the blast-hole rig. The derrick of the blast-hole rig may be adjusted to hole center. The bottom hole drilling assembly of the blast-hole rig may be left in the derrick when the blast-hole rig is moved.
- the blast-hole rig includes an integral drilling fluid tank, solids control equipment, and a mist collector. In some embodiments, the drilling fluid tank, the solids control equipment, and/or the mist collector is part of the central plant.
- the drilling machines are able to use pipe with a length of about 25 m to 30 m.
- the 25 m to 30 m piping may be made up of two or more shorter joints, but is preferably a single joint of the appropriate length. Using a single joint may decrease the complexity of pipe handling and result in fewer potential leak paths in the drill string.
- the drilling machines use jointed pipe having other lengths, such as 20 m lengths, or 10 m lengths.
- the drilling machine may use a top drive system.
- the top drive system functions using a rack and pinion.
- the top drive system functions using a hydraulic system.
- the drilling machines may include automated pipe handling systems.
- the automated pipe handling system may be able to lift pipe, make connections, and have another joint in the raised position ready for the next ( _ ⁇ _ m
- panhandling systems may include an iron roughneck to make and break connections.
- the pipe skid for the drilling machine is an integral component of the drilling machine.
- String floats may be needed in the drill string because air and/or liquid will be used during drilling.
- An integral float valve may be positioned in each joint used by the drilling machine. Including a string float in each joint may minimize circulating times at connections and speed up the connection process.
- Drilling the wells may be done at low operating pressures.
- a quick-connect coupler is used to connect drill pipe together because of the low operating pressures. Using quick-connect couplers to join drill pipe may reduce drilling time and simplify pipe handling automation.
- the main hole drilling machine is designed to drill 6-1/4 inch or 6-1/2 inch holes.
- the pumping capabilities needed to support the main hole drilling machine may include 3 x 900 scfm air compressors, a 2000 psi booster, and a liquid pump with an operational maximum of 325 gpm. A 35 gpm pump may also be included if mist drilling is required.
- the main hole drilling machine and/or the completion drilling machine uses coiled tubing.
- Coiled tubing may allow for minimal or no pipe connections above the bottom hole assembly.
- the drilling machine still needs the ability to deploy and retrieve the individual components of the bottom hole assembly.
- components are automatically retrieved by a carousel, deployed, and made up over the hole when running in the hole. The process may be reversed when tripping out of the hole.
- components may be racked horizontally on the drilling machine. The components may be maneuvered with automatic pipe arms.
- the drilling machine may employ a split injector system. When coiled tubing operations are halted, the two sides of the injector may be remotely unlatched and retracted to allow for over hole access.
- a bottom hole assembly handling rig is used to make up and deploy the bottom hole assembly in the well conductor of a well to be drilled to total depth.
- the drilling machine may leave the current bottom hole assembly in the well after reaching total depth and prior to moving to the next well.
- the bottom hole assembly handling rig may pull the bottom hole assembly from the previous well and prepare it for the next well in sequence.
- the mast for the bottom hole assembly handling rig may be a very simple arrangement supporting a sandline for bottom hole assembly handling.
- the wellbore in which the coiled tubing is placed is formed by jet drilling.
- coiled tubing may be carbon steel. Carbon steel coiled tubing may be used for only a limited number of cycles because coiling and/or uncoiling the steel forces the coiled tubing past the elastic region of the stress/strain curve and into the plastic region. In the plastic region, the steel is permanently deformed and/or weakened. For some coiled tubing uses, the coiled tubing is placed in the formation and left in the formation, so the use of carbon steel coiled tubing does not present a problem. For some coiled tubing uses, the coiled tubing may be coiled and uncoiled many times. For coiled tubing that needs to be coiled and uncoiled many times, the coiled tubing may be composite coiled tubing.
- Composite coiled tubing may stay in the elastic region during coiling and uncoiling so that there is little or no permanent deformation of the coiled tubing during deployment and retrieval.
- Composite coiled tubing is available from Fiberspar LinePipe LLC (Houston, Texas, U.S.A.).
- composite coiled tubing may include one or more electrical wires in the composite. The electrical wires may be coupled to equipment and lowered into the wellbore with the coiled tubing. Coiled tubing may be stored on a reel before deployment. A reel used by the drilling machine may have
- the reel may have a large
- the coiled tubing reel is the wellhead. Having me wellhead and the reel as one unit eliminates the additional handling of a separate wellhead and an empty reel.
- Reverse circulation drilling enables fast penetration rates and the use of low density drilling fluid such as air or mist.
- a skirted rock bit assembly replaces the conventional tri-cone bit.
- the skirt directs the drilling fluid from the pipe-in-pipe drill rod annulus to the outside portion of the hole being drilled.
- the cuttings are generated by the action of the rotating drill bit, the cuttings mix with the drilling fluid, pass through a hole in the center of the bit and are carried out of the hole through the center of the drill rods.
- a reverse-circulation crossover is installed between the standard bit and the drill rods.
- the crossover redirects the drilling fluid from the pipe-in-pipe drill rod annulus to the inside of the drill string about a meter above the bit.
- the drilling fluid passes through the bit jets, mixes with the cuttings, and returns up the drill string.
- the fluid/cuttings mixture enters the drill string and continues to the surface inside the inner tube of the drill rod.
- FIG. 12 depicts a schematic drawing of a reverse-circulating polycrystalline diamond compact drill bit design.
- the reverse-circulating polycrystalline diamond compact (RC-PDC) drill bit design eliminates the crossover.
- RC-PDC bit 418 may include skirt 420 that directs the drilling fluid from pipe-in-pipe drill rod annulus 422 to bottom portion 424 of the wellbore being formed. In bottom portion 424, the drilling fluid mixes with the cuttings generated by cutters 426 of the RC-PDC bit. The drilling fluid and cuttings pass through opening 428 in the center of RC-PDC bit 418 and are carried out of the wellbore through drill rod center 430.
- the cuttings generated during drilling are milled and used as a filler material in a slurry used for forming a grout wall.
- Cuttings that contain hydrocarbon material may be retorted to extract the hydrocarbons. Retorting the cuttings may be environmentally beneficial because the reinjected cuttings are free of organic material. Recovering the hydrocarbons may offset a portion of the milling cost.
- Pilot bit 432 may form an opening in the formation. Pilot bit 432 may be followed by final diameter bit 434. In some embodiments, pilot bit 432 may be about 2.5 cm in diameter. Pilot bit 432 may be one or more meters below final diameter bit 434. Pilot bit 432 may rotate in a first direction and final diameter bit 434 may rotate in the opposite direction. Counter-rotating bits may allow for the formation of the wellbore along a desired path. Standard mud may be used in both pilot bit 432 and final diameter bit 434. In some embodiments, air or mist may be used as the drilling fluid in one or both bits. During some in situ heat treatment processes, wellbores may need to be formed in heated formations.
- Wellbores drilled into hot formation may be additional or replacement heater wells, additional or replacement production wells and/or monitor wells.
- a barrier formed around all or a portion of the in situ heat treatment process is formed by freeze wells that form a low temperature zone around the freeze wells.
- a portion of the cooling capacity of the freeze well equipment may be utilized to cool the equipment needed to drill into the hot formation. Drilling bits may be advanced slowly in hot sections to ensure that the formed wellbore cools sufficiently to preclude drilling problems.
- FIG. 14 depicts a schematic drawing of a system for drilling into a hot formation.
- Cold mud is introduced to drilling bit 434 through conduit 436.
- the mud cools the bit and the surrounding formation.
- a pilot hole is formed first and the wellbore is finished with a larger drill bit later.
- the finished wellbore is formed without a pilot hole being formed.
- Well advancement is very slow to ensure sufficient cooling.
- Mud is introduced through conduit 436. Closed loop system 438 is used to circulate cooling fluid. The cooling fluid cools the drilling mud and the formation as drilling bit 434 slowly penetrates into the formation.
- FIG. 16 depicts a schematic drawing of a system for drilling into a hot formation. Mud is introduced through conduit 436. Pilot bit 432 is followed by final diameter bit 434. Closed loop system 438 is used to circulate cooling fluid. The cooling fluid cools the drilling mud supplied to the drill bits. The cooled drilling mud cools the formation.
- one or more portions of a wellbore may need to be isolated from other portions of the wellbore to establish zonal isolation.
- an expandable may be positioned in the wellbore adjacent to a section of the wellbore that is to be isolated. A pig or hydraulic pressure may be used to enlarge the expandable to establish zonal isolation.
- pathways may be formed in the formation after the wellbores are formed. Pathways may be formed adjacent to heater wellbores and/or adjacent to production wellbores. The pathways may promote better fluid flow and/or better heat conduction. In some embodiments, pathways are formed by hydraulically fracturing the formation. Other fracturing techniques may also be used. In some embodiments, small diameter bores may be formed in the formation. In some embodiments, heating the formation may expand and close or substantially close the fractures or bores formed in the formation to enhance heat conduction.
- Some wellbores formed in the formation may be used to facilitate formation of a perimeter barrier around a treatment area.
- Heat sources in the treatment area may heat hydrocarbons in the formation within the treatment area.
- the perimeter barrier may be, but is not limited to, a low temperature or frozen barrier formed by freeze wells, dewatering wells, a grout wall formed in the formation, a sulfur cement barrier, a barrier formed by a gel produced in the formation, a barrier formed by precipitation of salts in the formation, a barrier formed by a polymerization reaction in the formation, and/or sheets driven into the formation.
- Heat sources, production wells, injection wells, dewatering wells, and/or monitoring wells may be installed in the treatment area defined by the barrier prior to, simultaneously with, or after installation of the barrier.
- a low temperature zone around at least a portion of a treatment area may be formed by freeze wells.
- refrigerant is circulated through freeze wells to form low temperature zones around each freeze well.
- the freeze wells are placed in the formation so that the low temperature zones overlap and form a low temperature zone around the treatment area.
- the low temperature zone established by freeze wells is maintained below the freezing temperature of aqueous fluid in the formation.
- Aqueous fluid entering the low temperature zone freezes and forms the frozen barrier.
- the freeze barrier is formed by batch operated freeze wells.
- a cold fluid, such as liquid nitrogen, is introduced into the freeze wells to form low temperature zones around the freeze wells. The fluid is replenished as needed.
- two or more rows of freeze wells are located about all or a portion of the perimeter of the treatment area to form a thick interconnected low temperature zone. Thick low temperature zones may be formed adjacent to areas in the formation where there is a high flow rate of aqueous fluid in the formation. The thick barrier may ensure that breakthrough of the frozen barrier established by the freeze wells does not occur.
- a double barrier system is used to isolate a treatment area.
- the double barrier system may be formed with a first barrier and a second barrier.
- the first barrier may be formed around at least a portion of the treatment area to inhibit fluid from entering or exiting the treatment area.
- the second barrier may be formed around at least a portion of the first barrier to isolate an inter-barrier zone between the first barrier and the ; " jjsVo%£ may have a thickness from about 1 m to about 300 m.
- the thickness of the inter-barrier zone is from about 10 m to about 100 m, or from about 20 m to about 50 m.
- the double barrier system may allow greater project depths than a single barrier system. Greater depths are possible with the double barrier system because the stepped differential pressures across the first barrier and the second barrier is less than the differential pressure across a single barrier. The smaller differential pressures across the first barrier and the second barrier make a breach of the double barrier system less likely to occur at depth for the double barrier system as compared to the single barrier system.
- the double barrier system reduces the probability that a barrier breach will affect the treatment area or the formation on the outside of the double barrier. That is, the probability that the location and/or time of occurrence of the breach in the first barrier will coincide with the location and/or time of occurrence of the breach in the second barrier is low, especially if the distance between the first barrier and the second barrier is relatively large (for example, greater than about 15 m). Having a double barrier may reduce or eliminate influx of fluid into the treatment area following a breach of the first barrier or the second barrier. The treatment area may not be affected if the second barrier breaches. If the first barrier breaches, only a portion of the fluid in the inter-barrier zone is able to enter the contained zone. Also, fluid from the contained zone will not pass the second barrier.
- the first barrier and the second barrier may be the same type of barrier or different types of barriers.
- the first barrier and the second barrier are formed by freeze wells.
- the first barrier is formed by freeze wells, and the second barrier is a grout wall.
- the grout wall may be formed of cement, sulfur, sulfur cement, or combinations thereof.
- a portion of the first barrier and/or a portion of the second barrier is a natural barrier, such as an impermeable rock formation.
- Vertically positioned freeze wells and/or horizontally positioned freeze wells may be positioned around sides of the treatment area. If the upper layer (the overburden) or the lower layer (the underburden) of the formation is likely to allow fluid flow into the treatment area or out of the treatment area, horizontally positioned freeze wells may be used to form an upper and/or a lower barrier for the treatment area.
- an upper barrier and/or a lower barrier may not be necessary if the upper layer and/or the lower layer are at least substantially impermeable.
- portions of heat sources, production wells, injection wells, and/or dewatering wells that pass through the low temperature zone created by the freeze wells forming the upper freeze barrier wells may be insulated and/or heat traced so that the low temperature zone does not adversely affect the functioning of the heat sources, production wells, injection wells and/or dewatering wells passing through the low temperature zone. Spacing between adjacent freeze wells may be a function of a number of different factors. The factors may include, but are not limited to, physical properties of formation material, type of refrigeration system, coldness and thermal properties of the refrigerant, flow rate of material into or out of the treatment area, time for forming the low temperature zone, and economic considerations.
- Consolidated or partially consolidated formation material may allow for a large separation distance between freeze wells.
- a separation distance between freeze wells in consolidated or partially consolidated formation material may be from about 3 m to about 20 m, about 4 m to about 15 m, or about 5 m to about 10 m. In an embodiment, the spacing between adjacent freeze wells is about 5 m. Spacing between freeze wells in unconsolidated or substantially unconsolidated formation material, such as in tar ; '"frs , ? rt 4.M&M ⁇ Ii t ⁇ * t ⁇ S!njl ⁇ $fliSfe spacing in consolidated formation material.
- a separation distance between freeze wells in unconsolidated material may be from about 1 m to about 5 m.
- Freeze wells may be placed in the formation so that there is minimal deviation in orientation of one freeze well relative to an adjacent freeze well. Excessive deviation may create a large separation distance between adjacent freeze wells that may not permit formation of an interconnected low temperature zone between the adjacent freeze wells.
- Factors that influence the manner in which freeze wells are inserted into the ground include, but are not limited to, freeze well insertion time, depth that the freeze wells are to be inserted, formation properties, desired well orientation, and economics.
- Relatively low depth wellbores for freeze wells may be impacted and/or vibrationally inserted into some formations.
- Wellbores for freeze wells may be impacted and/or vibrationally inserted into formations to depths from about 1 m to about 100 m without excessive deviation in orientation of freeze wells relative to adjacent freeze wells in some types of formations.
- Wellbores for freeze wells placed deep in the formation may be placed in the formation by directional drilling and/or geosteering.
- Acoustic signals, electrical signals, magnetic signals, and/or other signals produced in a first wellbore may be used to guide directionally drilling of adjacent wellbores so that desired spacing between adjacent wells is maintained. Tight control of the spacing between wellbores for freeze wells is an important factor in minimizing the time for completion of barrier formation.
- one or more portions of freeze wells may be angled in the formation.
- the freeze wells may be angled in the formation adjacent to aquifers.
- the angled portions are angled outwards from the treatment area.
- the angled portions may be angled inwards towards the treatment area.
- the angled portions of the freeze wells allow extra length of freeze well to be positioned in the aquifer zones.
- the angled portions of the freeze wells may reduce the shear load applied to the frozen barrier by water flowing in the aquifer.
- the wellbore may be backflushed with water adjacent to the part of the formation that is to be reduced in temperature to form a portion of the freeze barrier.
- the water may displace drilling fluid remaining in the wellbore.
- the water may displace indigenous gas in cavities adjacent to the formation.
- the wellbore is filled with water from a conduit up to the level of the overburden.
- the wellbore is backflushed with water in sections.
- the wellbore maybe treated in sections having lengths of about 6 m, 10 m, 14 m, 17 m, or greater. Pressure of the water in the wellbore is maintained below the fracture pressure of the formation.
- the water, or a portion of the water is removed from the wellbore, and a freeze well is placed in the formation.
- FIG. 17 depicts an embodiment of freeze well 440.
- Freeze well 440 may include canister 442, inlet conduit 444, spacers 446, and wellcap 448.
- Spacers 446 may position inlet conduit 444 in canister 442 so that an annular space is formed between the canister and the conduit. Spacers 446 may promote turbulent flow of refrigerant in the annular space between inlet conduit 444 and canister 442, but the spacers may also cause a significant fluid pressure drop. Turbulent fluid flow in the annular space may be promoted by roughening the inner surface of canister 442, by roughening the outer surface of inlet conduit 444, and/or by having a small cross-sectional area annular space that allows for high refrigerant velocity in the annular space. In some embodiments, spacers are not used.
- Wellhead 450 may suspend canister 442 in wellbore 452.
- Formation refrigerant may flow through cold side conduit 454 from a refrigeration unit to inlet conduit 444 of freeze well 440.
- the formation refrigerant may flow through an annular space between inlet conduit 444 and ⁇ * " i f p ⁇ - ⁇ t i v " . the formation refrigerant in the annular space.
- Inlet conduit 444 may be insulated to inhibit heat transfer to the formation refrigerant during passage of the formation refrigerant into freeze well 440.
- inlet conduit 444 is a high density polyethylene tube. At cold temperatures, some polymers may exhibit a large amount of thermal contraction.
- inlet conduit 444 is an insulated metal tube.
- the insulation may be a polymer coating, such as, but not limited to, polyvinylchloride, high density polyethylene, and/or polystyrene.
- Freeze well 440 may be introduced into the formation using a coiled tubing rig.
- canister 442 and inlet conduit 444 are wound on a single reel.
- the coiled tubing rig introduces the canister and inlet conduit 444 into the formation.
- canister 442 is wound on a first reel and inlet conduit 444 is wound on a second reel.
- the coiled tubing rig introduces canister 442 into the formation. Then, the coiled tubing rig is used to introduce inlet conduit 444 into the canister.
- freeze well is assembled in sections at the wellbore site and introduced into the formation.
- An insulated section of freeze well 440 may be placed adjacent to overburden 458.
- An uninsulated section of freeze well 440 may be placed adjacent to layer or layers 460 where a low temperature zone is to be formed.
- uninsulated sections of the freeze wells may be positioned adjacent only to aquifers or other permeable portions of the formation that would allow fluid to flow into or out of the treatment area. Portions of the formation where uninsulated sections of the freeze wells are to be placed may be dete ⁇ nined using analysis of cores and/or logging techniques.
- Various types of refrigeration systems may be used to form a low temperature zone. Determination of an appropriate refrigeration system may be based on many factors, including, but not limited to: a type of freeze well; a distance between adjacent freeze wells; a refrigerant; a time frame in which to form a low temperature zone; a depth of the low temperature zone; a temperature differential to which the refrigerant will be subjected; one or more chemical and/or physical properties of the refrigerant; one or more environmental concerns related to potential refrigerant releases, leaks or spills; one or more economic factors; water flow rate in the formation; composition and/or properties of formation water including the salinity of the formation water; and one or more properties of the formation such as thermal conductivity, thermal diffusivity, and heat capacity.
- a circulated fluid refrigeration system may utilize a liquid refrigerant (formation refrigerant) that is circulated through freeze wells.
- formation refrigerant liquid refrigerant
- Some of the desired properties for the formation refrigerant are: low working temperature, low viscosity at and near the working temperature, high density, high specific heat capacity, high thermal conductivity, low cost, low corrosiveness, and low toxicity.
- a low working temperature of the formation refrigerant allows a large low temperature zone to be established around a freeze well.
- the low working temperature of formation refrigerant should be about -20 °C or lower.
- Formation refrigerants having low working temperatures of at least -60 °C may include aqua ammonia, potassium formate solutions such as Dynalene ® HC-50 (Dynalene ® Heat Transfer Fluids (Whitehall, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.)) or FREEZIUM ® (Kemira Chemicals (Helsinki, Finland)); silicone heat transfer fluids such as Syltherm XLT ® (Dow Corning Corporation (Midland, Michigan, U.S.A.); hydrocarbon refrigerants such as propylene; and chlorofluorocarbons such as R-22.
- Aqua ammonia is a solution of ammonia and water with a weight percent of ammonia between about 20% and about 40%.
- Aqua ammonia has ileyyhliiil ⁇ Mfps.'Md-l&' ⁇ bt ⁇ Hi.ics that make use of aqua ammonia as the formation refrigerant desirable.
- properties and characteristics include, but are not limited to, a very low freezing point, a low viscosity, ready availability, and low cost.
- Formation refrigerant that is capable of being chilled below a freezing temperature of aqueous formation fluid may be used to form the low temperature zone around the treatment area.
- the following equation (the Sanger equation) may be used to model the time t ⁇ needed to form a frozen barrier of radius R around a freeze well having a surface temperature Of T 1 :
- the Sanger equation may provide a conservative estimate of the time needed to form a frozen barrier of radius R because the equation does not take into consideration superposition of cooling from other freeze wells.
- the temperature of the formation refrigerant is an adjustable variable that may significantly affect the spacing between freeze wells.
- EQN. 2 implies that a large low temperature zone may be formed by using a refrigerant having an initial temperature that is very low.
- the use of formation refrigerant having an initial cold temperature of about -30 0 C or lower is desirable.
- Formation refrigerants having initial temperatures warmer than about -30 °C may also be used, but such formation refrigerants require longer times for the low temperature zones produced by individual freeze wells to connect.
- such formation refrigerants may require the use of closer freeze well spacings and/or more freeze wells.
- the physical properties of the material used to construct the freeze wells may be a factor in the determination of the coldest temperature of the formation refrigerant used to form the low temperature zone around the treatment area.
- Carbon steel may be used as a construction material of freeze wells.
- ASTM A333 grade 6 steel alloys and ASTM A333 grade 3 steel alloys may be used for low temperature applications.
- ASTM A333 grade 6 steel alloys typically contain little or no nickel and have a low working temperature limit of about -50 °C.
- ASTM A333 grade 3 steel alloys typically contain nickel and have a much colder low working temperature limit. The nickel in the ASTM A333 grade 3 alloy adds ductility at cold temperatures, but also significantly raises the cost of the metal.
- the coldest temperature of the refrigerant is from about -35 0 C to about -55 0 C, from about -38 0 C to about -47 0 C, or from about -40 0 C to about -45 0 C to allow for the use of ASTM A333 grade 6 steel alloys for construction of canisters for freeze wells.
- Stainless steels such as 304 stainless steel, may be used to form freeze wells, but the cost of stainless steel is typically much more than the cost of ASTM A333 grade 6 steel alloy.
- ⁇ ymwr some embodiments, the metal used to form the canisters of the freeze wells may be provided in sheet form.
- the sheet metal may be longitudinally welded to form pipe and/or coiled tubing. Forming the canisters from sheet metal may improve the economics of the system by allowing for coiled tubing insulation and by reducing the equipment and manpower needed to form and install the canisters using pipe.
- a refrigeration unit may be used to reduce the temperature of formation refrigerant to the low working temperature.
- the refrigeration unit may utilize an ammonia vaporization cycle.
- Refrigeration units are available from Cool Man Inc. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.), Gartner Refrigeration & Manufacturing (Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A.), and other suppliers.
- a cascading refrigeration system may be utilized with a first stage of ammonia and a second stage of carbon dioxide.
- the circulating refrigerant through the freeze wells may be 30% by weight ammonia in water (aqua ammonia).
- a single stage carbon dioxide refrigeration system may be used.
- refrigeration systems for forming a low temperature barrier for a treatment area may be installed and activated before freeze wells are formed in the formation.
- freeze wells may be installed in the wellbores.
- Refrigerant may be circulated through the wellbores soon after the freeze well is installed into the wellbore. Limiting the time between wellbore formation and cooling initiation may limit or inhibit cross mixing of formation water between different aquifers.
- Grout may be used in combination with freeze wells to provide a barrier for the in situ heat treatment process.
- the grout fills cavities (vugs) in the formation and reduces the permeability of the formation.
- Grout may have higher thermal conductivity than gas and/or formation fluid that fills cavities in the formation. Placing grout in the cavities may allow for faster low temperature zone formation.
- the grout forms a perpetual barrier in the formation that may strengthen the formation.
- the use of grout in unconsolidated or substantially unconsolidated formation material may allow for larger well spacing than is possible without the use of grout.
- the combination of grout and the low temperature zone formed by freeze wells may constitute a double barrier for environmental regulation purposes.
- the grout is introduced into the formation as a liquid, and the liquid sets in the formation to form a solid.
- the grout may be any type of grout, including but not limited to, fine cement, micro fine cement, sulfur, sulfur cement, viscous thermoplastics, and/or waxes.
- the grout may include surfactants, stabilizers or other chemicals that modify the properties of the grout. For example, the presence of surfactant in the grout may promote entry of the grout into small openings in the formation.
- Grout may be introduced into the formation through freeze well wellbores.
- the grout may be allowed to set.
- the integrity of the grout wall may be checked. The integrity of the grout wall may be checked by logging techniques and/or by hydrostatic testing. If the permeability of a grouted section is too high, additional grout may be introduced into the formation through freeze well wellbores.
- freeze wells may be installed in the freeze well wellbores.
- Grout may be injected into the formation at a pressure that is high, but below the fracture pressure of the formation.
- grouting is performed in 16 m increments in the freeze wellbore. Larger or smaller increments may be used if desired.
- grout is only applied to certain portions of the formation. For example, grout may be applied to the formation through the freeze wellbore only adjacent to aquifer zones and/or to relatively high permeability zones (for example, zones with a permeability greater than about 0.1 darcy). Applying grout to aquifers may inhibit migration of water from one aquifer to a different aquifer.
- the grout may inhibit water migration between aquifers during fofma f tfon :! b'f'ffle' 1 Ww'fe'h ⁇ e1 i iMre-'l:one.
- the grout may also inhibit water migration between aquifers when an established low temperature zone is allowed to thaw.
- the grout used to form a barrier may be fine cement and micro fine cement.
- Cement may provide structural support in the formation.
- Fine cement may be ASTM type 3 Portland cement. Fine cement may be less expensive than micro fine cement.
- a freeze wellbore is formed in the formation. Selected portions of the freeze wellbore are grouted using fine cement. Then, micro fine cement is injected into the formation through the freeze wellbore. The fine cement may reduce the permeability down to about 10 millidarcy. The micro fine cement may further reduce the permeability to about 0.1 millidarcy. After the grout is introduced into the formation, a freeze wellbore canister may be inserted into the formation. The process may be repeated for each freeze well that will be used to form the barrier.
- fine cement is introduced into every other freeze wellbore.
- Micro fine cement is introduced into the remaining wellbores.
- grout may be used in a formation with freeze wellbores set at about 5 m spacing.
- a first wellbore is drilled and fine cement is introduced into the formation through the wellbore.
- a freeze well canister is positioned in the first wellbore.
- a second wellbore is drilled 10 m away from the first wellbore.
- Fine cement is introduced into the formation through the second wellbore.
- a freeze well canister is positioned in the second wellbore.
- a third wellbore is drilled between the first wellbore and the second wellbore.
- grout from the first and/ or second wellbores may be detected in the cuttings of the third wellbore.
- Micro fine cement is introduced into the formation through the third wellbore.
- a freeze wellbore canister is positioned in the third wellbore. The same procedure is used to form the remaining freeze wells that will form the barrier around the treatment area.
- wax may be used to form a grout barrier.
- Wax barriers may be formed in wet, dry or oil wetted formations. Liquid wax introduced into the formation may permeate into adjacent rock and fractures in the formation. Liquid wax may permeate into rock to fill microscopic as well as macroscopic pores and vugs in the rock. The wax solidifies to form a grout barrier that inhibits fluid flow into or out of a treatment area.
- a wax grout barrier may provide a minimal amount of structural support in the formation.
- Molten wax may reduce the strength of poorly consolidated soil by reducing inter-grain friction so that the poorly consolidated soil sloughs or liquefies. Poorly consolidated layers may be consolidated by use of cement or other binding agents before introduction of molten wax.
- the wax of a barrier may be a branched paraffin to, for example, inhibit biological degradation of the wax.
- the wax may include stabilizers, surfactants or other chemicals that modify the physical and/or chemical properties of the wax.
- the physical properties may be tailored to meet specific needs.
- the wax may melt at a relative low temperature (for example, the wax may have a typical melting point of about 52 0 C).
- the temperature at which the wax congeals may be at least 5 °C, 10 0 C, 20 0 C, or 30 0 C above the ambient temperature of the formation prior to any heating of the formation.
- the wax When molten, the wax may have a relatively low viscosity (for example, 4 to 10 cp at about 99 0 C).
- the flash point of the wax may be relatively high (for example, the flash point may be over 204 °C).
- the wax may have a density less than the density of water and may have a heat capacity that is less than half the heat capacity of water.
- the solid wax may have a low thermal conductivity (for example, about 0.18 W/m 0 C) so that the solid wax is a thermal insulator.
- Waxes suitable for forming a barrier are available as WAXFIXTM from Carter Technologies Company (Sugar Land, Texas, U.S.A.).
- a wax barrier or wax barriers may be used as the barriers for the in situ heat treatment process.
- a wax barrier may be used in conjunction with freeze wells that form a low temperature barrier around the treatment area.
- the wax barrier is formed and freeze wells u"sed»for introducing wax into the formation.
- the wax Darner is formed in wellbores offset from the freeze well wellbores.
- the wax barrier may be on the outside or the inside of the freeze wells.
- a wax barrier may be formed on both the inside and outside of the freeze wells.
- the wax barrier may inhibit water flow in the formation that would inhibit the formation of the low temperature zone by the freeze wells.
- a wax barrier is formed in the inter-barrier zone between two freeze barriers of a double barrier system.
- Wellbores may be formed in the formation around the treatment area at a close spacing. In some embodiments, the spacing is from about 1.5 m to about 4 m.
- Low temperature heaters may be inserted in the wellbores. The heaters may operate at temperatures from about 260 0 C to about 320 0 C so that the temperature at the formation face is below the pyrolysis temperature of hydrocarbons in the formation. The heaters may be activated to heat the formation until the overlap between two adjacent heaters raises the temperature of the zone between the two heaters above the melting temperature of the wax. Heating the formation to obtain superposition of heat with a temperature above the melting temperature of the wax may take one month, two months, or longer. After heating, the heaters may be turned off.
- Wax may be introduced into the wellbores to form the barrier.
- the wax may flow into the formation and fill any fractures and porosity that has been heated.
- the wax congeals when the wax flows to cold regions beyond the heated circumference.
- This wax barrier formation method may form a more complete barrier than some other methods of wax barrier formation, but the time for heating may be longer than for some of the other methods.
- a low temperature barrier is to be formed with the freeze wells placed in the wellbores used for wax injection, the freeze wells will have to remove the heat supplied to the formation to allow for introduction of the wax.
- the low temperature barrier may take longer to form.
- the wax barrier may be formed using a conduit placed in the wellbore.
- FIG. 18A depicts an embodiment of a system for forming a wax barrier in a formation.
- Wellbore 452 may extend into one or more layers 460 below overburden 458.
- Wellbore 452 may be an open wellbore below underburden 458.
- One or more of the layers 460 may include fracture systems 462.
- One or more of the layers may be vuggy so that the layer or a portion of the layer has a high porosity.
- Conduit 464 may be positioned in wellbore 452.
- low temperature heater 466 may be strapped or attached to conduit 464.
- conduit 464 may be a heater element.
- Heater 466 may be operated so that the heater does not cause pyrolysis of hydrocarbons adjacent to the heater. At least a portion of wellbore 452 may be filled with fluid. The fluid may be formation fluid or water. Heater 466 may be activated to heat the fluid. A portion of the heated fluid may move outwards from heater 466 into the formation. The heated fluid may be injected into the fractures and permeable vuggy zones. The heated fluid may be injected into the fractures and permeable vuggy zones by introducing heated wax into wellbore 452 in the annular space between conduit 464 and the wellbore. The introduced wax flows to the areas heated by the fluid and congeals when the fluid reaches cold regions not heated by the fluid.
- the wax fills fracture systems 462 and permeable vuggy pathways heated by the fluid, but the wax may not permeate through a significant portion of the rock matrix as when the hot wax is introduced into a heated formation as described above.
- the wax flows into fracture systems 462 a sufficient distance to join with wax injected from an adjacent well so that a barrier to fluid flow through the fracture systems forms when the wax congeals.
- a portion of wax may congeal along the wall of a fracture or a vug without completely blocking the fracture or filling the vug.
- the congealed wax may act as an insulator and allow additional liquid wax to flow beyond the congealed portion to penetrate deeply into the formation and form blockages to fluid flow when the wax cools below the melting temperature of the wax.
- Wax in the annular space of wellbore 452 between conduit 464 and the formation may be removed through conduit by displacing the wax with water or other fluid.
- Conduit 464 may be removed and a freeze well may be , . . l i ⁇ . , . •
- «in'stai ⁇ b ⁇ iirt.-tlfev6lrr ⁇ M 'HhiS nitethod may use less wax than the method described above.
- the heating of the fluid may be accomplished in less than a week or within a day.
- the small amount of heat input may allow for quicker formation of a low temperature barrier if freeze wells are to be positioned in the wellbores used to introduce wax into the formation.
- a heater may be suspended in the well without a conduit that allows for removal of excess wax from the wellbore.
- the wax may be introduced into the well. After wax introduction, the heater may be removed from the well.
- a conduit may be positioned in the wellbore, but a heater may not be coupled to the conduit.
- Hot wax may be circulated through the conduit so that the wax enters fractures systems and/or vugs adjacent to the wellbore.
- wax may be used during the formation of a wellbore to improve inter-zonal isolation and protect a low-pressure zone from inflow from a high-pressure zone.
- the wellbore may be formed through the first zone.
- an intermediate casing may be set and cemented through the first zone. Setting casing may be time consuming and expensive.
- wax may be used to seal the first zone.
- the wax may also inhibit or prevent mixing of high salinity brines from lower, high pressure zones with fresher brines in upper, lower pressure zones.
- FIG. 18B depicts wellbore 452 drilled to a first depth in formation 758.
- the wellbore is drilled to the first depth which passes through a permeable zone, such as an aquifer.
- the permeable zone may be fracture system 462'.
- a heater is placed in wellbore 452 to heat the vertical interval of fracture system 462'.
- hot fluid is circulated in wellbore 452 to heat the vertical interval of fracture system 462'.
- molten wax is pumped down wellbore 452. The molten wax flows a selected distance into fracture system 462' before the wax cools sufficiently to solidify and form a seal.
- the molten wax is introduced into formation 758 at a pressure below the fracture pressure of the formation. In some embodiments, pressure is maintained on the wellhead until the wax has solidified. In some embodiments, the wax is allowed to cool until the wax in wellbore 452 is almost to the congealing temperature of the wax. The wax in wellbore 452 may then be displaced out of the wellbore. The wax makes the portion of formation 758 near wellbore 452 into a substantially impermeable zone. Wellbore 452 may be drilled to depth through one or more permeable zones that are at higher pressures than the pressure in the first permeable zone, such as fracture system 462". Congealed wax in fracture system 462' may inhibit blowout into the lower pressure zone. FIG. 18C depicts wellbore 452 drilled to depth with congealed wax 492 in formation 758.
- wax may be used to contain and inhibit migration in a subsurface formation that has liquid hydrocarbon contaminants (for example, compounds such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene) condensed in fractures in the formation.
- liquid hydrocarbon contaminants for example, compounds such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene
- the location of the contaminants may be surrounded with heated wax injection wells.
- Wax may be introduced into the wells to form an outer wax barrier.
- the wax injected into the fractures from the wax injection wells may mix with the contaminants.
- the contaminants may be solubilized into the wax. When the wax congeals, the contaminants may be permanently contained in the solid wax phase.
- a composition that includes a cross-linkable polymer may be used with or in addition to a wax. Such composition may be provided to the formation as is described above for the wax. The composition may be configured to react and solidify after a selected time in the formation, thereby allowing the composition to be provided as a liquid to the formation.
- the cross-linkable polymer may include, for example, acrylates, methacrylates, urethanes, and/or epoxies.
- a cross-linking initiator may be included in the composition.
- e o pesitMm mayaiso"inc u e a cross- n ng n or. e cross- n ng n or may degrade while in the formation, thereby allowing the composition to solidify.
- a barrier may be formed in the formation after an in situ heat treatment process or a solution mining process by introducing a fluid into the formation.
- the in situ heat treatment process may heat the treatment area and greatly increase the permeability of the treatment area.
- the solution mining process may remove material from the treatment area and greatly increase the permeability of the treatment area.
- the treatment area has an increased permeability of at least 0.1 darcy.
- the treatment area has an increased permeability of at least 1 darcy, of at least 10 darcy, or of at least 100 darcy. The increased permeability allows the fluid to spread in the formation into fractures, microfractures, and/or pore spaces in the formation.
- the fluid may include wax, bitumen, heavy oil, sulfur, polymer, saturated saline solution, and/or a reactant or reactants that react to form a precipitate, solid or a high viscosity fluid in the formation.
- bitumen, heavy oil, and/or sulfur used to form the barrier are obtained from treatment facilities of the in situ heat treatment process.
- the fluid may be introduced into the formation as a liquid, vapor, or mixed phase fluid.
- the fluid may be introduced into a portion of the formation that is at an elevated temperature.
- the fluid is introduced into the formation through wells located near a perimeter of the treatment area.
- the fluid may be directed away from the treatment area.
- the elevated temperature of the formation maintains or allows the fluid to have a low viscosity so that the fluid moves away from the wells.
- a portion of the fluid may spread outwards in the formation towards a cooler portion of the formation. In the cooler portion of the formation, the viscosity of the fluid increases, a portion of the fluid precipitates, and/or the fluid solidifies or thickens so that the fluid forms the barrier to flow of formation fluid into or out of the treatment area.
- a low temperature barrier formed by freeze wells surrounds all or a portion of the treatment area.
- the temperature of the formation becomes colder.
- the colder temperature increases the viscosity of the fluid, enhances precipitation, and/or solidifies the fluid to form the barrier to the flow of formation fluid into or out of the formation.
- the fluid may remain in the formation as a highly viscous fluid or a solid after the low temperature barrier has dissipated.
- saturated saline solution is introduced into the formation. Components in the saturated saline solution may precipitate out of solution when the solution reaches a colder temperature.
- the solidified particles may form the barrier to the flow of formation fluid into or out of the formation.
- the solidified components may be substantially insoluble in formation fluid.
- brine is introduced into the formation as a reactant.
- a second reactant such as carbon dioxide may be introduced into the formation to react with the brine.
- the reaction may generate a mineral complex that grows in the formation.
- the mineral complex may be substantially insoluble to formation fluid.
- the brine solution includes a sodium and aluminum solution.
- the second reactant introduced in the formation is carbon dioxide.
- the carbon dioxide reacts with the brine solution to produce dawsonite.
- the minerals may solidify and form the barrier to the flow of formation fluid into or out of the formation.
- the barrier may be formed using sulfur.
- Molten sulfur may be introduced into the formation through wells located near the perimeter of the treatment area. At least a portion of the sulfur spreads outwards from the treatment area towards a cooler portion of the formation. The introduced sulfur spreads outward and solidifies in the formation to form a sulfur barrier. The solidified sulfur in the formation forms a barrier to formation fluid flow into or out of the treatment area.
- !t A4eBpe ⁇ atu ⁇ e'W ⁇ nr ⁇ or ⁇ hg system may be installed in wellbores of freeze wells and/or in monitor wells adjacent to the freeze wells to monitor the temperature profile of the freeze wells and/or the low temperature zone established by the freeze wells. The monitoring system may be used to monitor progress of low temperature zone formation.
- the monitoring system may be used to determine the location of high temperature areas, potential breakthrough locations, or breakthrough locations after the low temperature zone has formed. Periodic monitoring of the temperature profile of the freeze wells and/or low temperature zone established by the freeze wells may allow additional cooling to be provided to potential trouble areas before breakthrough occurs. Additional cooling may be provided at or adjacent to breakthroughs and high temperature areas to ensure the integrity of the low temperature zone around the treatment area. Additional cooling may be provided by increasing refrigerant flow through selected freeze wells, installing an additional freeze well or freeze wells, and/or by providing a cryogenic fluid, such as liquid nitrogen, to the high temperature areas. Providing additional cooling to potential problem areas before breakthrough occurs may be more time efficient and cost efficient than sealing a breach, reheating a portion of the treatment area that has been cooled by influx of fluid, and/or remediating an area outside of the breached frozen barrier.
- a traveling thermocouple may be used to monitor the temperature profile of selected freeze wells or monitor wells.
- the temperature monitoring system includes thermocouples placed at discrete locations in the wellbores of the freeze wells, in the freeze wells, and/or in the monitoring wells.
- the temperature monitoring system comprises a fiber optic temperature monitoring system.
- Fiber optic temperature monitoring systems are available from Sensornet (London, United Kingdom), Sensa (Houston, Texas, U.S.A.), Luna Energy (Blacksburg, Virginia, U.S.A.), Lios Technology GMBH (Cologne, Germany), Oxford Electronics Ltd. (Hampshire, United Kingdom), and Sabeus Sensor Systems (Calabasas,
- the fiber optic temperature monitoring system includes a data system and one or more fiber optic cables.
- the data system includes one or more lasers for sending light to the fiber optic cable; and one or more computers, software and peripherals for receiving, analyzing, and outputting data.
- the data system may be coupled to one or more fiber optic cables.
- a single fiber optic cable may be several kilometers long.
- the fiber optic cable may be installed in many freeze wells and/or monitor wells. In some embodiments, two fiber optic cables may be installed in each freeze well and/or monitor well. The two fiber optic cables may be coupled. Using two fiber optic cables per well allows for compensation due to optical losses that occur in the wells and allows for better accuracy of measured temperature profiles.
- the fiber optic temperature monitoring system may be used to detect the location of a breach or a potential breach in a frozen barrier.
- the search for potential breaches may be performed at scheduled intervals, for example, every two or three months.
- flow of formation refrigerant to the freeze wells of interest is stopped.
- the flow of formation refrigerant to all of the freeze wells is stopped.
- the rise in the temperature profiles, as well as the rate of change of the temperature profiles, provided by the fiber optic temperature monitoring system for each freeze well can be used to determine the location of any breaches or hot spots in the low temperature zone maintained by the freeze wells.
- the temperature profile monitored by the fiber optic temperature monitoring system for the two freeze wells closest to the hot spot or fluid flow will show the quickest and greatest rise in temperature.
- a temperature change of a few degrees Centigrade in the temperature profiles of the freeze wells closest to a troubled area may be sufficient to isolate the location of the trouble area.
- the shut down time of flow of circulation fluid in the freeze wells of interest needed to detect breaches, potential breaches, and hot spots may be on the order of a few hours or days, depending on the well spacing and the amount of fluid flow affecting the low temperature zone. systems may also be used to monitor temperatures in heated portions of the formation during in situ heat treatment processes.
- the fiber of a fiber optic cable used in the heated portion of the formation may be clad with a reflective material to facilitate retention of a signal or signals transmitted down the fiber,
- the fiber is clad with gold, copper, nickel, aluminum and/or alloys thereof.
- the cladding may be formed of a material that is able to withstand chemical and temperature conditions in the heated portion of the formation. For example, gold cladding may allow an optical sensor to be used up to temperatures of 700 °C.
- the fiber is clad with aluminum. The fiber may be dipped in or run through a bath of liquid aluminum. The clad fiber may then be allowed to cool to secure the aluminum to the fiber.
- the gold or aluminum cladding may reduce hydrogen darkening of the optical fiber.
- a potential source of heat loss from the heated formation is due to reflux in wells. Refluxing occurs when vapors condense in a well and flow into a portion of the well adjacent to the heated portion of the formation. Vapors may condense in the well adjacent to the overburden of the formation to form condensed fluid. Condensed fluid flowing into the well adjacent to the heated formation absorbs heat from the formation. Heat absorbed by condensed fluids cools the formation and necessitates additional energy input into the formation to maintain the formation at a desired temperature. Some fluids that condense in the overburden and flow into the portion of the well adjacent to the heated formation may react to produce undesired compounds and/or coke. Inhibiting fluids from refluxing may significantly improve the thermal efficiency of the in situ heat treatment system and/or the quality of the product produced from the in situ heat treatment system.
- the portion of the well adjacent to the overburden section of the formation is cemented to the formation.
- the well includes packing material placed near the transition from the heated section of the fo ⁇ nation to the overburden.
- the packing material inhibits formation fluid from passing from the heated section of the formation into the section of the wellbore adjacent to the overburden. Cables, conduits, devices, and/or instruments may pass through the packing material, but the packing material inhibits formation fluid from passing up the wellbore adjacent to the overburden section of the formation.
- a gas may be introduced into the formation through wellbores to inhibit reflux in the wellbores.
- gas may be introduced into wellbores that include baffle systems to inhibit reflux of fluid in the wellbores.
- the gas may be carbon dioxide, methane, nitrogen or other desired gas.
- a ball type reflux baffle system may be used in heater wells to inhibit reflux.
- FIG. 19 depicts an embodiment of ball type reflux baffle system positioned in a cased portion of a heater well.
- Ball type reflux baffle may include insert 468, and balls 470.
- a portion of heater element 472 passes through insert 468.
- the portion of heater element 472 that passes through insert 468 is a portion of the heater element that does not heat to a high temperature.
- Insert 468 may be made of metal, plastic and/or steel able to withstand temperatures of over 160 0 C. In an embodiment, insert 468 is made of phenolic resin.
- Insert 468 may be guided down the casing of the wellbore using a coil tubing guide string. Insert 468 may be set in position using slips that fit in one or more indentions in the insert, using protrusions of the insert that fit in one or more recesses in the casing, or the insert may rest on a shoulder of the casing. After removal of the coil tubing guide string, balls 470 may be dropped down the casing onto insert 468. Balls may be made of any desired material able to withstand temperatures of over 160 0 C. In some embodiments, balls 470 are made of silicon nitride. Balls of varying diameters may be used. Balls 470 inhibit fluid convection. During the in situ heat treatment process, heater element 472 may need to be pulled from the well. When heater element 472 is removed from the well, balls 470 may pass through insert 468 to the bottom of the well. , u ⁇ insert 468.
- one or more circular baffles may be coupled to a portion of a heating element to inhibit convection of fluid.
- the baffles may substantially fill the annular space between the heating element and the casing.
- the baffles may be made of an electrically insulative material such as a ceramic, or plastic.
- the baffles may be made of fiberglass or silicon nitride. The baffles may position the heating element in the center of the casing.
- the ball type baffle system and/or the circular baffle system may work better if a gas purge is introduced into the wellbore.
- the gas purge may maintain sufficient pressure in the wellbore to inhibit fluid flow from the heated portion of the formation into the wellbore.
- the gas purge may enhance heat exchange at the baffle system to help maintain a top portion of the baffle system colder than the lower portion of the baffle system.
- the flow of production fluid up the well to the surface is desired for some types of wells, especially for production wells. Flow of production fluid up the well is also desirable for some heater wells that are used to control pressure in the formation.
- the overburden, or a conduit in the well used to transport formation fluid from the heated portion of the formation to the surface may be heated to inhibit condensation on or in the conduit. Providing heat in the overburden, however, may be costly and/or may lead to increased cracking or coking of formation fluid as the formation fluid is being produced from the formation.
- one or more diverters may be placed in the wellbore to inhibit fluid from refluxing into the wellbore adjacent to the heated portion of the formation.
- the diverter retains fluid above the heated portion of the formation. Fluids retained in the diverter may be removed from the diverter using a pump, gas lifting, and/or other fluid removal technique.
- two or more diverters that retain fluid above the heated portion of the formation may be located in the production well. Two or more diverters provide a simple way of separating initial fractions of condensed fluid produced from the in situ heat treatment system.
- a pump may be placed in each of the diverters to remove condensed fluid from the diverters.
- the diverter directs fluid to a sump below the heated portion of the formation.
- An inlet for a lift system may be located in the sump.
- the intake of the lift system is located in casing in the sump.
- the intake of the lift system is located in an open wellbore.
- the sump is below the heated portion of the formation.
- the intake of the pump may be located 1 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20 m or more below the deepest heater used to heat the heated portion of the formation.
- the sump may be at a cooler temperature than the heated portion of the formation.
- the sump may be more than 10 0 C, more than 50 0 C, more than 75 0 C 1 or more than 100 0 C below the temperature of the heated portion of the formation.
- a portion of the fluid entering the sump may be liquid.
- a portion of the fluid entering the sump may condense within the sump.
- the lift system moves the fluid in the sump to the surface.
- Production well lift systems may be used to efficiently transport formation fluid from the bottom of the production wells to the surface.
- Production well lift systems may provide and maintain the maximum required well drawdown (minimum reservoir producing pressure) and producing rates.
- the production well lift systems may operate efficiently over a wide range of high temperature/multiphase fluids (gas/vapor/steam/water/hydrocarbon liquids) and production rates expected during the life of a typical project.
- Production well lift systems may include dual concentric rod pump lift systems, chamber lift systems and other types of lift systems. ••' '" ⁇ Mj ⁇ Sf ⁇ lurl'ltt d' ⁇ iefers may be in configurations and/or may include materials that provide automatic temperature limiting properties for the heater at certain temperatures.
- ferromagnetic materials are used in temperature limited heaters. Ferromagnetic material may self-limit temperature at or near the Curie temperature of the material to provide a reduced amount of heat at or near the Curie temperature when a time- varying current is applied to the material. In certain embodiments, the ferromagnetic material self-limits temperature of the temperature limited heater at a selected temperature that is approximately the Curie temperature. In certain embodiments, the selected temperature is within about 35 0 C, within about 25 0 C, within about 20 °C, or within about 10 0 C of the Curie temperature.
- ferromagnetic materials are coupled with other materials (for example, highly conductive materials, high strength materials, corrosion resistant materials, or combinations thereof) to provide various electrical and/or mechanical properties.
- Some parts of the temperature limited heater may have a lower resistance (caused by different geometries and/or by using different ferromagnetic and/or non-ferromagnetic materials) than other parts of the temperature limited heater. Having parts of the temperature limited heater with various materials and/or dimensions allows for tailoring the desired heat output from each part of the heater.
- Temperature limited heaters may be more reliable than other heaters. Temperature limited heaters may be less apt to break down or fail due to hot spots in the formation. In some embodiments, temperature limited heaters allow for substantially uniform heating of the formation.
- temperature limited heaters are able to heat the formation more efficiently by operating at a higher average heat output along the entire length of the heater.
- the temperature limited heater operates at the higher average heat output along the entire length of the heater because power to the heater does not have to be reduced to the entire heater, as is the case with typical constant wattage heaters, if a temperature along any point of the heater exceeds, or is about to exceed, a maximum operating temperature of the heater.
- Heat output from portions of a temperature limited heater approaching a Curie temperature of the heater automatically reduces without controlled adjustment of the time-varying current applied to the heater.
- the heat output automatically reduces due to changes in electrical properties (for example, electrical resistance) of portions of the temperature limited heater. Thus, more power is supplied by the temperature limited heater during a greater portion of a heating process.
- the system including temperature limited heaters initially provides a first heat output and then provides a reduced (second heat output) heat output, near, at, or above the Curie temperature of an electrically resistive portion of the heater when the temperature limited heater is energized by a time-varying current.
- the first heat output is the heat output at temperatures below which the temperature limited heater begins to self- limit. In some embodiments, the first heat output is the heat output at a temperature about 50 0 C, about 75 0 C, about 100 °C, or about 125 0 C below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material in the temperature limited heater.
- the temperature limited heater may be energized by time-varying current (alternating current or modulated direct current) supplied at the wellhead.
- the wellhead may include a power source and other components (for example, modulation components, transformers, and/or capacitors) used in supplying power to the temperature limited heater.
- the temperature limited heater may be one of many heaters used to heat a portion of the formation.
- the temperature limited heater includes a conductor that operates as a skin effect or proximity effect heater when time-varying current is applied to the conductor.
- the skin effect limits the depth of current penetration into the interior of the conductor.
- the skin effect is dominated by the magnetic permeability of the conductor.
- the relative magnetic permeability of ferromagnetic materials is typically between 10 and 1000 (for example, the relative magnetic permeability of ferromagnetic materials is typically at least 10 and may be at least 50, 100, 500, 1000 or greater).
- the temperature of the ferromagnetic ' permeability of the ferromagnetic material decreases substantially and the skin depth expands rapidly (for example, the skin depth expands as the inverse square root of the magnetic permeability).
- the reduction in magnetic permeability results in a decrease in the AC or modulated DC resistance of the conductor near, at, or above the Curie temperature and/or as the applied electrical current is increased.
- portions of the heater that approach, reach, or are above the Curie temperature may have reduced heat dissipation. Sections of the temperature limited heater that are not at or near the Curie temperature may be dominated by skin effect heating that allows the heater to have high heat dissipation due to a higher resistive load.
- Curie temperature heaters have been used in soldering equipment, heaters for medical applications, and heating elements for ovens (for example, pizza ovens). Some of these uses are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos.
- An advantage of using the temperature limited heater to heat hydrocarbons in the formation is that the conductor is chosen to have a Curie temperature in a desired range of temperature operation. Operation within the desired operating temperature range allows substantial heat injection into the formation while maintaining the temperature of the temperature limited heater, and other equipment, below design limit temperatures. Design limit temperatures are temperatures at which properties such as corrosion, creep, and/or deformation are adversely affected. The temperature limiting properties of the temperature limited heater inhibit overheating or bumout of the heater adjacent to low thermal conductivity "hot spots" in the formation.
- the temperature limited heater is able to lower or control heat output and/or withstand heat at temperatures above 25 °C, 37 0 C, 100 °C, 250 0 C, 500 0 C, 700 0 C, 800 0 C, 900 0 C, or higher up to 1 131 0 C, depending on the materials used in the heater.
- the temperature limited heater allows for more heat injection into the formation than constant wattage heaters because the energy input into the temperature limited heater does not have to be limited to accommodate low thermal conductivity regions adjacent to the heater. For example, in Green River oil shale there is a difference of at least a factor of 3 in the thermal conductivity of the lowest richness oil shale layers and the highest richness oil shale layers.
- heaters for heating hydrocarbon formations typically have long lengths (for example, at least 10 m, 100 m, 300 m, 500 m, 1 km or more up to about 10 km), the majority of the length of the temperature limited heater may be operating below the Curie temperature while only a few portions are at or near the Curie temperature of the temperature limited heater.
- temperature limited heaters allow for efficient transfer of heat to the formation. Efficient transfer of heat allows for reduction in time needed to heat the formation to a desired temperature. For example, in Green River oil shale, pyrolysis typically requires 9.5 years to 10 years of heating when using a 12 m heater well spacing with conventional constant wattage heaters. For the same heater spacing, temperature limited heaters may , i . _ ip uu all ⁇ W ⁇ -#l ' a ⁇ Jei E ' fe i v'el : a
- Pyrolysis in the formation may occur at an earlier time with the larger average heat output provided by temperature limited heaters than the lower average heat output provided by constant wattage heaters. For example, in Green River oil shale, pyrolysis may occur in 5 years using temperature limited heaters with a 12 m heater well spacing. Temperature limited heaters counteract hot spots due to inaccurate well spacing or drilling where heater wells come too close together. In certain embodiments, temperature limited heaters allow for increased power output over time for heater wells that have been spaced too far apart, or limit power output for heater wells that are spaced too close together. Temperature limited heaters also supply more power in regions adjacent the overburden and underburden to compensate for temperature losses in these regions. Temperature limited heaters may be advantageously used in many types of formations.
- temperature limited heaters may be used to provide a controllable low temperature output for reducing the viscosity of fluids, mobilizing fluids, and/or enhancing the radial flow of fluids at or near the wellbore or in the formation. Temperature limited heaters may be used to inhibit excess coke formation due to overheating of the near wellbore region of the formation.
- the use of temperature limited heaters in some embodiments, eliminates or reduces the need for expensive temperature control circuitry. For example, the use of temperature limited heaters eliminates or reduces the need to perform temperature logging and/or the need to use fixed thermocouples on the heaters to monitor potential overheating at hot spots.
- phase transformation for example, crystalline phase transformation or a change in the crystal structure
- Ferromagnetic material used in the temperature limited heater may have a phase transformation (for example, a transformation from ferrite to austenite) that decreases the magnetic permeability of the ferromagnetic material.
- This reduction in magnetic permeability is similar to reduction in magnetic permeability due to the magnetic transition of the ferromagnetic material at the Curie temperature.
- the Curie temperature is the magnetic transition temperature of the ferrite phase of the ferromagnetic material.
- the reduction in magnetic permeability results in a decrease in the AC or modulated DC resistance of the temperature limited heater near, at, or above the temperature of the phase transformation and/or the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material.
- the phase transformation of the ferromagnetic material may occur over a temperature range.
- the temperature range of the phase transformation depends on the ferromagnetic material and may vary, for example, over a range of about 20 0 C to a range of about 200 0 C. Because the phase transformation takes place over a temperature range, the reduction in the magnetic permeability due to the phase transformation takes place over the temperature range. The reduction in magnetic permeability may also occur irregularly over the temperature range of the phase transformation.
- the phase transformation back to the lower temperature phase of the ferromagnetic material is slower than the phase transformation to the higher temperature phase (for example, the transition from austenite back to ferrite is slower than the transition from ferrite to austenite). The slower phase transformation back to the lower temperature phase may cause irregular operation of the heater at or near the phase transformation temperature range.
- the phase transformation temperature range overlaps with the reduction in the magnetic permeability when the temperature approaches the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material.
- the overlap may produce a slower drop in electrical resistance versus temperature than if the reduction in magnetic permeability is solely due to the temperature approaching the Curie temperature.
- the overlap may also produce limited heater near the Curie temperature and/or in the pPCT7US2006/040971 temperature range.
- alloy additions are made to the ferromagnetic material to adjust the temperature range of the phase transformation. For example, adding carbon to the ferromagnetic material may increase the phase transformation temperature range and lower the onset temperature of the phase transformation. Adding titanium to the ferromagnetic material may increase the onset temperature of the phase transformation and decrease the phase transformation temperature range. Alloy compositions may be adjusted to provide desired Curie temperature and phase transformation properties for the ferromagnetic material.
- the alloy composition of the ferromagnetic material may be chosen based on desired properties for the ferromagnetic material (such as, but not limited to, magnetic permeability transition temperature or temperature range, resistance versus temperature profile, or power output). Addition of titanium may allow higher Curie temperatures to be obtained when adding cobalt to 410 stainless steel by raising the ferrite to austenite phase transformation temperature range to a temperature range that is above, or well above, the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material.
- the temperature limited heater is deformation tolerant. Localized movement of material in the wellbore may result in lateral stresses on the heater that could deform its shape. Locations along a length of the heater at which the wellbore approaches or closes on the heater may be hot spots where a standard heater overheats and has the potential to burn out. These hot spots may lower the yield strength and creep strength of the metal, allowing crushing or deformation of the heater.
- the temperature limited heater may be formed with S curves (or other non-linear shapes) that accommodate deformation of the temperature limited heater without causing failure of the heater.
- temperature limited heaters are more economical to manufacture or make than standard heaters.
- Typical ferromagnetic materials include iron, carbon steel, or ferritic stainless steel. Such materials are inexpensive as compared to nickel-based heating alloys (such as nichrome, KanthalTM (Bulten-Kanthal AB, Sweden), and/or LOHMTM (Driver-Harris Company, Harrison, New Jersey, U.S.A.)) typically used in insulated conductor (mineral insulated cable) heaters.
- the temperature limited heater is manufactured in continuous lengths as an insulated conductor heater to lower costs and improve reliability.
- the temperature limited heater is placed in the heater well using a coiled tubing rig.
- a heater that can be coiled on a spool may be manufactured by using metal such as ferritic stainless steel (for example, 409 stainless steel) that is welded using electrical resistance welding (ERW).
- ERW electrical resistance welding
- a metal strip from a roll is passed through a first former where it is shaped into a tubular and then longitudinally welded using ERW.
- the tubular is passed through a second former where a conductive strip (for example, a copper strip) is applied, drawn down tightly on the tubular through a die, and longitudinally welded using ERW.
- a sheath may be formed by longitudinally welding a support material (for example, steel such as 347H or 347HH) over the conductive strip material.
- the support material may be a strip rolled over the conductive strip material.
- An overburden section of the heater may be formed in a similar manner.
- FIG. 20 depicts an embodiment of a device for longitudinal welding of a tubular using ERW.
- Metal strip 474 is shaped into tubular form as it passes through ERW coil 476.
- Metal strip 474 is then welded into a tubular inside shield 478.
- inert gas for example, argon or another suitable welding gas
- gas inlets 480 As metal strip 474 is joined inside shield 478, inert gas (for example, argon or another suitable welding gas) is provided inside the forming tubular by gas inlets 480. Flushing the tubular with inert gas inhibits oxidation of the tubular as it is formed.
- Shield 478 may have window 482. Window 482 allows an operator to visually inspect the welding process.
- Tubular 484 is formed by the welding process.
- overburden section uses a non-ferromagnetic material such as JU4 stainless steel or 316 stainless steel instead of a ferromagnetic material.
- the heater section and overburden section may be coupled using standard techniques such as butt welding using an orbital welder.
- the overburden section material (the non-ferromagnetic material) may be pre-welded to the ferromagnetic material before rolling. The pre-welding may eliminate the need for a separate coupling step (for example, butt welding).
- a flexible cable (for example, a furnace cable such as a MGT 1000 furnace cable) may be pulled through the center after forming the tubular heater.
- An end bushing on the flexible cable may be welded to the tubular heater to provide an electrical current return path.
- the tubular heater, including the flexible cable may be coiled onto a spool before installation into a heater well.
- the temperature limited heater is installed using the coiled tubing rig.
- the coiled tubing rig may place the temperature limited heater in a deformation resistant container in the formation.
- the deformation resistant container may be placed in the heater well using conventional methods.
- Temperature limited heaters may be used for heating hydrocarbon formations including, but not limited to, oil shale formations, coal formations, tar sands formations, and formations with heavy viscous oils. Temperature limited heaters may also be used in the field of environmental remediation to vaporize or destroy soil contaminants. Embodiments of temperature limited heaters may be used to heat fluids in a wellbore or sub-sea pipeline to inhibit deposition of paraffin or various hydrates. In some embodiments, a temperature limited heater is used for solution mining a subsurface formation (for example, an oil shale or a coal formation).
- a fluid for example, molten salt
- a temperature limited heater is attached to a sucker rod in the wellbore or is part of the sucker rod itself.
- temperature limited heaters are used to heat a near wellbore region to reduce near wellbore oil viscosity during production of high viscosity crude oils and during transport of high viscosity oils to the surface.
- a temperature limited heater enables gas lifting of a viscous oil by lowering the viscosity of the oil without coking the oil.
- Temperature limited heaters may be used in sulfur transfer lines to maintain temperatures between about 110 0 C and about 130 °C.
- the ferromagnetic alloy or ferromagnetic alloys used in the temperature limited heater determine the Curie temperature of the heater. Curie temperature data for various metals is listed in "American Institute of Physics Handbook," Second Edition, McGraw-Hill, pages 5-170 through 5-176. Ferromagnetic conductors may include one or more of the ferromagnetic elements (iron, cobalt, and nickel) and/or alloys of these elements.
- ferromagnetic conductors include iron-chromium (Fe-Cr) alloys that contain tungsten (W) (for example, HCM12A and SAVE12 (Sumitomo Metals Co., Japan) and/or iron alloys that contain chromium (for example, Fe-Cr alloys, Fe-Cr-W alloys, Fe-Cr-V (vanadium) alloys, and Fe-Cr-Nb (Niobium) alloys).
- W tungsten
- SAVE12 Suditomo Metals Co., Japan
- iron alloys that contain chromium for example, Fe-Cr alloys, Fe-Cr-W alloys, Fe-Cr-V (vanadium) alloys, and Fe-Cr-Nb (Niobium) alloys.
- iron has a Curie temperature of approximately 770 °C
- cobalt (Co) has a Curie temperature of approximately 1131 °C
- nickel has a Curie temperature of approximately 358
- An iron-cobalt alloy has a Curie temperature higher than the Curie temperature of iron.
- iron-cobalt alloy with 2% by weight cobalt has a Curie temperature of approximately 800 °C
- iron-cobalt alloy with 12% by weight cobalt has a Curie temperature of approximately 900 0 C
- iron-cobalt alloy with 20% by weight cobalt has a Curie temperature of approximately 950 0 C.
- Iron-nickel alloy has a Curie temperature lower than the Curie temperature of iron.
- iron-nickel alloy with 20% by weight nickel has a Curie temperature of approximately 720 °C
- iron-nickel alloy with 60% by weight nickel has a Curie temperature of approximately 560 °C.
- Non-ferromagnetic elements used as alloys raise the Curie temperature of iron.
- an iron- vanadium alloy with 5.9% by weight vanadium has a Curie temperature of approximately 815 0 C.
- Other non- ferforrragriyrc 1 and/or chromiumj may oe a ⁇ oye ⁇ wii ⁇ iron or other ferromagnetic materials to lower the Curie temperature.
- Non-ferromagnetic materials that raise the Curie temperature may be combined with non-ferromagnetic materials that lower the Curie temperature and alloyed with iron or other ferromagnetic materials to produce a material with a desired Curie temperature and other desired physical and/or chemical properties.
- the Curie temperature material is a ferrite such as NiFe 2 O 4 .
- the Curie temperature material is a binary compound such as FeNi 3 or Fe 3 Al.
- the improved alloy includes carbon, cobalt, iron, manganese, silicon, or mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 0.1% to about 10% cobalt; about 0.1% carbon, about 0.5% manganese, about 0.5% silicon, with the balance being iron. In certain embodiments, the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 0.1% to about 10% cobalt; about 0.1% carbon, about 0.5% manganese, about 0.5% silicon, with the balance being iron.
- the improved alloy includes chromium, carbon, cobalt, iron, manganese, silicon, titanium, vanadium, or mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 5% to about 20% cobalt, about 0.1% carbon, about 0.5% manganese, about 0.5% silicon, about 0.1% to about 2% vanadium with the balance being iron. In some embodiments, the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 12% chromium, about 0.1% carbon, about 0.5% silicon, about 0.1% to about 0.5% manganese, above 0% to about 15% cobalt, above 0% to about 2% vanadium, above 0% to about 1% titanium, with the balance being iron.
- the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 12% chromium, about 0.1% carbon, about 0.5% silicon, about 0.1% to about 0.5% manganese, above 0% to about 2% vanadium, above 0% to about 1% titanium, with the balance being iron. In some embodiments, the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 12% chromium, about
- the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 12% chromium, about 0.1% carbon, about 0.5% silicon, about 0.1% to about 0,5% manganese, above 0% to about 15% cobalt, above 0% to about 1 % titanium, with the balance being iron.
- the improved alloy includes, by weight: about 12% chromium, about 0.1% carbon, about 0.5% silicon, about 0.1% to about 0.5% manganese, above 0% to about 15% cobalt, with the balance being iron.
- the addition of vanadium may allow for use of higher amounts of cobalt in the improved alloy.
- temperature limited heaters may include more than one ferromagnetic material. Such embodiments are within the scope of embodiments described herein if any conditions described herein apply to at least one of the ferromagnetic materials in the temperature limited heater.
- Ferromagnetic properties generally decay as the Curie temperature is approached.
- the "Handbook of Electrical Heating for Industry” by C. James Erickson (IEEE Press, 1995) shows a typical curve for 1% carbon steel (steel with 1% carbon by weight).
- the loss of magnetic permeability starts at temperatures above 650 0 C and tends to be complete when temperatures exceed 730 °C.
- the self-limiting temperature may be somewhat below the actual Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the skin depth for current flow in 1% carbon steel is 0.132 cm at room temperature and increases to 0.445 cm at 720 0 C. From 720 °C to 730 0 C, the skin depth sharply increases to over 2.5 cm.
- a temperature limited heater embodiment using 1% carbon steel begins to self-limit between 650 0 C and 730 0 C.
- Skin depth generally defines an effective penetration depth of time- varying current into the conductive material.
- current density decreases exponentially with distance from an outer surface to the center along the radius of the conductor.
- the depth at which the current density is approximately 1/e of the surface current . or for hollow cylinders with a wall thickness exceeding the penetration depth, the skin depth, ⁇ is:
- EQN. 3 is obtained from "Handbook of Electrical Heating for Industry” by C. James Erickson (IEEE Press, 1995). For most metals, resistivity (p) increases with temperature. The relative magnetic permeability generally varies with temperature and with current. Additional equations may be used to assess the variance of magnetic permeability and/or skin depth on both temperature and/or current. The dependence of ⁇ on current arises from the dependence of ⁇ on the electromagnetic field.
- Materials used in the temperature limited heater may be selected to provide a desired turndown ratio.
- Turndown ratios of at least 1.1: 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 10:1, 30: 1, or 50: 1 may be selected for temperature limited heaters. Larger turndown ratios may also be used.
- a selected turndown ratio may depend on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the type of formation in which the temperature limited heater is located (for example, a higher turndown ratio may be used for an oil shale formation with large variations in thermal conductivity between rich and lean oil shale layers) and/or a temperature limit of materials used in the wellbore (for example, temperature limits of heater materials).
- the turndown ratio is increased by coupling additional copper or another good electrical conductor to the ferromagnetic material (for example, adding copper to lower the resistance above the Curie temperature).
- the temperature limited heater may provide a maximum heat output (power output) below the Curie temperature of the heater.
- the maximum heat output is at least 400 W/m (Watts per meter), 600 W/m, 700 W/m, 800 W/m, or higher up to 2000 W/m.
- the temperature limited heater reduces the amount of heat output by a section of the heater when the temperature of the section of the heater approaches or is above the Curie temperature.
- the reduced amount of heat may be substantially less than the heat output below the Curie temperature.
- the reduced amount of heat is at most 400 W/m, 200 W/m, 100 W/m or may approach 0 W/m.
- the temperature limited heater operates substantially independently of the thermal load on the heater in a certain operating temperature range.
- Thermal load is the rate that heat is transferred from a heating system to its surroundings. It is to be understood that the thermal load may vary with temperature of the surroundings and/or the thermal conductivity of the surroundings.
- the temperature limited heater operates at or above the Curie temperature of the temperature limited heater such that the operating temperature of the heater increases at most by 3 0 C, 2 0 C, 1.5 0 C, 1 °C, or 0.5 °C for a decrease in thermal load of 1 W/m proximate to a portion of the heater.
- the temperature limited heater operates in such a manner at a relatively constant current.
- the AC or modulated DC resistance and/or the heat output of the temperature limited heater may decrease as the temperature approaches the Curie temperature and decrease sharply near or above the Curie temperature due to the Curie effect.
- the value of the electrical resistance or heat output above or near the Curie temperature is at most one-half of the value of electrical resistance or heat output at a certain point below the Curie temperature.
- the heat output above or near the Curie temperature is at most 90%, 70%, 50%, 30%, 20%, 10%, or less (down to 1%) of the heat output at a certain point below the Curie temperature (for ⁇ eJca lep ⁇ we'bel ⁇ 'We ⁇ rfie-temperature, 40 0 C below the Curie temperature, 50 0 C below me une temperature, or 100 0 C below the Curie temperature).
- the electrical resistance above or near the Curie temperature decreases to 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, or less (down to 1%) of the electrical resistance at a certain point below the Curie temperature (for example, 30 0 C below the Curie temperature, 40 0 C below the Curie temperature, 50 0 C below the Curie temperature, or 100 0 C below the Curie temperature).
- AC frequency is adjusted to change the skin depth of the ferromagnetic material.
- the skin depth of 1% carbon steel at room temperature is 0.132 cm at 60 Hz, 0.0762 cm at 180 Hz, and 0.046 cm at 440 Hz. Since heater diameter is typically larger than twice the skin depth, using a higher frequency (and thus a heater with a smaller diameter) reduces heater costs.
- the higher frequency results in a higher turndown ratio.
- the turndown ratio at a higher frequency is calculated by multiplying the turndown ratio at a lower frequency by the square root of the higher frequency divided by the lower frequency.
- a frequency between 100 Hz and 1000 Hz, between 140 Hz and 200 Hz, or between 400 Hz and 600 Hz is used (for example, 180 Hz, 540 Hz, or 720 Hz).
- high frequencies may be used.
- the frequencies may be greater than 1000 Hz.
- the heater may be operated at a lower frequency when the heater is cold and operated at a higher frequency when the heater is hot.
- Line frequency heating is generally favorable, however, because there is less need for expensive components such as power supplies, transformers, or current modulators that alter frequency.
- Line frequency is the frequency of a general supply of current.
- Line frequency is typically 60 Hz, but may be 50 Hz or another frequency depending on the source for the supply of the current. Higher frequencies may be produced using commercially available equipment such as solid state variable frequency power supplies. Transformers that convert three-phase power to single-phase power with three times the frequency are commercially available. For example, high voltage three-phase power at 60 Hz may be transformed to single-phase power at 180 Hz and at a lower voltage. Such transformers are less expensive and more energy efficient than solid state variable frequency power supplies. In certain embodiments, transformers that convert three-phase power to single-phase power are used to increase the frequency of power supplied to the temperature limited heater.
- modulated DC for example, chopped DC, waveform modulated DC, or cycled DC
- a DC modulator or DC chopper may be coupled to a DC power supply to provide an output of modulated direct current.
- the DC power supply may include means for modulating DC.
- a DC modulator is a DC-to-DC converter system.
- DC-to-DC converter systems are generally known in the art.
- DC is typically modulated or chopped into a desired waveform. Waveforms for DC modulation include, but are not limited to, square-wave, sinusoidal, deformed sinusoidal, deformed square-wave, triangular, and other regular or irregular waveforms.
- the modulated DC waveform generally defines the frequency of the modulated DC.
- the modulated DC waveform may be selected to provide a desired modulated DC frequency.
- the shape and/or the rate of modulation (such as the rate of chopping) of the modulated DC waveform may be varied to vary the modulated DC frequency.
- DC may be modulated at frequencies that are higher than generally available AC frequencies.
- modulated DC may be provided at frequencies of at least 1000 Hz. Increasing the frequency of supplied current to higher values advantageously increases the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater.
- the modulated DC waveform is adjusted or altered to vary the modulated DC frequency.
- the DC modulator may be able to adjust or alter the modulated DC waveform at any time during use of the temperature limited heater and at high currents or voltages.
- the DC modulator typically allows for a wide range of modulated DC frequencies and for discrete control of the modulated DC frequency.
- the modulated DC frequency is more easily set at a distinct value whereas AC frequency is generally limited to multiples of the line frequency.
- Discrete control of the modulated DC frequency allows for more selective control over the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater. Being able to selectively control the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater allows for a broader range of materials to be used in designing and constructing the temperature limited heater.
- the modulated DC frequency or the AC frequency is adjusted to compensate for changes in properties (for example, subsurface conditions such as temperature or pressure) of the temperature limited heater during use.
- the modulated DC frequency or the AC frequency provided to the temperature limited heater is varied based on assessed downhole conditions. For example, as the temperature of the temperature limited heater in the wellbore increases, it may be advantageous to increase the frequency of the current provided to the heater, thus increasing the turndown ratio of the heater.
- the downhole temperature of the temperature limited heater in the wellbore is assessed.
- the modulated DC frequency, or the AC frequency is varied to adjust the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater. The turndown ratio may be adjusted to compensate for hot spots occurring along a length of the temperature limited heater.
- the turndown ratio is increased because the temperature limited heater is getting too hot in certain locations.
- the modulated DC frequency, or the AC frequency are varied to adjust a turndown ratio without assessing a subsurface condition.
- a relatively small change in voltage may cause a relatively large change in current to the load.
- the relatively small change in voltage may produce problems in the power supplied to the temperature limited heater, especially at or near the Curie temperature.
- the problems include, but are not limited to, reducing the power factor, tripping a circuit breaker, and/or blowing a fuse.
- voltage changes may be caused by a change in the load of the temperature limited heater.
- an electrical current supply (for example, a supply of modulated DC or AC) provides a relatively constant amount of current that does not substantially vary with changes in load of the temperature limited heater.
- the electrical current supply provides an amount of electrical current that remains within 15%, within 10%, within 5%, or within 2% of a selected constant current value when a load of the temperature limited heater changes.
- Temperature limited heaters may generate an inductive load. The inductive load is due to some applied electrical current being used by the ferromagnetic material to generate a magnetic field in addition to generating a resistive heat output. As downhole temperature changes in the temperature limited heater, the inductive load of the heater changes due to changes in the ferromagnetic properties of ferromagnetic materials in the heater with temperature. The inductive load of the temperature limited heater may cause a phase shift between the current and the voltage applied to the heater.
- a reduction in actual power applied to the temperature limited heater may be caused by a time lag in the current waveform (for example, the current has a phase shift relative to the voltage due to an inductive load) and/or by distortions in the current waveform (for example, distortions in the current waveform caused by introduced harmonics due to a non-linear load).
- it may take more current to apply a selected amount of power due to phase shifting or waveform distortion.
- the ratio of actual power applied and the apparent power that would have been transmitted if the same current were in phase and undistorted is the power factor.
- the power factor is always less than or equal to 1.
- the temperature limited heater includes an inner conductor inside an outer conductor.
- the inner conductor and the outer conductor are radially disposed about a central axis.
- the inner and outer conductors may be separated by an insulation layer.
- the inner and outer conductors are coupled at the bottom of the temperature limited heater. Electrical current may flow into the temperature limited heater through the inner conductor and return through the outer conductor.
- One or both conductors may include ferromagnetic material.
- the insulation layer may comprise an electrically insulating ceramic with high thermal conductivity, such as magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon dioxide, beryllium oxide, boron nitride, silicon nitride, or combinations thereof.
- the insulating layer may be a compacted powder (for example, compacted ceramic powder). Compaction may improve thermal conductivity and provide better insulation resistance.
- polymer insulation made from, for example, fluoropolymers, polyimides, polyamides, and/or polyethylenes, may be used. In some embodiments, the polymer insulation is made of perfluoroalkoxy (PFA) or polyetheretherketone (PEEKTM (Victrex Ltd, England)).
- the insulating layer may be chosen to be substantially infrared transparent to aid heat transfer from the inner conductor to the outer conductor.
- the insulating layer is transparent quartz sand.
- the insulation layer may be air or a non-reactive gas such as helium, nitrogen, or sulfur hexafluoride. If the insulation layer is air or a non-reactive gas, there may be insulating spacers designed to inhibit electrical contact between the inner conductor and the outer conductor.
- the insulating spacers may be made of, for example, high purity aluminum oxide or another thermally conducting, electrically insulating material such as silicon nitride.
- the insulating spacers may be a fibrous ceramic material such as NextelTM 312 (3M Corporation, St.
- Ceramic material may be made of alumina, alumina-silicate, alumina-borosilicate, silicon nitride, boron nitride, or other materials.
- the insulation layer may be flexible and/or substantially deformation tolerant.
- the temperature limited heater may be flexible and/or substantially deformation tolerant. Forces on the outer conductor can be transmitted through the insulation layer to the solid inner conductor, which may resist crushing. Such a temperature limited heater may be bent, dog-legged, and spiraled without causing the outer conductor and the inner conductor to electrically short to each other. Deformation tolerance may be important if the wellbore is likely to undergo substantial deformation during heating of the formation.
- an outermost layer of the temperature limited heater (for example, the outer conductor) is chosen for corrosion resistance, yield strength, and/or creep resistance.
- austenitic (non-ferromagnetic) stainless steels such as 201, 304H, 347H, 347HH, 316H, 310H, 347HP, NF709 (Nippon Steel Corp., Japan) stainless steels, or combinations thereof may be used in the outer conductor.
- the outermost layer may also include a clad conductor.
- a corrosion resistant alloy such as 800H or 347H stainless steel may be clad for corrosion protection over a ferromagnetic carbon steel tubular.
- the outermost layer may be constructed from ferromagnetic metal with good corrosion resistance such as one of the ' ⁇ erritrc sTaihtess a ferritic alloy of 82.3% by weight iron with IT. r/o by weignt chromium (Curie temperature of 678 0 C) provides desired corrosion resistance.
- the Metals Handbook, vol. 8, page 291 includes a graph of Curie temperature of iron-chromium alloys versus the amount of chromium in the alloys.
- a separate support rod or tubular (made from 347H stainless steel) is coupled to the temperature limited heater made from an iron-chromium alloy to provide yield strength and/or creep resistance.
- the support material and/or the ferromagnetic material is selected to provide a 100,000 hour creep- rupture strength of at least 20.7 MPa at 650 0 C. In some embodiments, the 100,000 hour creep-rupture strength is at least 13.8 MPa at 650 0 C or at least 6.9 MPa at 650 0 C.
- 347H steel has a favorable creep-rupture strength at or above 650 0 C.
- the 100,000 hour creep-rupture strength ranges from 6.9 MPa to 41.3 MPa or more for longer heaters and/or higher earth or fluid stresses.
- the skin effect current path occurs on the outside of the inner conductor and on the inside of the outer conductor.
- the outside of the outer conductor may be clad with the corrosion resistant alloy, such as stainless steel, without affecting the skin effect current path on the inside of the outer conductor.
- a ferromagnetic conductor with a thickness of at least the skin depth at the Curie temperature allows a substantial decrease in resistance of the ferromagnetic material as the skin depth increases sharply near the Curie temperature.
- the thickness of the conductor may be 1.5 times the skin depth near the Curie temperature, 3 times the skin depth near the Curie temperature, or even 10 or more times the skin depth near the Curie temperature. If the ferromagnetic conductor is clad with copper, thickness of the ferromagnetic conductor may be substantially the same as the skin depth near the Curie temperature. In some embodiments, the ferromagnetic conductor clad with copper has a thickness of at least three-fourths of the skin depth near the Curie temperature.
- the temperature limited heater includes a composite conductor with a ferromagnetic tubular and a non-ferromagnetic, high electrical conductivity core.
- the non-ferromagnetic, high electrical conductivity core reduces a required diameter of the conductor.
- the conductor may be composite 1.19 cm diameter conductor with a core of 0.575 cm diameter copper clad with a 0.298 cm thickness of ferritic stainless steel or carbon steel surrounding the core.
- the core or non-ferromagnetic conductor may be copper or copper alloy.
- the core or non-ferromagnetic conductor may also be made of other metals that exhibit low electrical resistivity and relative magnetic permeabilities near 1 (for example, substantially non-ferromagnetic materials such as aluminum and aluminum alloys, phosphor bronze, beryllium copper, and/or brass).
- a composite conductor allows the electrical resistance of the temperature limited heater to decrease more steeply near the Curie temperature. As the skin depth increases near the Curie temperature to include the copper core, the electrical resistance decreases very sharply.
- the composite conductor may increase the conductivity of the temperature limited heater and/or allow the heater to operate at lower voltages. In an embodiment, the composite conductor exhibits a relatively flat resistance versus temperature profile at temperatures below a region near the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor of the composite conductor.
- the temperature limited heater exhibits a relatively flat resistance versus temperature profile between 100 0 C and 750 0 C or between 300 °C and 600 0 C.
- the relatively flat resistance versus temperature profile may also be exhibited in other temperature ranges by adjusting, for example, materials and/or the configuration of materials in the temperature limited heater.
- the relative thickness of each material in a composite conductor is selected to produce a desired resistivity versus temperature profile for a temperature limited heater.
- the composite conductor is an inner conductor surrounded by 0.127 cm thick magnesium oxide powder as an insulator.
- the outer conductor may be 304H stainless steel with a wall thickness of 0.127 cm.
- the outside diameter of the heater may be about 1.65 cm.
- a composite conductor for example, a composite inner conductor or a composite outer conductor
- coextrusion for example, roll forming, tight fit tubing
- tight fit tubing for example, cooling the inner
- a ferromagnetic conductor is braided over a non-ferromagnetic conductor.
- composite conductors are formed using methods similar to those used for cladding (for example, cladding copper to steel). A metallurgical bond between copper cladding and base ferromagnetic material may be advantageous.
- Composite conductors produced by a coextrusion process that forms a good metallurgical bond may be provided by Anomet Products, Inc. (Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, U.S.A.).
- FIGS. 21-42 depict various embodiments of temperature limited heaters.
- One or more features of an embodiment of the temperature limited heater depicted in any of these figures may be combined with one or more features of other embodiments of temperature limited heaters depicted in these figures.
- temperature limited heaters are dimensioned to operate at a frequency of 60 Hz AC. It is to be understood that dimensions of the temperature limited heater may be adjusted from those described herein to operate in a similar manner at other AC frequencies or with modulated DC current.
- FIG. 21 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of the temperature limited heater with an outer conductor having a ferromagnetic section and a non-ferromagnetic section.
- FIGS. 22 and 23 depict transverse cross-sectional views of the embodiment shown in FIG. 21.
- ferromagnetic section 486 is used to provide heat to hydrocarbon layers in the formation.
- Non-ferromagnetic section 488 is used in the overburden of the formation.
- Non-ferromagnetic section 488 provides little or no heat to the overburden, thus inhibiting heat losses in the overburden and improving heater efficiency.
- Ferromagnetic section 486 includes a ferromagnetic material such as 409 stainless steel or 410 stainless steel. Ferromagnetic section 486 has a thickness of 0.3 cm.
- Non- ferromagnetic section 488 is copper with a thickness of 0.3 cm.
- Inner conductor 490 is copper.
- Inner conductor 490 has a diameter of 0.9 cm.
- Electrical insulator 500 is silicon nitride, boron nitride, magnesium oxide powder, or another suitable insulator material. Electrical insulator 500 has a thickness of 0.1 cm to 0.3 cm.
- FIG. 24 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with an outer conductor having a ferromagnetic section and a non-ferromagnetic section placed inside a sheath.
- FIGS. 25, 26, and 27 depict transverse cross-sectional views of the embodiment shown in FIG. 24.
- Ferromagnetic section 486 is 410 stainless steel with a thickness of 0.6 cm.
- Non-ferromagnetic section 488 is copper with a thickness of 0.6 .
- u er con uc or nc u es w i ucui i ⁇ cwa is
- Outer conductor 502 provides some heat in the overburden section of the heater. Providing some heat in the overburden inhibits condensation or refluxing of fluids in the overburden.
- Outer conductor 502 is 409, 410, or 446 stainless steel with an outer diameter of 3.0 cm and a thickness of 0.6 cm.
- Electrical insulator 500 includes compacted magnesium oxide powder with a thickness of 0.3 cm. In some embodiments, electrical insulator 500 includes silicon nitride, boron nitride, or hexagonal type boron nitride.
- Conductive section 504 may couple inner conductor 490 with ferromagnetic section 486 and/or outer conductor 502.
- FIG. 28A and FIG. 28B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with a ferromagnetic inner conductor.
- Inner conductor 490 is a 1" Schedule XXS 446 stainless steel pipe.
- inner conductor 490 includes 409 stainless steel, 410 stainless steel, Invar 36, alloy 42-6, alloy 52, or other ferromagnetic materials.
- Inner conductor 490 has a diameter of 2.5 cm.
- Electrical insulator 500 includes compacted silicon nitride, boron nitride, or magnesium oxide powders; or polymers, Nextel ceramic fiber, mica, or glass fibers.
- Outer conductor 502 is copper or any other non-ferromagnetic material, such as but not limited to copper alloys, aluminum and/or aluminum alloys. Outer conductor 502 is coupled to jacket 506. Jacket 506 is 304H 1 316H, or 347H stainless steel. In this embodiment, a majority of the heat is produced in inner conductor 490.
- FIG. 29A and FIG. 29B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with a ferromagnetic inner conductor and a non-ferromagnetic core.
- Inner conductor 490 may be made of 446 stainless steel, 409 stainless steel, 410 stainless steel, carbon steel, Armco ingot iron, iron-cobalt alloys, or other ferromagnetic materials.
- Core 508 may be tightly bonded inside inner conductor 490.
- Core 508 is copper or other non-ferromagnetic material.
- core 508 is inserted as a tight fit inside inner conductor 490 before a drawing operation.
- core 508 and inner conductor 490 are coextrusion bonded.
- Outer conductor 502 is 347H stainless steel.
- a drawing or rolling operation to compact electrical insulator 500 may ensure good electrical contact between inner conductor 490 and core 508.
- heat is produced primarily in inner conductor 490 until the Curie temperature is approached. Resistance then decreases sharply as current penetrates core 508.
- FIG. 30A and FIG. 30B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with a ferromagnetic outer conductor.
- Inner conductor 490 is nickel-clad copper.
- Electrical insulator 500 is silicon nitride, boron nitride, or magnesium oxide.
- Outer conductor 502 is a 1" Schedule XXS carbon steel pipe. In this embodiment, heat is produced primarily in outer conductor 502, resulting in a small temperature differential across electrical insulator 500.
- FIG. 31 A and FIG. 3 IB depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with a ferromagnetic outer conductor that is clad with a corrosion resistant alloy.
- Inner conductor 490 is copper.
- Outer conductor 502 is a 1" Schedule XXS carbon steel pipe. Outer conductor 502 is coupled to jacket 506.
- Jacket 506 is made of corrosion resistant material (for example, 347H stainless steel). Jacket 506 provides protection from corrosive fluids in the wellbore (for example, sulfidizing and carburizing gases). Heat is produced primarily in outer conductor 502, resulting in a small temperature differential across electrical insulator 500.
- FIG. 32A and FIG. 32B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with a ferromagnetic outer conductor.
- the outer conductor is clad with a conductive layer and a corrosion resistant alloy.
- Inner conductor 490 is copper.
- Electrical insulator 500 is silicon nitride, boron nitride, or magnesium oxide.
- Outer conductor 502 is a 1" Schedule 80 446 stainless steel pipe. Outer conductor 502 is coupled to jacket 506. Jacket 506 is made from corrosion resistant material such as 347H stainless steel.
- conductive layer 510 is placed between outer conductor 502 and jacket 506.
- Conductive layer 510 is a copper layer.
- Conductive layer 510 allows a sharp decrease in the resistance of outer conductor 502 as the outer conductor approaches the Curie temperature.
- Jacket 506 provides protection from corrosive fluids in the wellbore.
- the conductor (for example, an inner conductor, an outer conductor, or a ferromagnetic conductor) is the composite conductor that includes two or more different materials.
- the composite conductor includes two or more ferromagnetic materials.
- the composite ferromagnetic conductor includes two or more radially disposed materials.
- the composite conductor includes a ferromagnetic conductor and a non-ferromagnetic conductor.
- the composite conductor includes the ferromagnetic conductor placed over a non-ferromagnetic core.
- Two or more materials may be used to obtain a relatively flat electrical resistivity versus temperature profile in a temperature region below the Curie temperature and/or a sharp decrease (a high turndown ratio) in the electrical resistivity at or near the Curie temperature. In some cases, two or more materials are used to provide more than one Curie temperature for the temperature limited heater.
- the composite electrical conductor may be used as the conductor in any electrical heater embodiment described herein.
- the composite conductor may be used as the conductor in a conductor-in-conduit heater or an insulated conductor heater.
- the composite conductor may be coupled to a support member such as a support conductor.
- the support member may be used to provide support to the composite conductor so that the composite conductor is not relied upon for strength at or near the Curie temperature.
- the support member may be useful for heaters of lengths of at least 100 m.
- the support member may be a non- ferromagnetic member that has good high temperature creep strength.
- materials that are used for a support member include, but are not limited to, Haynes ® 625 alloy and Haynes ® HR120 ® alloy (Haynes International, Kokomo, Indiana, U.S.A.), NF709, Incoloy ® 800H alloy and 347HP alloy (Allegheny Ludlum Corp., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.).
- materials in a composite conductor are directly coupled (for example, brazed, metallurgically bonded, or swaged) to each other and/or the support member.
- Using a support member may reduce the need for the ferromagnetic member to provide support for the temperature limited heater, especially at or near the Curie temperature.
- the temperature limited heater may be designed with more flexibility in the selection of ferromagnetic materials.
- FIG. 33 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of the composite conductor with the support member.
- Core 508 is surrounded by ferromagnetic conductor 512 and support member 514.
- core 508, ferromagnetic conductor 512, and support member 514 are directly coupled (for example, brazed together or metallurgically bonded together).
- core 508 is copper
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 is 446 stainless steel
- support member 514 is 347H alloy.
- support member 514 is a Schedule 80 pipe. Support member 514 surrounds the composite conductor having ferromagnetic conductor 512 and core 508.
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 and core 508 may be joined to form the composite conductor by, for example, a coextrusion process.
- the composite conductor is a 1.9 cm outside diameter 446 stainless steel ferromagnetic conductor surrounding a 0.95 cm diameter copper core.
- the diameter of core 508 is adjusted relative to a constant outside diameter of ferromagnetic conductor 512 to adjust the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater.
- the diameter of core 508 may be increased to 1.14 cm while maintaining the outside diameter of ferromagnetic conductor 512 at 1.9 cm to increase the turndown ratio of the heater.
- FIG. 34 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an m dn ⁇ e ⁇ VbRhe c'oHpbs ⁇ e ''conductor with support member 514 separating the conductors.
- J J006/JM0971 core 508 is copper with a diameter of 0.95 cm
- support member 514 is 347H alloy with an outside diameter of 1.9 cm
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 is 446 stainless steel with an outside diameter of 2.7 cm.
- the support member depicted in FIG. 34 has a lower creep strength relative to the support members depicted in FIG. 33.
- support member 514 is located inside the composite conductor.
- FIG. 35 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of the composite conductor surrounding support member 514.
- Support member 514 is made of 347H alloy.
- Inner conductor 490 is copper.
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is 446 stainless steel.
- support member 514 is 1.25 cm diameter 347H alloy, inner conductor 490 is 1.9 cm outside diameter copper, and ferromagnetic conductor 512 is 2.7 cm outside diameter 446 stainless steel.
- the turndown ratio is higher than the turndown ratio for the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 33, 34, and 36 for the same outside diameter, but the creep strength is lower.
- the thickness of inner conductor 490 which is copper
- the thickness of support member 514 is increased to increase the creep strength at the expense of reduced turndown ratio.
- the diameter of support member 514 is increased to 1.6 cm while maintaining the outside diameter of inner conductor 490 at 1.9 cm to reduce the thickness of the conduit. This reduction in thickness of inner conductor 490 results in a decreased turndown ratio relative to the thicker inner conductor embodiment but an increased creep strength.
- support member 514 is a conduit (or pipe) inside inner conductor 490 and ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- FIG. 36 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of the composite conductor surrounding support member 514.
- support member 514 is 347H alloy with a 0.63 cm diameter center hole.
- support member 514 is a preformed conduit.
- support member 514 is formed by having a dissolvable material (for example, copper dissolvable by nitric acid) located inside the support member during formation of the composite conductor. The dissolvable material is dissolved to form the hole after the conductor is assembled.
- a dissolvable material for example, copper dissolvable by nitric acid
- support member 514 is 347H alloy with an inside diameter of 0.63 cm and an outside diameter of 1.6 cm
- inner conductor 490 is copper with an outside diameter of 1.8 cm
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 is 446 stainless steel with an outside diameter of 2.7 cm.
- the composite electrical conductor is used as the conductor in the conductor-in- conduit heater.
- the composite electrical conductor may be used as conductor 516 in FIG. 37
- FIG. 37 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of the conductor-in-conduit heater.
- Conductor 516 is disposed in conduit 518.
- Conductor 516 is a rod or conduit of electrically conductive material.
- Low resistance sections 520 are present at both ends of conductor 516 to generate less heating in these sections.
- Low resistance section 520 is formed by having a greater cross-sectional area of conductor 516 in that section, or the sections are made of material having less resistance.
- low resistance section 520 includes a low resistance conductor coupled to conductor 516.
- Conduit 518 is made of an electrically conductive material.
- Conduit 518 is disposed in opening 522 in hydrocarbon layer 460. Opening 522 has a diameter that accommodates conduit 518.
- Conductor 516 may be centered in conduit 518 by centralizers 524.
- Centralizers 524 electrically isolate conductor 516 from conduit 518.
- Centralizers 524 inhibit movement and properly locate conductor 516 in conduit 518.
- Centralizers 524 are made of ceramic material or a combination of ceramic and metallic materials.
- Centralizers 524 inhibit deformation of conductor 516 in conduit 518.
- Centralizers 524 are touching or spaced at intervals between approximately 0.1 m (meters) and approximately 3 m or more along conductor 516. n «.w M ,
- K MdbM low resistance-Section 520 of conductor 516 may couple conductor 516 to Ve ⁇ S ⁇ 0971 depicted in FIG. 37.
- Electrical current may be applied to conductor 516 from power cable 526 through low resistance section 520 of conductor 516. Electrical current passes from conductor 516 through sliding connector 528 to conduit 518.
- Conduit 518 may be electrically insulated from overburden casing 530 and from wellhead 450 to return electrical current to power cable 526. Heat may be generated in conductor 516 and conduit 518. The generated heat may radiate in conduit 518 and opening 522 to heat at least a portion of hydrocarbon layer 460.
- Overburden casing 530 may be disposed in overburden 458. Overburden casing 530 is, in some embodiments, surrounded by materials (for example, reinforcing material and/or cement) that inhibit heating of overburden 458. Low resistance section 520 of conductor 516 may be placed in overburden casing 530. Low resistance section 520 of conductor 516 is made of, for example, carbon steel. Low resistance section 520 of conductor 516 may be centralized in overburden casing 530 using centralizers 524. Centralizers 524 are spaced at intervals of approximately 6 m to approximately 12 m or, for example, approximately 9 m along low resistance section 520 of conductor 516.
- low resistance section 520 of conductor 516 is coupled to conductor 516 by one or more welds. In other heater embodiments, low resistance sections are threaded, threaded and welded, or otherwise coupled to the conductor. Low resistance section 520 generates little or no heat in overburden casing 530.
- Packing 532 may be placed between overburden casing 530 and opening 522. Packing 532 may be used as a cap at the junction of overburden 458 and hydrocarbon layer 460 to allow filling of materials in the annulus between overburden casing 530 and opening 522. In some embodiments, packing 532 inhibits fluid from flowing from opening 522 to surface 534.
- Conduit 518 may be placed in opening 522 through overburden 458 such that a gap remains between the conduit and overburden casing 530. Fluids may be removed from opening 522 through the gap between conduit 518 and overburden casing 530. Fluids may be removed from the gap through conduit 536. Conduit 518 and components of the heat source included in the conduit that are coupled to wellhead 450 may be removed from opening 522 as a single unit. The heat source may be removed as a single unit to be repaired, replaced, and/or used in another portion of the formation.
- the ferromagnetic conductor confines a majority of the flow of electrical current to an electrical conductor coupled to the ferromagnetic conductor when the temperature limited heater is below or near the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the electrical conductor may be a sheath, jacket, support member, corrosion resistant member, or other electrically resistive member.
- the ferromagnetic conductor confines a majority of the flow of electrical current to the electrical conductor positioned between an outermost layer and the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the ferromagnetic conductor is located in the cross section of the temperature limited heater such that the magnetic properties of the ferromagnetic :tfnch y 6?bel ⁇ Wel!urW ⁇ emperature of the ferromagnetic conductor confine the majo u i 71 electrical current to the electrical conductor.
- the majority of the flow of electrical current is confined to the electrical conductor due to the skin effect of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the majority of the current is flowing through material with substantially linear resistive properties throughout most of the operating range of the heater.
- the ferromagnetic conductor and the electrical conductor are located in the cross section of the temperature limited heater so that the skin effect of the ferromagnetic material limits the penetration depth of electrical current in the electrical conductor and the ferromagnetic conductor at temperatures below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the electrical conductor provides a majority of the electrically resistive heat output of the temperature limited heater at temperatures up to a temperature at or near the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the dimensions of the electrical conductor may be chosen to provide desired heat output characteristics.
- the temperature limited heater has a resistance versus temperature profile that at least partially reflects the resistance versus temperature profile of the material in the electrical conductor.
- the resistance versus temperature profile of the temperature limited heater is substantially linear below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor if the material in the electrical conductor has a substantially linear resistance versus temperature profile.
- the temperature limited heater in which the majority of the current flows in the electrical conductor below the Curie temperature may have a resistance versus temperature profile similar to the profile shown in FIG. 162.
- the resistance of the temperature limited heater has little or no dependence on the current flowing through the heater until the temperature nears the Curie temperature. The majority of the current flows in the electrical conductor rather than the ferromagnetic conductor below the Curie temperature.
- Resistance versus temperature profiles for temperature limited heaters in which the majority of the current flows in the electrical conductor also tend to exhibit sharper reductions in resistance near or at the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the reduction in resistance shown in FIG. 162 is sharper than the reduction in resistance shown in FIG. 148.
- the sharper reductions in resistance near or at the Curie temperature are easier to control than more gradual resistance reductions near the Curie temperature.
- the material and/or the dimensions of the material in the electrical conductor are selected so that the temperature limited heater has a desired resistance versus temperature profile below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- Temperature limited heaters in which the majority of the current flows in the electrical conductor rather than the ferromagnetic conductor below the Curie temperature are easier to predict and/or control.
- Behavior of temperature limited heaters in which the majority of the current flows in the electrical conductor rather than the ferromagnetic conductor below the Curie temperature may be predicted by, for example, its resistance versus temperature profile and/or its power factor versus temperature profile. Resistance versus temperature profiles and/or power factor versus temperature profiles may be assessed or predicted by, for example, experimental measurements that assess the behavior of the temperature limited heater, analytical equations that assess or predict the behavior of the temperature limited heater, and/or simulations that assess or predict the behavior of the temperature limited heater. In certain embodiments, assessed or predicted behavior of the temperature limited heater is used to control the temperature limited heater.
- the temperature limited heater may be controlled based on measurements (assessments) of the resistance and/or the power factor during operation of the heater.
- the o'werf ⁇ r ir c'iii 1 rOt;"sup ! plifid : ?o"tlie !1 temperature limited heater is controlled based on assessmer T/US2006/040971 and/or the power factor of the heater during operation of the heater and the comparison of this assessment versus the predicted behavior of the heater.
- the temperature limited heater is controlled without measurement of the temperature of the heater or a temperature near the heater. Controlling the temperature limited heater without temperature measurement eliminates operating costs associated with downhole temperature measurement. Controlling the temperature limited heater based on assessment of the resistance and/or the power factor of the heater also reduces the time for making adjustments in the power or current supplied to the heater compared to controlling the heater based on measured temperature.
- a highly electrically conductive member is coupled to the ferromagnetic conductor and the electrical conductor to reduce the electrical resistance of the temperature limited heater at or above the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the highly electrically conductive member may be an inner conductor, a core, or another conductive member of copper, aluminum, nickel, or alloys thereof.
- the ferromagnetic conductor that confines the majority of the flow of electrical current to the electrical conductor at temperatures below the Curie temperature may have a relatively small cross section compared to the ferromagnetic conductor in temperature limited heaters that use the ferromagnetic conductor to provide the majority of resistive heat output up to or near the Curie temperature.
- a temperature limited heater that uses the electrical conductor to provide a majority of the resistive heat output below the Curie temperature has low magnetic inductance at temperatures below the Curie temperature because less current is flowing through the ferromagnetic conductor as compared to the temperature limited heater where the majority of the resistive heat output below the Curie temperature is provided by the ferromagnetic material.
- Magnetic field (H) at radius (r) of the ferromagnetic conductor is proportional to the current (I) flowing through the ferromagnetic conductor and the core divided by the radius, or:
- the magnetic field of the temperature limited heater may be significantly smaller than the magnetic field of the temperature limited heater where the majority of the current flows through the ferromagnetic material.
- the relative magnetic permeability ( ⁇ ) may be large for small magnetic fields.
- the skin depth ( ⁇ ) of the ferromagnetic conductor is inversely proportional to the square root of the relative magnetic permeability ( ⁇ ):
- the radius (or thickness) of the ferromagnetic conductor may be decreased for ferromagnetic materials with large relative magnetic permeabilities to compensate for the decreased skin depth while still allowing the skin effect to limit the penetration depth of the electrical current to the electrical conductor at temperatures below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the radius (thickness) of the ferromagnetic conductor may be ;tween"53' ' ⁇ fti-' ' and !i S 1 i ⁇ m" : ' Between 0.3 mm and 2 mm, or between 2 mm and 4 mm dependii ⁇ CT/US2006/040971 magnetic permeability of the ferromagnetic conductor. Decreasing the thickness of the ferromagnetic conductor decreases costs of manufacturing the temperature limited heater, as the cost of ferromagnetic material tends to be a significant portion of the cost of the temperature limited heater. Increasing the relative magnetic permeability of the ferromagnetic conductor provides a higher turndown ratio and a sharper decrease in electrical resistance for the temperature limited heater at or near the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- Ferromagnetic materials such as purified iron or iron-cobalt alloys
- high relative magnetic permeabilities for example, at least 200, at least 1000, at least 1 x 10 4 , or at least 1 x 10 5
- high Curie temperatures for example, at least 600 0 C, at least 700 °C, or at least 800 0 C
- the electrical conductor may provide corrosion resistance and/or high mechanical strength at high temperatures for the temperature limited heater.
- the ferromagnetic conductor may be chosen primarily for its ferromagnetic properties.
- the temperature limited heater which confines the majority of the flow of electrical current to the electrical conductor below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor, maintains the power factor above 0.85, above 0.9, or above 0.95 during use of the heater. Any reduction in the power factor occurs only in sections of the temperature limited heater at temperatures near the Curie temperature. Most sections of the temperature limited heater are typically not at or near the Curie temperature during use. These sections have a high power factor that approaches 1.0. The power factor for the entire temperature limited heater is maintained above 0.85, above 0.9, or above 0.95 during use of the heater even if some sections of the heater have power factors below 0.85.
- Maintaining high power factors allows for less expensive power supplies and/or control devices such as solid state power supplies or SCRs (silicon controlled rectifiers). These devices may fail to operate properly if the power factor varies by too large an amount because of inductive loads. With the power factors maintained at high values; however, these devices may be used to provide power to the temperature limited heater. Solid state power supplies have the advantage of allowing fine tuning and controlled adjustment of the power supplied to the temperature limited heater.
- transformers are used to provide power to the temperature limited heater. Multiple voltage taps may be made into the transformer to provide power to the temperature limited heater. Multiple voltage taps allows the current supplied to switch back and forth between the multiple voltages. This maintains the current within a range bound by the multiple voltage taps.
- the highly electrically conductive member, or inner conductor increases the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater. In certain embodiments, thickness of the highly electrically conductive member is increased to increase the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 39 depicts an embodiment of a temperature limited heater in which the support member provides a majority of the heat output below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- Core 508 is an inner conductor of the temperature limited heater.
- core 508 is a highly electrically conductive material such as copper or aluminum.
- core 508 is a copper alloy that provides mechanical strength and good electrically conductivity such as a dispersion strengthened copper.
- core 508 is Glidcop ® (SCM Metal Products, Inc., Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, U.S.A.).
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is athin layer of ferromagnetic material between electrical conductor 538 and core 508.
- electrical conductor 538 is also support member 514.
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 is iron or an iron alloy.
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 includes ferromagnetic material with a high relative magnetic permeability.
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 may be purified iron such as Armco ingot iron (AK Steel Ltd., United Kingdom). Iron with some impurities typically has a relative magnetic permeability on the order of 400. Purifying the iron by annealing the iron in hydrogen gas (H 2 ) at 1450 0 C increases the relative magnetic permeability of the iron.
- electrical conductor 538 provides support for ferromagnetic conductor 512 and the temperature limited heater. Electrical conductor 538 may be made of a material that provides good mechanical strength at temperatures near or above the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512. In certain embodiments, electrical conductor 538 is a corrosion resistant member. Electrical conductor 538 (support member 514) may provide support for ferromagnetic conductor 512 and corrosion resistance. Electrical conductor 538 is made from a material that provides desired electrically resistive heat output at temperatures up to and/or above the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- electrical conductor 538 is 347H stainless steel. In some embodiments, electrical conductor 538 is another electrically conductive, good mechanical strength, corrosion resistant material.
- electrical conductor 538 may be 304H, 316H, 347HH, NF709, Incoloy ® 800H alloy (Inco Alloys International, Huntington, West Virginia, U.S.A.), Haynes ® HR120 ® alloy, or Inconel ® 617 alloy.
- electrical conductor 538 includes different alloys in different portions of the temperature limited heater.
- a lower portion of electrical conductor 538 (support member 514) is 347H stainless steel and an upper portion of the electrical conductor (support member) is NF709.
- different alloys are used in different portions of the electrical conductor (support member) to increase the mechanical strength of the electrical conductor (support member) while maintaining desired heating properties for the temperature limited heater.
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 includes different ferromagnetic conductors in different portions of the temperature limited heater. Different ferromagnetic conductors may be used in different portions of the temperature limited heater to vary the Curie temperature and, thus, the maximum operating temperature in the different portions.
- the Curie temperature in an upper portion of the temperature limited heater is lower than the Curie temperature in a lower portion of the heater. The lower Curie temperature in the upper portion increases the creep-rupture strength lifetime in the upper portion of the heater.
- electrical conductor 538 provides a majority of the electrically resistive heat output of the temperature limited heater at temperatures up to a temperature at or near the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- the temperature limited heater depicted in FIG. 39 may be smaller because ferromagnetic conductor 512 is thin as compared to the size of the ferromagnetic conductor needed for a temperature limited heater in which the majority of the resistive heat output is provided by the ferromagnetic conductor.
- the support member and the corrosion resistant member are different members in the temperature limited heater.
- FIGS. 40 and 41 depict embodiments of temperature limited heaters in which the jacket provides a majority of the heat output below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor,
- electrical conductor 538 is jacket 506.
- Electrical conductor 538, ferromagnetic conductor 512, support member 514, and core 508 (in FIG. 40) or inner conductor 490 (in FIG. 41) are dimensioned so that the skin depth of the ferromagnetic conductor limits the penetration depth of the majority of the flow of electrical current to the thickness of the jacket.
- electrical conductor 538 is a material that is corrosion resistant and provides electrically resistive heat output below the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- electrical conductor 538 is 825 stainless steel or 347H stainless steel.
- electrical conductor 538 has a small thickness (for example, on the order of 0.5 mm).
- core 508 is highly electrically conductive material such as copper or aluminum.
- Support member 514 is 347H stainless steel or another material with good mechanical strength at or near the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- support member 514 is the core of the temperature limited heater and is 347H stainless steel or another material with good mechanical strength at or near the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- Inner conductor 490 is highly electrically conductive material such as copper or aluminum.
- the materials and design of the temperature limited heater are chosen to allow use of the heater at high temperatures (for example, above 850 °C).
- FIG. 42 depicts a high temperature embodiment of the temperature limited heater.
- the heater depicted in FIG. 42 operates as a conductor-in-conduit heater with the majority of heat being generated in conduit 518.
- the conductor-in-conduit heater may provide a higher heat output because the majority of heat is generated in conduit 518 rather than conductor 516. Having the heat generated in conduit 518 reduces heat losses associated with transferring heat between the conduit and conductor 516.
- Core 508 and conductive layer 510 are copper. In some embodiments, core 508 and conductive layer 510 are nickel if the operating temperatures is to be near or above the melting point of copper.
- Support members 514 are electrically conductive materials with good mechanical strength at high temperatures. Materials for support members 514 that withstand at least a maximum temperature of about 870 0 C may be, but are not limited to, MORE ® alloys (Duraloy Technologies, Inc. (Scottdale, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.)), CF8C+ (Metaltek Intl. (Waukesha, Wisconsin, U.S.A.)), or Inconel ® 617 alloy.
- Support members 514 that withstand at least a maximum temperature of about 980 °C include, but are not limited to, Incoloy ® Alloy MA 956.
- Support member 514 in conduit 518 provides mechanical support for the conduit.
- Support member 514 in conductor 516 provides mechanical support for core 508.
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is a high Curie temperature ferromagnetic material such as iron-cobalt alloy (for example, a 15% by weight cobalt, iron-cobalt alloy).
- electrical conductor 538 provides the majority of heat output of the temperature limited heater at temperatures up to a temperature at or near the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- Conductive layer 510 increases the turndown ratio of the temperature limited heater.
- FIG. 43 depicts hanging stress (ksi (kilopounds per square inch)) versus outside diameter (in.) for the temperature limited heater shown in FIG. 39 with 347H as the support member. The hanging stress was assessed with the support member outside a 0.5" copper core and a 0.75" outside diameter carbon steel ferromagnetic conductor.
- materials for the support member are varied to increase the maximum allowable hanging stress at operating temperatures of the temperature limited heater and, thus, increase the maximum operating temperature of the temperature limited heater. Altering the materials of the support member affects the heat output of the temperature limited heater below the Curie temperature because changing the materials changes the resistance versus temperature profile of the support member. In certain embodiments, the support member is made of more than one material along the length of the heater so that the temperature limited heater maintains desired operating properties (for example, resistance versus temperature profile below the Curie temperature) as much as possible while providing sufficient mechanical properties to support the heater.
- FIG. 44 depicts hanging stress (ksi) versus temperature ( 0 F) for several materials and varying outside diameters for the temperature limited heaters.
- Curve 540 is for 347H stainless steel.
- Curve 542 is for Incoloy ® alloy 800H.
- Curve 544 is for Haynes ® HR120 ® alloy.
- Curve 546 is for NF709.
- Each of the curves includes four points that represent various outside diameters of the support member. The point with the highest stress for each curve corresponds to outside diameter of 1.05". The point with the second highest stress for each curve corresponds to outside diameter of 1.15". The point with the second lowest stress for each curve corresponds to outside diameter of 1.25". The point with the lowest stress for each curve corresponds to outside diameter of 1.315". As shown in FIG.
- FIGS. 45, 46, 47, and 48 depict examples of embodiments for temperature limited heaters able to provide desired heat output and mechanical strength for operating temperatures up to about 770 0 C for 30,000 hrs. creep- rupture lifetime.
- the depicted temperature limited heaters have lengths of 1000 ft, copper cores of 0.5" diameter, and iron ferromagnetic conductors with outside diameters of 0.765".
- the support member in heater portion 548 is 347H stainless steel.
- the support member in heater portion 550 is Incoloy ® alloy 800H.
- Portion 548 has a length of 750 ft.
- portion 550 has a length of 250 ft.
- the outside diameter of the support member is 1.315".
- the support member in heater portion 548 is 347H stainless steel.
- the support member in heater portion 550 is Incoloy ® alloy 800H.
- the support member in heater portion 552 is Haynes ® HR120 ® alloy.
- Portion 548 has a eng o .; por io ⁇ ⁇ as a eng o ., an port on as a eng o t. e outs e ameter o the support member is 1.15".
- the support member in heater portion 548 is 347H stainless steel.
- the support member in heater portion 550 is Incoloy ® alloy 800H.
- the support member in heater portion 552 is Haynes ® HRl 20 ® alloy.
- Portion 548 has a length of 550 ft.
- portion 550 has a length of 250 ft.
- portion 552 has a length of 200 ft.
- the outside diameter of the support member is 1.05".
- a transition section is used between sections of the heater. For example, if one or more portions of the heater have varying Curie temperatures, a transition section may be used between portions to provide strength that compensates for the differences in temperatures in the portions.
- FIG. 48 depicts another example of an embodiment of a temperature limited heater able to provide desired heat output and mechanical strength.
- the support member in heater portion 548 is 347H stainless steel.
- the support member in heater portion 550 is NF709.
- the support member in heater portion 552 is 347H.
- Portion 548 has a length of 550 ft. and a Curie temperature of 843 °C, portion 550 has a length of 250 ft.
- portion 552 has a length of 180 ft. and a Curie temperature of 770 0 C.
- Transition section 554 has a length of 20 ft., a Curie temperature of 770 °C, and the support member is NF709.
- the materials of the support member along the length of the temperature limited heater may be varied to achieve a variety of desired operating properties.
- the choice of the materials of the temperature limited heater is adjusted depending on a desired use of the temperature limited heater.
- TABLE 1 lists examples of materials that may be used for the support member.
- the table provides the hanging stresses ( ⁇ ) of the support members and the maximum operating temperatures of the temperature limited heaters for several different outside diameters (OD) of the support member.
- the core diameter and the outside diameter of the iron ferromagnetic conductor in each case are 0.5" and 0.765", respectively.
- one or more portions of the temperature limited heater have varying outside diameters and/or materials to provide desired properties for the heater.
- FIGS. 49 and 50 depict examples of embodiments for temperature limited heaters that vary the diameter and/or materials of the support member along the length of the heaters to provide desired operating properties and sufficient mechanical properties (for example, creep-rupture strength properties) for operating temperatures up to about 834 0 C for 30,000 hrs., heater lengths of 850 ft, a copper core diameter of 0.5", and an iron-cobalt (6% by weight cobalt) ferromagnetic conductor outside diameter of 0.75".
- portion 548 is 347H stainless steel with a length of 300 ft and an outside diameter of 1.15".
- Portion 550 is NF709 with a length of 400 ft and an outside diameter of 1.15.
- Portion 552 is NF709 with a length of 150 ft and an outside diameter of 1.25".
- portion 548 is 347H stainless steel with a length of 300 ft and an outside diameter of 1.15.
- Portion 550 is 347H stainless steel with a length of 100 ft and an outside - - NF709 with a length of 100 ft and an outside diameter of 1.25".
- one or more portions of the temperature limited heater have varying dimensions and/or varying materials to provide different power outputs along the length of the heater. More or less power output may be provided by varying the selected temperature (for example, the Curie temperature) of the temperature limited heater by using different ferromagnetic materials along its length and/or by varying the electrical resistance of the heater by using different dimensions in the heat generating member along the length of the heater. Different power outputs along the length of the temperature limited heater may be needed to compensate for different thermal properties in the formation adjacent to the heater. For example, an oil shale formation may have different water- filled porosities, dawsonite compositions, and/or nahcolite compositions at different depths in the formation.
- Portions of the formation with higher water-filled porosities, higher dawsonite compositions, and/or higher nahcolite compositions may need more power input than portions with lower water-filled porosities, lower dawsonite compositions, and/or lower nahcolite compositions to achieve a similar heating rate.
- Power output may be varied along the length of the heater so that the portions of the formation with different properties (such as water-filled porosities, dawsonite compositions, and/or nahcolite compositions) are heated at approximately the same heating rate.
- portions of the temperature limited heater have different selected self-limiting temperatures (for example, Curie temperatures), materials, and/or dimensions to compensate for varying thermal properties of the formation along the length of the heater.
- Curie temperatures, support member materials, and/or dimensions of the portions of the heaters depicted in FIGS. 45-50 may be varied to provide varying power outputs and/or operating temperatures along the length of the heater.
- portion 550 may be used to heat portions of the formation that, on average, have higher water-filled porosities, dawsonite compositions, and/or nahcolite compositions than portions of the formation heated by portion 548.
- Portion 550 may provide less power output than portion 548 to compensate for the differing thermal properties of the different portions of the formation so that the entire formation is heated at an approximately constant heating rate.
- Portion 550 may require less power output because, for example, portion 550 is used to heat portions of the formation with low water-filled porosities and/or little or no dawsonite.
- portion 550 has a Curie temperature of 770 0 C (pure iron) and portion 548 has a Curie temperature of 843 °C (iron with added cobalt). Such an embodiment may provide more power output from portion 548 so that the temperature lag between the two portions is reduced. Adjusting the Curie temperature of portions of the heater adjusts the selected temperature at which the heater self-limits. In some embodiments, the dimensions of portion 550 are adjusted to further reduce the temperature lag so that the formation is heated at an approximately constant heating rate throughout the formation. Dimensions of the heater may be adjusted to adjust the heating rate of one or more portions of the heater. For example, the thickness of an outer conductor in portion 550 may be increased relative to the ferromagnetic member and/or the core of the heater so that the portion has a higher electrical resistance and the portion provides a higher power output below the Curie temperature of the portion.
- Reducing the temperature lag between different portions of the formation may reduce the overall time needed to bring the formation to a desired temperature. Reducing the time needed to bring the formation to the desired temperature reduces heating costs and produces desirable production fluids more quickly.
- Temperature limited heaters with varying Curie temperatures may also have varying support member materials to provide mechanical strength for the heater (for example, to compensate for hanging stress of the heater » , 1 , - - . , u ui limited heater depicted in FIG. 48, portions 548 and 550 have a Curie temperature of 843 0 C.
- Portion 548 has a support member made of 347H stainless steel.
- Portion 550 has a support member made of NF709.
- Portion 552 has a Curie temperature of 770 0 C and a support member made of 347H stainless steel.
- Transition section 554 has a Curie temperature of 770 °C and a support member made of NF709.
- Transition section 554 may be short in length compared to portions 548, 550, and 552. Transition section 554 may be placed between portions 550 and 552 to compensate for the temperature and material differences between the portions. For example, transition section 554 may be used to compensate for differences in creep properties between portions 550 and 552.
- Such a substantially vertical temperature limited heater may have less expensive, lower strength materials in portion 552 because of the lower Curie temperature in this portion of the heater.
- 347H stainless steel may be used for the support member because of the lower maximum operating temperature of portion 552 as compared to portion 550.
- Portion 550 may require more expensive, higher strength material because of the higher operating temperature of portion 550 due to the higher Curie temperature in this portion.
- a relatively thin conductive layer is used to provide the majority of the electrically resistive heat output of the temperature limited heater at temperatures up to a temperature at or near the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- a temperature limited heater may be used as the heating member in an insulated conductor heater.
- the heating member of the insulated conductor heater may be located inside a sheath with an insulation layer between the sheath and the heating member.
- FIGS. 51A and 51B depict cross-sectional representations of an embodiment of the insulated conductor heater with the temperature limited heater as the heating member.
- Insulated conductor 558 includes core 508, ferromagnetic conductor 512, inner conductor 490, electrical insulator 500, and jacket 506.
- Core 508 is a copper core.
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is, for example, iron or an iron alloy.
- Inner conductor 490 is a relatively thin conductive layer of non-ferromagnetic material with a higher electrical conductivity than ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- inner conductor 490 is copper.
- Inner conductor 490 may be a copper alloy. Copper alloys typically have a flatter resistance versus temperature profile than pure copper. A flatter resistance versus temperature profile may provide less variation in the heat output as a function of temperature up to the Curie temperature.
- inner conductor 490 is copper with 6% by weight nickel (for example, CuNi ⁇ or LOHMTM).
- inner conductor 490 is CuNi 1 OFe 1 Mn alloy.
- inner conductor 490 provides the majority of the resistive heat output of insulated conductor 558 below the Curie temperature.
- inner conductor 490 is dimensioned, along with core 508 and ferromagnetic conductor 512, so that the inner conductor provides a desired amount of heat output and a desired turndown ratio.
- inner conductor 490 may have a cross-sectional area that is around 2 or 3 times less than the cross- sectional area of core 508.
- inner conductor 490 has to have a relatively small cross-sectional area to provide a desired heat output if the inner conductor is copper or copper alloy.
- core 508 has a diameter of 0.66 cm
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 has an outside diameter of 0.91 cm
- inner conductor 490 has an outside diameter of 1.03 cm
- electrical insulator 500 has an outside diameter of 1.53 cm
- jacket 506 has an outside diameter of 1.79 cm.
- core 508 has a diameter of 0.66 cm
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 has an outside diameter of 0.91 cm
- inner conductor 490 has an outside diameter of 1.12 cm
- electrical insulator 500 has an outside diameter of 1.63 cm
- jacket 506 has an outs l : MhfdBr'' ⁇ f" ⁇ l! .'8B l! c ⁇ .
- I Sufih insulated conductors are typically smaller and cheaper to . insulated conductors that do not use the thin inner conductor to provide the majority of heat output below the Curie temperature.
- Electrical insulator 500 may be magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon dioxide, beryllium oxide, boron nitride, silicon nitride, or combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, electrical insulator 500 is a compacted powder of magnesium oxide. In some embodiments, electrical insulator 500 includes beads of silicon nitride. In certain embodiments, a small layer of material is placed between electrical insulator 500 and inner conductor 490 to inhibit copper from migrating into the electrical insulator at higher temperatures. For example, the small layer of nickel (for example, about 0.5 mm of nickel) may be placed between electrical insulator 500 and inner conductor 490.
- Jacket 506 is made of a corrosion resistant material such as, but not limited to, 347 stainless steel, 347H stainless steel, 446 stainless steel, or 825 stainless steel. In some embodiments, jacket 506 provides some mechanical strength for insulated conductor 558 at or above the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512. In certain embodiments, jacket 506 is not used to conduct electrical current. In certain embodiments of temperature limited heaters, three temperature limited heaters are coupled together in a three-phase wye configuration. Coupling three temperature limited heaters together in the three-phase wye configuration lowers the current in each of the individual temperature limited heaters because the current is split between the three individual heaters. Lowering the current in each individual temperature limited heater allows each heater to have a small diameter.
- individual temperature limited heaters may be coupled together by shorting the sheaths, jackets, or canisters of each of the individual temperature limited heaters to the electrically conductive sections (the conductors providing heat) at their terminating ends (for example, the ends of the heaters at the bottom of a heater wellbore).
- the sheaths, jackets, canisters, and/or electrically conductive sections are coupled to a support member that supports the temperature limited heaters in the wellbore.
- FIG. 52A depicts an embodiment for installing and coupling heaters in a wellbore.
- the embodiment in FIG. 52A depicts insulated conductor heaters being installed into the wellbore.
- Other types of heaters such as conductor-in-conduit heaters, may also be installed in the wellbore using the embodiment depicted.
- two insulated conductors 558 are shown while a third insulated conductor is not seen from the view depicted.
- three insulated conductors 558 would be coupled to support member 560, as shown in FIG. 52B.
- support member 560 is a thick walled 347H pipe.
- thermocouples or other temperature sensors are placed inside support member 560.
- the three insulated conductors may be coupled in a three-phase wye configuration.
- insulated conductors 558 are coiled on coiled tubing rigs 562. As insulated conductors 558 are uncoiled from rigs 562, the insulated conductors are coupled to support member 560. In certain embodiments, insulated conductors 558 are simultaneously uncoiled and/or simultaneously coupled to support member 560. Insulated conductors 558 may be coupled to support member 560 using metal (for example, 304 stainless steel or Inconel ® alloys) straps 564. In some embodiments, insulated conductors 558 are coupled to support member 560 using other types of fasteners such as buckles, wire holders, or snaps. Support member 560 along with insulated conductors 558 are installed into opening 522. In some embodiments, insulated conductors 558 are coupled together WM ⁇ tfHfe J USS Of Support-member. For example, one or more straps 564 may be used to c V » «» ⁇ «-- conductors 558 together.
- Insulated conductors 558 may be electrically coupled to each other at a lower end of the insulated conductors. In a three-phase wye configuration, insulated conductors 558 operate without a current return path. In certain embodiments, insulated conductors 558 are electrically coupled to each other in contactor section 566. In section 566, sheaths, jackets, canisters, and/or electrically conductive sections are electrically coupled to each other and/or to support member 560 so that insulated conductors 558 are electrically coupled in the section.
- the sheaths of insulated conductors 558 are shorted to the conductors of the insulated conductors.
- FIG. 52C depicts an embodiment of insulated conductor 558 with the sheath shorted to the conductors.
- Sheath 506 is electrically coupled to core 508, ferromagnetic conductor 512, and inner conductor 490 using termination 568.
- Termination 568 may be a metal strip or a metal plate at the lower end of insulated conductor 558.
- termination 568 may be a copper plate coupled to sheath 506, core 508, ferromagnetic conductor 512, and inner conductor 490 so that they are shorted together.
- termination 568 is welded or brazed to sheath 506, core 508, ferromagnetic conductor 512, and inner conductor 490.
- the sheaths of individual insulated conductors 558 may be shorted together to electrically couple the conductors of the insulated conductors, depicted in FIGS. 52A and 52B.
- the sheaths may be shorted together because the sheaths are in physical contact with each other.
- the sheaths may in physical contact if the sheaths are strapped together by straps 564.
- the lower ends of the sheaths are physically coupled (for example, welded) at the surface of opening 522 before insulated conductors 558 ⁇ ⁇ are installed into the opening.
- a long temperature limited heater (for example, a temperature limited heater in which the support member provides a majority of the heat output below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic conductor) is formed from several sections of heater.
- the sections of heater may be coupled using a welding process.
- FIG. 53 depicts an embodiment for coupling together sections of a long temperature limited heater. Ends of ferromagnetic conductors 512 and ends of electrical conductors 538 (support members 514) are beveled to facilitate coupling the sections of the heater.
- Core 508 has recesses to allow core coupling material 570 to be placed inside the abutted ends of the heater.
- Core coupling material 570 may be a pin or dowel that fits tightly in the recesses of cores 508.
- Core coupling material 570 may be made out of the same material as cores 508 or a material suitable for coupling the cores together. Core coupling material 570 allows the heaters to be coupled together without welding cores 508 together. Cores 508 are coupled together as a "pin” or “box” joint.
- Beveled ends of ferromagnetic conductors 512 and electrical conductors 538 may be coupled together with coupling material 572.
- ends of ferromagnetic conductors 512 and electrical conductors 538 are welded (for example, orbital welded) together.
- Coupling material 572 may be 625 stainless steel or any other suitable non-ferromagnetic material for welding together ferromagnetic conductors 512 and/or electrical conductors 538. Using beveled ends when coupling together sections of the heater may produce a reliable and durable coupling between the sections of the heater.
- core coupling material 570 may expand more radially than ferromagnetic conductors 512, electrical conductors 538, and/or coupling material 572. The greater expansion of core coupling material 570 maintains good electrical contact with the core coupling material.
- the junction may be enclosed in a shield during orbital welding to ensure reliability of the weld. If the junction is not enclosed, disturbance of the inert gas caused by wind, humidity or other conditions may cause oxidation and/or porosity of the weld. Without a shield, a first portion of the weld was formed and allowed to cool. A grinder would be used to remove the oxide layer. The process would be repeated until the weld was complete. Enclosing the junction in the shield with an inert gas allows the weld to be formed with no oxidation, thus allowing the weld to be formed in one pass with no need for grinding.
- Enclosing the junction increases the safety of forming the weld because the arc of the orbital welder is enclosed in the shield during welding. Enclosing the junction in the shield may reduce the time needed to form the weld. Without a shield, producing each weld may take 30 minutes or more. With the shield, each weld may take 10 minutes or less.
- FIG. 54 depicts an embodiment of a shield for orbital welding sections of a long temperature limited heater. Orbital welding may also be used to form canisters for freeze wells from sections of pipe.
- Shield 574 may include upper plate 576, lower plate 578, inserts 580, wall 582, hinged door 584, first clamp member 586, and second clamp member 588.
- Wall 582 may include one or more inert gas inlets.
- Wall 582, upper plate 576, and/or lower plate 578 may include one or more openings for monitoring equipment or gas purging.
- Shield 574 is configured to work with an orbital welder, such as AMI Power Supply (Model 227) and AMI Orbital Weld Head (Model 97-2375) available from Arc Machines, Inc.
- AMI Power Supply Model 227)
- AMI Orbital Weld Head Model 97-2375
- Inserts 580 may be withdrawn from upper plate 576 and lower plate 578.
- the orbital weld head may be positioned in shield 574.
- Shield 574 may be placed around a lower conductor of the conductors that are to be welded together. When shield is positioned so that the end of the lower conductor is at a desired position in the middle of the shield, first clamp member may be fastened to second clamp member to secure shield 574 to the lower conductor.
- the upper conductor may be positioned in shield 574.
- Inserts 580 may be placed in upper plate 576 and lower plate 578.
- Hinged door 584 may be closed.
- the orbital welder may be used to weld the lower conductor to the upper conductor. Progress of the welding operation may be monitored through viewing windows 590.
- shield 574 may be supported and first clamp member 586 may be unfastened from second clamp member 588.
- One or both inserts 580 may be removed or partially removed from lower plate 578 and upper plate 576 to facilitate lowering of the conductor.
- the conductor may be lowered in the wellbore until the end of the conductor is located at a desired position in shield 574.
- Shield 574 may be secured to the conductor with first clamp member 586 and second clamp member 588.
- Another conductor may be positioned in the shield.
- Inserts 580 may be positioned in upper and lower plates 576, 578; hinged door is closed 584; and the orbital welder is used to weld the conductors together. The process may be repeated until a desired length of conductor is formed.
- the shield may be used to weld joints of pipe over an opening in the hydrocarbon containing formation. Hydrocarbon vapors from the formation may create an explosive atmosphere in the shield even though the inert gas supplied to the shield inhibits the formation of dangerous concentrations of hydrocarbons in the shield.
- a control circuit may be coupled to a power supply for the orbital welder to stop power to the orbital welder to shut off the arc forming the weld if the hydrocarbon level in the shield rises above a selected concentration.
- FIG. 55 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a shut off circuit for orbital welding machine 600.
- An inert gas such as argon, may enter shield 574 through inlet 602. Gas may exit shield 574 through purge 604.
- Power supply 606 supplies electricity to orbital welding machine 600 through lines 608, 610.
- Switch 612 may be located in line 608 to orbital welding machine 600.
- Switch 612 may be electrically coupled to hydrocarbon monitor 614.
- Hydrocarbon monitor 614 may detect the hydrocarbon concentration in shield 574. If the hydrocarbon concentration in shield , unn open switch 612. When switch 612 is open, power to orbital welder 600 is interrupted and the arc formed by the orbital welder ends.
- the temperature limited heater is used to achieve lower temperature heating (for example, for heating fluids in a production well, heating a surface pipeline, or reducing the viscosity of fluids in a wellbore or near wellbore region). Varying the ferromagnetic materials of the temperature limited heater allows for lower temperature heating.
- the ferromagnetic conductor is made of material with a lower Curie temperature than that of 446 stainless steel.
- the ferromagnetic conductor may be an alloy of iron and nickel. The alloy may have between 30% by weight and 42% by weight nickel with the rest being iron.
- the alloy is Invar 36. Invar 36 is 36% by weight nickel in iron and has a Curie temperature of 277 0 C.
- an alloy is a three component alloy with, for example, chromium, nickel, and iron.
- an alloy may have 6% by weight chromium, 42% by weight nickel, and 52% by weight iron.
- a 2.5 cm diameter rod of Invar 36 has a turndown ratio of approximately 2 to 1 at the Curie temperature. Placing the Invar 36 alloy over a copper core may allow for a smaller rod diameter. A copper core may result in a high turndown ratio.
- the insulator in lower temperature heater embodiments may be made of a high performance polymer insulator (such as PFA or PEEKTM) when used with alloys with a Curie temperature that is below the melting point or softening point of the polymer insulator.
- a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater is used in lower temperature applications by using lower Curie temperature ferromagnetic materials.
- a lower Curie temperature ferromagnetic material may be used for heating inside sucker pump rods. Heating sucker pump rods may be useful to lower the viscosity of fluids in the sucker pump or rod and/or to maintain a lower viscosity of fluids in the sucker pump rod. Lowering the viscosity of the oil may inhibit sticking of a pump used to pump the fluids. Fluids in the sucker pump rod may be heated up to temperatures less than about 250 0 C or less than about 300 0 C. Temperatures need to be maintained below these values to inhibit coking of hydrocarbon fluids in the sucker pump system.
- FIG. 56 depicts an embodiment of a temperature limited heater with a low temperature ferromagnetic outer conductor.
- Outer conductor 502 is glass sealing Alloy 42-6. Alloy 42-6 may be obtained from Carpenter Metals (Reading, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.) or Anomet Products, Inc. In some embodiments, outer conductor 502 includes other compositions and/or materials to get various Curie temperatures (for example, Carpenter Temperature Compensator "32" (Curie temperature of 199 0 C; available from Carpenter Metals) or Invar 36).
- conductive layer 510 is coupled (for example, clad, welded, or brazed) to outer conductor 502. Conductive layer 510 is a copper layer.
- Conductive layer 510 improves a turndown ratio of outer conductor 502.
- Jacket 506 is a ferromagnetic metal such as carbon steel. Jacket 506 protects outer conductor 502 from a corrosive environment.
- Inner conductor 490 may have electrical insulator 500. Electrical insulator 500 may be a mica tape winding with overlaid fiberglass braid.
- inner conductor 490 and electrical insulator 500 are a 4/0 MGT- 1000 furnace cable or 3/0 MGT-1000 furnace cable. 4/0 MGT-1000 furnace cable or 3/0 MGT-1000 furnace cable is available from Allied Wire and Cable (Phoenixville, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.).
- a protective braid such as a stainless steel braid may be placed over electrical insulator 500.
- Conductive section 504 electrically couples inner conductor 490 to outer conductor 502 and/or jacket 506.
- jacket 506 touches or electrically contacts conductive layer 510 (for example, if the heater is placed in a horizontal configuration). If jacket 506 is a ferromagnetic metal such as carbon steel (with a Curie temperature above the Curie temperature of outer conductor 502), current will propagate only on the inside of the jacket. Thus, the outside of the jacket remains electrically uncharged during operation.
- n between the jacket and the conductive layer. The heater may be spooled as coiled tubing for insertion into a wellbore.
- FIG. 57 depicts an embodiment of a temperature limited conductor-in-conduit heater.
- Conduit 518 is a hollow sucker rod made of a ferromagnetic metal such as Alloy 42-6, Alloy 32, Alloy 52, Invar 36, iron-nickel- chromium alloys, iron-nickel alloys, nickel alloys, or nickel-chromium alloys.
- Inner conductor 490 has electrical insulator 500.
- Electrical insulator 500 is a mica tape winding with overlaid fiberglass braid.
- inner conductor 490 and electrical insulator 500 are a 4/0 MGT- 1000 furnace cable or 3/0 MGT- 1000 furnace cable.
- polymer insulations are used for lower temperature Curie heaters.
- a protective braid is placed over electrical insulator 500.
- Conduit 518 has a wall thickness that is greater than the skin depth at the Curie temperature (for example, 2 to 3 times the skin depth at the Curie temperature).
- a more conductive conductor is coupled to conduit 518 to increase the turndown ratio of the heater.
- FIG. 58 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater.
- Conductor 516 is coupled (for example, clad, coextruded, press fit, drawn inside) to ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- a metallurgical bond between conductor 516 and ferromagnetic conductor 512 is favorable.
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is coupled to the outside of conductor 516 so that current propagates through the skin depth of the ferromagnetic conductor at room temperature.
- Conductor 516 provides mechanical support for ferromagnetic conductor 512 at elevated temperatures.
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is iron, an iron alloy (for example, iron with 10% to 27% by weight chromium for corrosion resistance), or any other ferromagnetic material.
- conductor 516 is 304 stainless steel and ferromagnetic conductor 512 is 446 stainless steel. Conductor 516 and ferromagnetic conductor 512 are electrically coupled to conduit 518 with sliding connector 528. Conduit 518 may be a non-ferromagnetic material such as austenitic stainless steel.
- FIG. 59 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater.
- Conduit 518 is coupled to ferromagnetic conductor 512 (for example, clad, press fit, or drawn inside of the ferromagnetic conductor).
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is coupled to the inside of conduit 518 to allow current to propagate through the skin depth of the ferromagnetic conductor at room temperature.
- Conduit 518 provides mechanical support for ferromagnetic conductor 512 at elevated temperatures.
- Conduit 518 and ferromagnetic conductor 512 are electrically coupled to conductor 516 with sliding connector 528.
- FIG. ferromagnetic conductor 512 for example, clad, press fit, or drawn inside of the ferromagnetic conductor.
- Ferromagnetic conductor 512 is coupled to the inside of conduit 518 to allow current to propagate through the skin depth of the ferromagnetic conductor at room temperature.
- Conductor 60 depicts a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater.
- Conductor 516 may surround core 508.
- conductor 516 is 347H stainless steel and core 508 is copper.
- Conductor 516 and core 508 may be formed together as a composite conductor.
- Conduit 518 may include ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- ferromagnetic conductor 512 is Sumitomo HCM12A or 446 stainless steel. Ferromagnetic conductor 512 may have a Schedule XXH thickness so that the conductor is inhibited from deforming.
- conduit 518 also includes jacket 506.
- Jacket 506 may include corrosion resistant material that inhibits electrons from flowing away from the heater and into a subsurface formation at higher temperatures (for example, temperatures near the Curie temperature of ferromagnetic conductor 512).
- jacket 506 may be about a 0.4 cm thick sheath of 410 stainless steel. Inhibiting electrons from flowing to the formation may increase the safety of using the heater in the subsurface formation.
- FIG. 61 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater with an insulated conductor.
- Insulated conductor 558 may include core 508, electrical insulator 500, and jacket 506.
- Jacket 506 may be made of a corrosion resistant material (for example, stainless steel).
- Endcap 616 it ay' ⁇ dpiaiC'ea'at an 'eitd'or i su te con uctor 558 to couple core 508 to sliding connector 528.
- Endcap 616 may e made of non-corrosive, electrically conducting materials such as nickel or stainless steel. Endcap 616 may be coupled to the end of insulated conductor 558 by any suitable method (for example, welding, soldering, braising).
- Sliding connector 528 may electrically couple core 508 and endcap 616 to ferromagnetic conductor 512.
- Conduit 518 may provide support for ferromagnetic conductor 512 at elevated temperatures.
- FIG. 62 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit temperature limited heater with an insulated conductor.
- Insulated conductor 558 includes core 508, electrical insulator 500, and jacket 506.
- Jacket 506 is made of a highly electrically conductive material such as copper.
- Core 508 is made of a lower temperature ferromagnetic material such as such as Alloy 42-6, Alloy 32, Invar 36, iron-nickel-chromium alloys, iron-nickel alloys, nickel alloys, or nickel-chromium alloys.
- the materials of jacket 506 and core 508 are reversed so that the jacket is the ferromagnetic conductor and the core is the highly conductive portion of the heater, Ferromagnetic material used in jacket 506 or core 508 may have a thickness greater than the skin depth at the Curie temperature (for example, 2 to 3 times the skin depth at the Curie temperature).
- Endcap 616 is placed at an end of insulated conductor 558 to couple core 508 to sliding connector 528.
- Endcap 616 is made of corrosion resistant, electrically conducting materials such as nickel or stainless steel.
- conduit 518 is a hollow sucker rod made from, for example, carbon steel.
- a temperature limited heater includes a flexible cable (for example, a furnace cable) as the inner conductor.
- the inner conductor may be a 27% nickel-clad or stainless steel-clad stranded copper wire with four layers of mica tape surrounded by a layer of ceramic and/or mineral fiber (for example, alumina fiber, aluminosilicate fiber, borosilicate fiber, or aluminoborosilicate fiber).
- a stainless steel-clad stranded copper wire furnace cable may be available from Anomet Products, Inc.
- the inner conductor may be rated for applications at temperatures of 1000 °C or higher.
- the inner conductor may be pulled inside a conduit.
- the conduit may be a ferromagnetic conduit (for example, a 3 A" Schedule 80 446 stainless steel pipe).
- the conduit may be covered with a layer of copper, or other electrical conductor, with a thickness of about 0.3 cm or any other suitable thickness.
- the assembly may be placed inside a support conduit (for example, a 1-14" Schedule 80 347H or 347HH stainless steel tubular).
- the support conduit may provide additional creep-rupture strength and protection for the copper and the inner conductor.
- the inner copper conductor may be plated with a more corrosion resistant alloy (for example, Incoloy ® 825) to inhibit oxidation.
- the top of the temperature limited heater is sealed to inhibit air from contacting the inner conductor.
- the temperature limited heater may be a single-phase heater or a three-phase heater.
- the temperature limited heater has a delta or a wye configuration.
- Each of the three ferromagnetic conductors in the three-phase heater may be inside a separate sheath.
- a connection between conductors may be made at the bottom of the heater inside a splice section.
- the three conductors may remain insulated from the sheath inside the splice section.
- FIG. 63 depicts an embodiment of a three-phase temperature limited heater with ferromagnetic inner conductors.
- Each leg 618 has inner conductor 490, core 508, and jacket 506.
- Inner conductors 490 are ferritic stainless steel or 1% carbon steel.
- Inner conductors 490 have core 508. Core 508 may be copper. Each inner conductor 490 is coupled to its own jacket 506. Jacket 506 is a sheath made of a corrosion resistant material (such as 304H stainless steel). Electrical insulator 500 is placed between inner conductor 490 and jacket 506. Inner conductor 490 is ferritic stainless steel or carbon steel with an outside diameter of 1.14 cm and a thickness of 0,445 cm, Core 508 is a copper core with a 0,25 cm diameter. Each leg 618 of the heater is coupled to terminal block 620. Terminal block 620 is filled with insulation material 622 and has an outer surface of stainless steel.
- Inner conductors 490 of legs 618 are coupled (welded) in terminal block 620.
- Jackets 506 of legs 618 are coupled (welded) to an outer surface of terminal block 620.
- Terminal block 620 may include two halves coupled around the coupled portions of legs 618.
- the three-phase heater includes three legs that are located in separate wellbores. The legs may be coupled in a common contacting section (for example, a central wellbore, a connecting wellbore, or a solution filled contacting section).
- Each leg 624, 626, 628 may be located in separate openings 522 in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- Each leg 624, 626, 628 may include heating element 630.
- Each leg 624, 626, 628 may be coupled to single contacting element 632 in one opening 522.
- Contacting element 632 may electrically couple legs 624, 626, 628 together in a three-phase configuration.
- Contacting element 632 may be located in, for example, a central opening in the formation.
- Contacting element 632 may be located in a portion of opening 522 below hydrocarbon layer 460 (for example, in the underburden).
- magnetic tracking of a magnetic element located in a central opening is used to guide the formation of the outer openings (for example, openings 522 of legs 624 and 628) so that the outer openings intersect the central opening.
- the central opening may be formed first using standard wellbore drilling methods.
- Contacting element 632 may include funnels, guides, or catchers for allowing each leg to be inserted into the contacting element.
- FIG. 65 depicts an embodiment of three heaters coupled in a three-phase configuration.
- Conductor "legs" 624, 626, 628 are coupled to three-phase transformer 634.
- Transformer 634 may be an isolated three-phase transformer. In certain embodiments, transformer 634 provides three-phase output in a wye configuration, as shown in FIG. 65. Input to transformer 634 may be made in any input configuration (such as the delta configuration shown in FIG. 65).
- Legs 624, 626, 628 each include lead-in conductors 636 in the overburden of the formation coupled to heating elements 630 in hydrocarbon layer 460. Lead-in conductors 636 include copper with an insulation layer.
- lead-in conductors 636 may be a 4-0 copper cables with TEFLON ® insulation, a copper rod with polyurethane insulation, or other metal conductors such as bare copper or aluminum.
- lead- in conductors 636 are located in an overburden portion of the formation.
- the overburden portion may include overburden casings 530.
- Heating elements 630 may be temperature limited heater heating elements.
- heating elements 630 are 410 stainless steel rods (for example, 3.1 cm diameter 410 stainless steel rods).
- heating elements 630 are composite temperature limited heater heating elements (for example, 347 stainless steel, 410 stainless steel, copper composite heating elements; 347 stainless steel, iron, copper composite heating elements; or 410 stainless steel and copper composite heating elements), In certain embodiments, heating elements 630 have a length of at least about 10 m to about 2000 m, about 20 m to about 400 m, or about 30 m to about 300 m,
- heating elements 630 are exposed to hydrocarbon layer 460 and fluids from the hydrocarbon layer.
- heating elements 630 are "bare metal” or “exposed metal” heating elements.
- Heating elements 630 may be made from a material that has an acceptable sulfidation rate at high temperatures used for pyrolyzing hydrocarbons.
- heating elements 630 are made from material that has a sulfidation rate that decreases with increasing temperature over at least a certain temperature range (for example, 500 0 C to 650 0 C, 530 0 C to 650 0 C, or 550 0 C to 650 0 C ).
- heating elements 630 are made from material that has a sulfidation rate below a selected value in a temperature range. In s ⁇ Jirib- Ri!tibfil ⁇ i ⁇ e ⁇ «rih ⁇ a!tif ⁇ fe €l ⁇ ents 630 are made from material that has a sulfidation rate di m ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ u ⁇ ui j imia per year at a temperature between about 800 0 C and about 880 °C.
- the sulfidation rate is at most about 35 mils per year at a temperature between about 800 °C and about 880 0 C, at most about 45 mils per year at a temperature between about 800 0 C and about 880 °C, or at most about 55 mils per year at a temperature between about 800 0 C and about 880 0 C.
- Heating elements 630 may also be substantially inert to galvanic corrosion.
- heating elements 630 have a thin electrically insulating layer such as aluminum oxide or thermal spray coated aluminum oxide.
- the thin electrically insulating layer is a ceramic composition such as an enamel coating.
- Enamel coatings include, but are not limited to, high temperature porcelain enamels.
- High temperature porcelain enamels may include silicon dioxide, boron oxide, alumina, and alkaline earth oxides (CaO or MgO), and minor amounts of alkali oxides (Na 2 O, K 2 O, LiO).
- the enamel coating may be applied as a finely ground slurry by dipping the heating element into the slurry or spray coating the heating element with the slurry.
- the coated heating element is then heated in a furnace until the glass transition temperature is reached so that the slurry spreads over the surface of the heating element and makes the porcelain enamel coating.
- the porcelain enamel coating contracts when cooled below the glass transition temperature so that the coating is in compression.
- the thin electrically insulating layer has low thermal impedance allowing heat transfer from the heating element to the formation while inhibiting current leakage between heating elements in adjacent openings and/or current leakage into the formation.
- the thin electrically insulating layer is stable at temperatures above at least 350 0 C, above 500 0 C, or above 800 0 C.
- the thin electrically insulating layer has an emissivity of at least 0.7, at least 0.8, or at least 0.9. Using the thin electrically insulating layer may allow for long heater lengths in the formation with low current leakage.
- Heating elements 630 may be coupled to contacting elements 632 at or near the underburden of the formation.
- Contacting elements 632 are copper or aluminum rods or other highly conductive materials.
- transition sections 638 are located between lead-in conductors 636 and heating elements 630, and/or between heating elements 630 and contacting elements 632.
- Transition sections 638 may be made of a conductive material that is corrosion resistant such as 347 stainless steel over a copper core.
- transition sections 638 are made of materials that electrically couple lead-in conductors 636 and heating elements 630 while providing little or no heat output.
- transition sections 638 help to inhibit overheating of conductors and insulation used in lead-in conductors 636 by spacing the lead-in conductors from heating elements 630.
- Transition section 638 may have a length of between about 3 m and about 9 m (for example, about 6 m).
- Contacting elements 632 are coupled to contactor 640 in contacting section 642 to electrically couple legs 624, 626, 628 to each other.
- contact solution 644 for example, conductive cement
- legs 624, 626, 628 are substantially parallel in hydrocarbon layer 460 and leg 624 continues substantially vertically into contacting section 642. The other two legs 626, 628 are directed (for example, by directionally drilling the wellbores for the legs) to intercept leg 624 in contacting section 642.
- Each leg 624, 626, 628 may be one leg of a three-phase heater embodiment so that the legs are substantially electrically isolated from other heaters in the formation and are substantially electrically isolated from the formation.
- Legs 624, 626, 628 may be arranged in a triangular pattern so that the three legs form a triangular shaped three-phase heater.
- legs 624, 626, 628 are arranged in a triangular pattern with 12 m spacing between the legs (each side of the triangle has a length of 12 m).
- FIG. 66 depicts a side- view representation of an embodiment of a substantially u-shaped three-phase heater.
- First ends of legs 624, 626, 628 are coupled to transformer 634 at first location 646.
- transformer 634 is a three-phase AC transformer.
- Ends of legs 624, 626, 628 are electrically coupled together with connector 648 at second location 650.
- Connector 648 electrically couples the ends of legs 624, 626, 628 so that the legs can be operated in a three-phase configuration.
- legs 624, 626, 628 are coupled to operate in a three-phase wye configuration. In certain embodiments, legs 624, 626, 628 are substantially parallel in hydrocarbon layer 460. In certain embodiments, legs 624, 626, 628 are arranged in a triangular pattern in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- heating elements 630 include a thin electrically insulating material (such as a porcelain enamel coating) to inhibit current leakage from the heating elements. In certain embodiments, legs 624, 626, 628 are electrically coupled so that the legs are substantially electrically isolated from other heaters in the formation and are substantially electrically isolated from the formation.
- overburden casings in overburden 458 include materials that inhibit ferromagnetic effects in the casings. Inhibiting ferromagnetic effects in casings 530 reduces heat losses to the overburden.
- casings 530 may include non-metallic materials such as fiberglass, polyvinylchloride (PVC), chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC), or high-density polyethylene (HDPE). HDPEs with working temperatures in a range for use in overburden 458 include HDPEs available from Dow Chemical Co., Inc. (Midland, Michigan, U.S.A.).
- casings 530 include carbon steel coupled on the inside diameter of a non-ferromagnetic metal (for example, carbon steel clad with copper or aluminum) to inhibit ferromagnetic effects or inductive effects in the carbon steel.
- a non-ferromagnetic metal for example, carbon steel clad with copper or aluminum
- Other non-ferromagnetic metals include, but are not limited to, manganese steels with at least 10% by weight manganese, iron aluminum alloys with at least 18% by weight aluminum, and austentitic stainless steels such as 304 stainless steel or 316 stainless steel.
- one or more non-ferromagnetic materials used in casings 530 are used in a wellhead coupled to the casings and legs 624, 626, 628.
- a purge gas for example, carbon dioxide, nitrogen or argon
- a purge gas for example, carbon dioxide, nitrogen or argon
- one or more of legs 624, 626, 628 are installed in the formation using coiled tubing.
- coiled tubing is installed in the formation, the leg is installed inside the coiled tubing, and the coiled tubing is pulled out of the formation to leave the leg installed in the fo ⁇ nation. The leg may be placed concentrically inside the coiled tubing.
- coiled tubing with the leg inside the coiled tubing is installed in the formation and the coiled tubing is removed from the formation to leave the leg installed in the formation.
- the coiled tubing may extend only to a junction of hydrocarbon layer 460 and contacting section 642 or to a point at which the leg begins to bend in the contacting section.
- FIG. 67 depicts a top view representation of an embodiment of a plurality of triads of three-phase heaters in the formation.
- Each triad 652 includes legs A, B, C (which may correspond to legs 624, 626, 628 depicted in FIGS. 65 and 66) that are electrically coupled by linkage 654.
- Each triad 652 is coupled to its own electrically isolated three-phase transformer so that the triads are substantially electrically isolated from each other. Electrically isolating the triads inhibits net current flow between triads, TM p ⁇ ase ⁇ fof e'acn triad-652 may be arranged so that legs A, B, C correspond betwe FIG. 67.
- FIG. TM p ⁇ ase ⁇ fof e'acn triad-652 may be arranged so that legs A, B, C correspond betwe FIG. 67.
- legs A, B, C are arranged such that a phase leg (for example, leg A) in a given triad is about two triad heights from a same phase leg (leg A) in an adjacent triad.
- the triad height is the distance from a vertex of the triad to a midpoint of the line intersecting the other two vertices of the triad.
- the phases of triads 652 are arranged to inhibit net current flow between individual triads. There may be some leakage of current within an individual triad but little net current flows between two triads due to the substantial electrical isolation of the triads and, in certain embodiments, the arrangement of the triad phases.
- an exposed heating element may leak some current to water or other fluids that are electrically conductive in the formation so that the formation itself is heated.
- the heating elements After water or other electrically conductive fluids are removed from the wellbore (for example, vaporized or produced), the heating elements become electrically isolated from the formation. Later, when water is removed from the formation, the formation becomes even more electrically resistant and heating of the formation occurs even more predominantly via thermally conductive and/or radiative heating.
- the formation (the hydrocarbon layer) has an initial electrical resistance that averages at least 10 ohnvm. In some embodiments, the formation has an initial electrical resistance of at least 100 ohnrm or of at least 300 ohm-m.
- temperature limited heaters limits the effect of water saturation on heater efficiency. With water in the formation and in heater wellbores, there is a tendency for electrical current to flow between heater elements at the top of the hydrocarbon layer where the voltage is highest and cause uneven heating in the hydrocarbon layer. This effect is inhibited with temperature limited heaters because the temperature limited heaters reduce localized overheating in the heating elements and in the hydrocarbon layer.
- production wells are placed at a location at which there is relatively little or zero voltage potential. This location minimizes stray potentials at the production well. Placing production wells at such locations improves the safety of the system and reduces or inhibits undesired heating of the production wells caused by electrical current flow in the production wells.
- FIG. 68 depicts a top view representation of the embodiment depicted in FIG. 67 with production wells 206. In certain embodiments, production wells 206 are located at or near center of triad 652.
- production wells 206 are placed at a location between triads at which there is relatively little or zero voltage potential (at a location at which voltage potentials from vertices of three triads average out to relatively little or zero voltage potential).
- production well 206 may be at a location equidistant from legs A of one triad, leg B of a second triad, and leg C of a third triad, as shown in FIG. 68.
- FIG. 69 depicts a top view representation of an embodiment of a plurality of triads of three-phase heaters in a hexagonal pattern in the formation.
- FIG. 70 depicts a top view representation of an embodiment of a hexagon from FIG. 69.
- Hexagon 656 includes two triads of heaters.
- the first triad includes legs Al, Bl, Cl electrically coupled together by linkages 654 in a three-phase configuration.
- the second triad includes legs A2, B2, C2 electrically coupled together by linkages 654 in a three-phase configuration.
- the triads are arranged so that corresponding legs of the triads (for example, Al and A2, Bl and B2, Cl and C2) are at opposite vertices of hexagon 656.
- the triads are electrically coupled and arranged so that there is relatively little or zero voltage potential at or near the center of hexagon 656.
- Production well 206 may be placed at or near the center of hexagon 656. Placing production well 206 at or near the center of hexagon 656 places the production well at a location that reduces or inhibits undesired heating due to electromagnetic effects caused by electrical current flow in the legs of the triads and increases the safety of the system. Having two triads in hexagon 656 provides for redundant heating around production well 206. Thus, if one triad fails or has to be turned off, production well 206 still remains at a center of one triad.
- hexagons 656 may be arranged in a pattern in the formation su ⁇ PCT/US2006/040971 hexagons are offset. Using electrically isolated transformers on adjacent hexagons may inhibit electrical potentials in the formation so that little or no net current leaks between hexagons.
- Triads of heaters and/or heater legs may be arranged in any shape or desired pattern.
- triads may include three heaters and/or heater legs arranged in an equilateral triangular pattern.
- triads include three heaters and/or heater legs arranged in other triangular shapes (for example, an isosceles triangle or a right angle triangle).
- heater legs in the triad cross each other (for example, criss-cross) in the formation.
- triads includes three heaters and/or heater legs arranged sequentially along a straight line.
- FIG. 71 depicts an embodiment with triads coupled to a horizontal connector well.
- Triad 652A includes legs 624A, 626A, 628A.
- Triad 652B includes legs 624B, 626B, 628B.
- Legs 624A, 626A, 628A and legs 624B, 626B, 628B may be arranged along a straight line on the surface of the formation.
- legs 624A, 626A, 628A are arranged along a straight line and offset from legs 624B, 626B, 628B, which may be arranged along a straight line.
- Legs 624A, 626A, 628A and legs 624B, 626B, 628B include heating elements 630 located in hydrocarbon layer 460. Lead-in conductors 636 couple heating elements 630 to the surface of the formation.
- Heating elements 630 are coupled to contacting elements 632 at or near the underburden of the formation.
- transition sections (for example, transition sections 638 depicted in FIG. 65) are located between lead- in conductors 636 and heating elements 630, and/or between heating elements 630 and contacting elements 632.
- Contacting elements 632 are coupled to contactor 640 in contacting section 642 to electrically couple legs 624A, 626A, 628A to each other to form triad 652A and electrically couple legs 624B, 626B, 628B to each other to form triad 652B.
- contactor 640 is a ground conductor so that triad 652A and/or triad 652B may be coupled in three-phase wye configurations.
- triad 652A and triad 652B are electrically isolated from each other.
- triad 652A and triad 652B are electrically coupled to each other (for example, electrically coupled in series or parallel).
- contactor 640 is a substantially horizontal contactor located in contacting section
- Contactor 640 may be a casing or a solid rod placed in a wellbore drilled substantially horizontally in contacting section 642.
- Legs 624A, 626A, 628A and legs 624B, 626B, 628B may be electrically coupled to contactor 640 by any method described herein or any method known in the art.
- containers with thermite powder are coupled to contactor 640 (for example, by welding or brazing the containers to the contactor); legs 624A, 626A, 628A and legs 624B, 626B, 628B are placed inside the containers; and the thermite powder is activated to electrically couple the legs to the contactor.
- the containers may be coupled to contactor 640 by, for example, placing the containers in holes or recesses in contactor 640 or coupled to the outside of the contactor and then brazing or welding the containers to the contactor.
- contacting elements 632 of legs 624, 626, 628 may be coupled using contactor 640 and/or contact solution 644. In certain embodiments, contacting elements 632 of legs 624, 626, 628 are physically coupled, for example, through soldering, welding, or other techniques.
- Legs 626, 628 may enter the wellbore of leg 624 from any direction desired. In one embodiment, legs 626, 628 enter the wellbore of leg 624 from approximately the same side of the wellbore, as shown in FIG. 72. In an alternative embodiment, legs 626, 628 enter the wellbore of leg 624 from approximately opposite sides of the wellbore, as shown in FIG. 73.
- Container 658 is coupled to contacting element 632 of leg 624.
- Container 658 may be soldered, welded, or otherwise electrically coupled to contacting element 632.
- Container 658 is a metal can or other container with at coinmn ⁇ r ⁇ fa " ⁇ a ⁇ Jau ULt has an opening for receiving contacting elements 632 from legs 626, 628, as shown in FIG. 72.
- wellbores for legs 626, 628 are drilled parallel to the wellbore for leg 624 through the hydrocarbon layer that is to be heated and directionally drilled below the hydrocarbon layer to intercept wellbore for leg 624 at an angle between about 10° and about 20° from vertical.
- Wellbores may be directionally drilled using known techniques such as techniques used by Vector Magnetics, Inc.
- contacting elements 632 contact the bottom of container 658. Contacting elements 632 may contact the bottom of container 658 and/or each other to promote electrical connection between the contacting elements and/or the container. In certain embodiments, end portions of contacting elements 632 are annealed to a "dead soft" condition to facilitate entry into container 658. In some embodiments, rubber or other softening material is attached to end portions of contacting elements 632 to facilitate entry into container 658. In some embodiments, contacting elements 632 include reticulated sections, such as knuckle-joints or limited rotation knuckle-joints, to facilitate entry into container 658.
- an electrical coupling material is placed in container 658.
- the electrical coupling material may line the walls of container 658 or fill up a portion of the container. In certain embodiments, the electrical coupling material lines an upper portion, such as the funnel-shaped portion shown in FIG. 74, of container 658.
- the electrical coupling material includes one or more materials that when activated (for example, heated, ignited, exploded, combined, mixed, and/or reacted) form a material that electrically couples one or more elements to each other.
- the coupling material electrically couples contacting elements 632 in container 658.
- the coupling material metallically bonds to contacting elements 632 so that the contacting elements are metallically bonded to each other.
- container 658 is initially filled with a high viscosity water-based polymer fluid to inhibit drill cuttings or other materials from entering the container prior to using the coupling material to couple the contacting elements.
- the polymer fluid may be, but is not limited to, a cross-linked XC polymer (available from Baroid Industrial Drilling Products (Houston, Texas, U.S.A.), a frac gel, or a cross-linked polyacrylamide gel.
- the electrical coupling material is a low-temperature solder that melts at relatively low temperature and when cooled forms an electrical connection to exposed metal surfaces.
- the electrical coupling material is a solder that melts at a temperature below the boiling point of water at the depth of container 658.
- the electrical coupling material is a 58% by weight bismuth and 42% by weight tin eutectic alloy.
- Other examples of such solders include, but are not limited to, a 54% by weight bismuth, 16% by weight tin, 30% by weight indium alloy, and a 48% by weight tin, 52% by weight indium alloy.
- Such low- temperature solders will displace water upon melting so that the water moves to the top of container 658. Water at the top of container 658 may inhibit heat transfer into the container and thermally insulate the low-temperature solder so that the solder remains at cooler temperatures and does not melt during heating of the formation using the heating elements.
- Container 658 may be heated to activate the electrical coupling material to facilitate the connection of contacting elements 632.
- container 658 is heated to melt the electrical coupling material in the container.
- the electrical coupling material flows when melted and surrounds contacting elements 632 in container 658. Any water within container 658 will float to the surface of the metal when the metal is melted.
- the electrical coupling material is allowed to cool and electrically connects contacting elements 632 to each other.
- contacting elements 632 of legs 626, 628, the inside walls of container 658, and/or the bottom of the container are initially pre-tinned with electrical coupling material.
- n port ons o con ac ing e emen s o egs , may ave s apes an or eatures t at enhance the electrical connection between the contacting elements and the coupling material.
- the shapes and/or features of contacting elements 632 may also enhance the physical strength of the connection between the contacting elements and the coupling material (for example, the shape and/or features of the contacting element may anchor the contacting element in the coupling material).
- Shapes and/or features for end portions of contacting elements 632 include, but are not limited to, grooves, notches, holes, threads, serrated edges, openings, and hollow end portions. In certain embodiments, the shapes and/or features of the end portions of contacting elements 632 are initially pre- tinned with electrical coupling material.
- FIG. 74 depicts an embodiment of container 658 with an initiator for melting the coupling material.
- the initiator is an electrical resistance heating element or any other element for providing heat that activates or melts the coupling material in container 658.
- heating element 660 is a heating element located in the walls of container 658. In some embodiments, heating element 660 is located on the outside of container 658. Heating element 660 may be, for example, a nichrome wire, a mineral-insulated conductor, a polymer-insulated conductor, a cable, or a tape that is inside the walls of container 658 or on the outside of the container. In some embodiments, heating element 660 wraps around the inside walls of the container or around the outside of the container.
- Lead-in wire 662 may be coupled to a power source at the surface of the formation.
- Lead-out wire 664 may be coupled to the power source at the surface of the formation.
- Lead-in wire 662 and/or lead-out wire 664 may be coupled along the length of leg 624 for mechanical support.
- Lead-in wire 662 and/or lead-out wire 664 may be removed from the wellbore after melting the coupling material. Lead-in wire 662 and/or lead-out wire 664 may be reused in other wellbores.
- container 658 has a funnel-shape, as shown in FIG. 74, that facilitates the entry of contacting elements 632 into the container.
- container 658 is made of or includes copper for good electrical and thermal conductivity.
- a copper container 658 makes good electrical contact with contacting elements (such as contacting elements 632 shown in FIGS. 72 and 73) if the contacting elements touch the walls and/or bottom of the container.
- FIG. 75 depicts an embodiment of container 658 with bulbs on contacting elements 632.
- Protrusions 666 may be coupled to a lower portion of contacting elements 632.
- Protrusions 668 may be coupled to the inner wall of container 658.
- Protrusions 666, 668 may be made of copper or another suitable electrically conductive material.
- Lower portion of contacting element 632 of leg 628 may have a bulbous shape, as shown in FIG. 75.
- contacting element 632 of leg 628 is inserted into container 658.
- Contacting element 632 of leg 626 is inserted after insertion of contacting element 632 of leg 628. Both legs may then be pulled upwards simultaneously.
- Protrusions 666 may lock contacting elements 632 into place against protrusions 668 in container 658. A friction fit is created between contacting elements 632 and protrusions 666, 668.
- Lower portions of contacting elements 632 inside container 658 may include 410 stainless steel or any other heat generating electrical conductor. Portions of contacting elements 632 above the heat generating portions of the contacting elements include copper or another highly electrically conductive material. Centralizers 524 may be located on the portions of contacting elements 632 above the heat generating portions of the contacting elements. Centralizers 524 inhibit physical and electrical contact of portions of contacting elements 632 above the heat generating portions of the contacting elements against walls of container 658. When contacting elements 632 are locked into place inside container 658 by protrusions 666, 668, at least some electrical current may be pass between the contacting elements through the protrusions.
- Coupling material 670 then electrically couples the portions of contacting elements 632 above the heat generating portions of the contacting elements.
- the resistance of contacting elements 632 decreases at this point and heat is no longer generated in the contacting elements and the coupling materials is allowed to cool.
- container 658 includes insulation layer 672 inside the housing of the container.
- Insulation layer 672 may include thermally insulating materials to inhibit heat losses from the canister.
- insulation layer 672 may include magnesium oxide, silicon nitride, or other thermally insulating materials that withstand operating temperatures in container 658.
- container 658 includes liner 674 on an inside surface of the container. Liner 674 may increase electrical conductivity inside container 658. Liner 674 may include electrically conductive materials such as copper or aluminum.
- FIG. 76 depicts an alternative embodiment for container 658.
- Coupling material in container 658 includes powder 676.
- Powder 676 is a chemical mixture that produces a molten metal product from a reaction of the chemical mixture.
- powder 676 is thermite powder.
- Powder 676 lines the walls of container 658 and/or is placed in the container.
- Igniter 678 is placed in powder 676.
- Igniter 678 may be, for example, a magnesium ribbon that when activated ignites the reaction of powder 676.
- a molten metal produced by the reaction flows and surrounds contacting elements 632 placed in container 658.
- the cooled metal electrically connects contacting elements 632.
- powder 676 is used in combination with another coupling material, such as a low-temperature solder, to couple contacting elements 632.
- the heat of reaction of powder 676 may be used to melt the low temperature-solder.
- an explosive element is placed in container 658, depicted in FIG. 72 or FIG. 76.
- the explosive element may be, for example, a shaped charge explosive or other controlled explosive element.
- the explosive element may be exploded to crimp contacting elements 632 and/or container 658 together so that the contacting elements and the container are electrically connected.
- an explosive element is used in combination with an electrical coupling material such as low-temperature solder or thermite powder to electrically connect contacting elements 632.
- FIG. 77 depicts an alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements 632 of legs 624, 626, 628.
- Container 658A is coupled to contacting element 632 of leg 626.
- Container 658B is coupled to contacting element 632 of leg 628.
- Container 658B is sized and shaped to be placed inside container 658A.
- Container 658C is coupled to contacting element 632 of leg 624.
- Container 658C is sized and shaped to be placed inside container 658B.
- contacting element 632 of leg 624 is placed in container 658B without a container attached to the contacting element.
- One or more of containers 658A, 658B, 658C may be filled with a coupling material that is activated to facilitate an electrical connection between contacting elements 632 as described above.
- FIG. 78 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for coupling contacting elements using temperature limited heating elements.
- Contacting elements 632 of legs 624, 626, 628 may have insulation 680 on portions of the contacting elements above container 658.
- Container 658 may be shaped and/or have guides at the top to guide the insertion of contacting elements 632 into the container.
- Coupling material 670 may be located inside container 658 at or near a top of the container. Coupling material 670 may be, for example, a solder material. In som ⁇ eSBbMffidnts ⁇ irfsid ⁇ Wair ⁇ f container 658 are pre-coated with coupling material or another electrically conductive material such as copper or aluminum.
- Centralizers 524 may be coupled to contacting elements 632 to maintain a spacing of the contacting elements in container 658.
- Container 658 may be tapered at the bottom to push lower portions of contacting elements 632 together for at least some electrical contact between the lower portions of the contacting elements.
- Heating elements 682 may be coupled to portions of contacting elements 632 inside container 658.
- Heating elements 682 may include ferromagnetic materials such as iron or stainless steel.
- heating elements 682 are iron cylinders clad onto contacting elements 632.
- Heating elements 682 may be designed with dimensions and materials that will produce a desired amount of heat in container 658.
- walls of container 658 are thermally insulated with insulation layer 672, as shown in FIG. 78 to inhibit heat loss from the container.
- Heating elements 682 may be spaced so that contacting elements 632 have one or more portions of exposed material inside container 658.
- the exposed portions include exposed copper or another suitable highly electrically conductive material. The exposed portions allow for better electrical contact between contacting elements 632 and coupling material 670 after the coupling material has been melted, fills container 658, and is allowed to cool.
- heating elements 682 operate as temperature limited heaters when a time-varying current is applied to the heating elements. For example, a 400 Hz, AC current may be applied to heating elements 682. Application of the time-varying current to contacting elements 632 causes heating elements 682 to generate heat and melt coupling material 670. Heating elements 682 may operate as temperature limited heating elements with a self-limiting temperature selected so that coupling material 670 is not overheated. As coupling material 670 fills container 658, the coupling material makes electrical contact between portions of exposed material on contacting elements 632 and electrical current begins to flow through the exposed material portions rather than heating elements 682. Thus, the electrical resistance between the contacting elements decreases.
- temperatures inside container 658 begin to decrease and coupling material 670 is allowed to cool to create an electrical contacting section between contacting elements 632.
- electrical power to contacting elements 632 and heating elements 682 is turned off when the electrical resistance in the system falls below a selected resistance. The selected resistance may indicate that the coupling material has sufficiently electrically connected the contacting elements.
- electrical power is supplied to contacting elements 632 and heating elements 682 for a selected amount of time that is determined to provide enough heat to melt the mass of coupling material 670 provided in container 658.
- FIG. 79 depicts a side view representation of an alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements using temperature limited heating elements.
- Contacting element 632 of leg 624 may be coupled to container 658 by welding, brazing, or another suitable method.
- Lower portion of contacting element 632 of leg 628 may have a bulbous shape.
- Contacting element 632 of leg 628 is inserted into container 658.
- Contacting element 632 of leg 626 is inserted after insertion of contacting element 632 of leg 628. Both legs may then be pulled upwards simultaneously.
- Protrusions 668 may lock contacting elements 632 into place and a friction fit may be created between the contacting elements 632.
- Centralizers 524 may inhibit electrical contact between upper portions of contacting elements 632.
- Time-varying electrical current may be applied to contacting elements 632 so that heating elements 682 generate heat.
- the generated heat may melt coupling material 670 located in container 658 and be allowed to cool, as described for the embodiment depicted in FIG. 78.
- contacting elements 632 of legs 626, 628, shown in FIG. 79 are electrically cpupled in container 658 with the coupling material.
- roWerporti ⁇ ns of contacting elements 632 nave protrusions or openings that ancnor tne contacting elements in cooled coupling material. Exposed portions of the contacting elements provide a low electrical resistance path between the contacting elements and the coupling material.
- FIG. 80 depicts a side view representation of another embodiment for coupling contacting elements using temperature limited heating elements.
- Contacting element 632 of leg 624 may be coupled to container 658 by welding, brazing, or another suitable method.
- Lower portion of contacting element 632 of leg 628 may have a bulbous shape.
- Contacting element 632 of leg 628 is inserted into container 658.
- Contacting element 632 of leg 626 is inserted after insertion of contacting element 632 of leg 628. Both legs may then be pulled upwards simultaneously.
- Protrusions 668 may lock contacting elements 632 into place and a friction fit may be created between the contacting elements 632.
- Centralizers 524 may inhibit electrical contact between upper portions of contacting elements 632.
- End portions 632B of contacting elements 632 may be made of a ferromagnetic material such as 410 stainless steel. Portions 632A may include non-ferromagnetic electrically conductive material such as copper or aluminum. Time-varying electrical current may be applied to contacting elements 632 so that end portions 632B generate heat due to the resistance of the end portions. The generated heat may melt coupling material 670 located in container 658 and be allowed to cool, as described for the embodiment depicted in FIG. 78. After cooling of coupling material 670, contacting elements 632 of legs 626, 628, shown in FIG. 79, are electrically coupled in container 658 with the coupling material. Portions 632A may be below the fill line of coupling material 670 so that these portions of the contacting elements provide a low electrical resistance path between the contacting elements and the coupling material.
- FIG. 81 depicts a side view representation of an alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements of three legs of a heater.
- FIG. 82 depicts a top view representation of the alternative embodiment for coupling contacting elements of three legs of a heater depicted in FIG. 81.
- Container 658 may include inner container 684 and outer container 686.
- Inner container 684 may be made of copper or another malleable, electrically conductive metal such as aluminum.
- Outer container 686 may be made of a rigid material such as stainless steel. Outer container 686 protects inner container 684 and its contents from environmental conditions outside of container 658.
- Inner container 684 may be substantially solid with two openings 688 and 690. Inner container 684 is coupled to contacting element 632 of leg 624. For example, inner container 684 may be welded or brazed to contacting element 632 of leg 624. Openings 688, 690 are shaped to allow contacting elements 632 of legs 626, 628 to enter the openings as shown in FIG. 81. Funnels or other guiding mechanisms may be coupled to the entrances to openings 688, 690 to guide contacting elements 632 of legs 626, 628 into the openings. Contacting elements 632 of legs 624, 626, 628 may be made of the same material as inner container 684.
- Explosive elements 700 may be coupled to the outer wall of inner container 684.
- explosive elements 700 are elongated explosive strips that extend along the outer wall of inner container 684.
- Explosive elements 700 may be arranged along the outer wall of inner container 684 so that the explosive elements are aligned at or near the centers of contacting elements 632, as shown in FIG. 82. Explosive elements 700 are arranged in this configuration so that energy from the explosion of the explosive elements causes contacting elements 632 to be pushed towards the center of inner container 684.
- Explosive elements 700 may be coupled to battery 702 and timer 704.
- Battery 702 may provide power to explosive elements 700 to initiate the explosion.
- Timer 704 may be used to control the time for igniting explosive elements 700.
- Battery 702 and timer 704 may be coupled to triggers 706.
- Triggers 706 may be located in openings 688, 690.
- Contacting elements 632 may set off triggers 706 as the contacting elements are placed into openings 688, . , , in explosive elements 700.
- explosive elements 700 are controlled to explode only after contacting elements 632 are placed sufficiently into openings 688, 690 so that electrical contact may be made between the contacting elements and inner container 684 after the explosions.
- Explosion of explosive elements 700 crimps contacting elements 632 and inner container 684 together to make electrical contact between the contacting elements and the inner container.
- explosive elements 700 fire from the bottom towards the top of inner container 684.
- Explosive elements 700 may be designed with a length and explosive power (band width) that gives an optimum electrical contact between contacting elements 632 and inner container 684.
- triggers 706, battery 702, and timer 704 may be used to ignite a powder (for example, copper thermite powder) inside a container (for example, container 658 or inner container 684).
- Battery 702 may charge a magnesium ribbon or other ignition device in the powder to initiate reaction of the powder to produce a molten metal product.
- the molten metal product may flow and then cool to electrically contact the contacting elements.
- FIG. 83 depicts an embodiment of contacting element 632 with a brush contactor.
- Brush contactor 708 is coupled to a lower portion of contacting element 632.
- Brush contactor 708 may be made of a malleable, electrically conductive material such as copper or aluminum.
- Brush contactor 708 may be a webbing of material that is compressible and/or flexible.
- Centralizer 524 may be located at or near the bottom of contacting element 632.
- FIG. 84 depicts an embodiment for coupling contacting elements 632 with brush contactors 708.
- Brush contactors 708 are coupled to each contacting element 632 of legs 624, 626, 628. Brush contactors 708 compress against each other and interlace to electrically couple contacting elements 632 of legs 624, 626, 628.
- Centralizers 524 maintain spacing between contacting elements 632 of legs 624, 626, 628 so that interference and/or clearance issues between the contacting elements are inhibited.
- contacting elements 632 are coupled in a zone of the formation that is cooler than the layer of the formation to be heated (for example, in the underburden of the formation). Contacting elements 632 are coupled in a cooler zone to inhibit melting of the coupling material and/or degradation of the electrical connection between the elements during heating of the hydrocarbon layer above the cooler zone. In certain embodiments, contacting elements 632 are coupled in a zone that is at least about 3 m, at least about 6 m, or at least about 9 m below the layer of the formation to be heated. In some embodiments, the zone has a standing water level that is above a depth of containers 658.
- FIG. 85 depicts an embodiment of two temperature limited heaters coupled in a single contacting section.
- Legs 624 and 626 include one or more heating elements 630. Heating elements 630 may include one or more electrical conductors.
- legs 624 and 626 are electrically coupled in a single-phase configuration with one leg positively biased versus the other leg so that current flows downhole through one leg and returns through the other leg.
- Heating elements 630 in legs 624 and 626 may be temperature limited heaters.
- heating elements 630 are solid rod heaters.
- heating elements 630 may be rods made of a single ferromagnetic conductor element or composite conductors that include ferromagnetic material.
- heating elements 630 may leak current into hydrocarbon layer 460, The current leaked into hydrocarbon layer 460 may resistively heat the hydrocarbon layer.
- some ' emb'dcJ ⁇ m'ents (lor example, in oil shale formations)
- heating elements 630 do not need support members.
- Heating elements 630 may be partially or slightly bent, curved, made into an S-shape, or made into a helical shape to allow for expansion and/or contraction of the heating elements.
- solid rod heating elements 630 are placed in small diameter wellbores (for example, about 3 %" (about 9.5 cm) diameter wellbores). Small diameter wellbores may be less expensive to drill or form than larger diameter wellbores, and there will be less cuttings to dispose of.
- portions of legs 624 and 626 in overburden 458 have insulation (for example, polymer insulation) to inhibit heating the overburden.
- Heating elements 630 may be substantially vertical and substantially parallel to each other in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- leg 624 may be directionally drilled towards leg 626 to intercept leg 626 in contacting section 642. Drilling two wellbores to intercept each other may be easier and less expensive than drilling three or more wellbores to intercept each other.
- the depth of contacting section 642 depends on the length of bend in leg 624 needed to intercept leg 626.
- leg 624 For a 40 ft (about 12 m) spacing between vertical portions of legs 624 and 626, about 200 ft (about 61 m) is needed to allow the bend of leg 624 to intercept leg 626. Coupling two legs may require a thinner contacting section 642 than coupling three or more legs in the contacting section.
- FIG. 86 depicts an embodiment for coupling legs 624 and 626 in contacting section 642.
- Heating elements 630 are coupled to contacting elements 632 at or near junction of contacting section 642 and hydrocarbon layer 460.
- Contacting elements 632 may be copper or another suitable electrical conductor.
- contacting element 632 in leg 626 is a liner with opening 710. Contacting element 632 from leg 624 passes through opening 710.
- Contactor 640 is coupled to the end of contacting element 632 from leg 624.
- Contactor 640 provides electrical coupling between contacting elements in legs 624 and 626.
- contacting elements 632 include one or more fins or projections.
- the fins or projections may increase an electrical contact area of contacting elements 632.
- contacting element 632 of leg 626 has an opening or other orifice that allows the contacting element of 624 to couple to the contacting element of leg 626.
- legs 624 and 626 are coupled together to form a diad.
- Three diads may be coupled to a three-phase transformer to power the legs of the heaters.
- FIG. 87 depicts an embodiment of three diads coupled to a three-phase transformer.
- transformer 634 is a delta three-phase transformer.
- Diad 712A includes legs 624A and 626A.
- Diad 712B includes legs 624B and 626B.
- Diad 712C includes legs 624C and 626C.
- Diads 712A, 712B, 712C are coupled to the secondaries of transformer 634.
- Diad 712A is coupled to the "A" secondary.
- Diad 712B is coupled to the "B" secondary.
- Diad 712C is coupled to the "C" secondary.
- Coupling the diads to the secondaries of the delta three-phase transformer isolates the diads from ground. Isolating the diads from ground inhibits leakage to the formation from the diads. Coupling the diads to different phases of the delta three-phase transformer also inhibits leakage between the heating legs of the diads in the formation.
- diads are used for treating formations using triangular or hexagonal heater patterns.
- FIG. 88 depicts an embodiment of groups of diads in a hexagonal pattern. Heaters may be placed at the vertices of each of the hexagons in the hexagonal pattern. Each group 714 of diads (enclosed by dashed circles) may be coupled to a separate three-phase transformer. "A", "B", and “C” inside groups 714 represent each diad (for example, diads 712A, 712B, 712C depicted in FIG. 87) that is coupled to each of the three secondary phases of the transformer with each phase coupled to one diad (with the heaters at the vertices of the hexagon).
- the numbers “1", “2”, and “3" inside the hexagons represent the three repeating types of hexagons in the pattern depicted in FIG. 88. 3rt ⁇ Sti " 89''depfM M einb' ⁇ diment of diads in a triangular pattern. Three diads 712A, M o z i ⁇ u enclosed in each group 714 of diads (enclosed by dashed rectangles). Each group 714 may be coupled to a separate three-phase transformer.
- exposed metal heating elements are used in substantially horizontal sections of u- shaped wellbores.
- Substantially u-shaped wellbores may be used in tar sands formations, oil shale formation, or other formations with relatively thin hydrocarbon layers.
- Tar sands or thin oil shale fonnations may have thin shallow layers that are more easily and uniformly heated using heaters placed in substantially u-shaped wellbores.
- Substantially u-shaped wellbores may also be used to process formations with thick hydrocarbon layers in formations.
- substantially u-shaped wellbores are used to access rich layers in a thick hydrocarbon formation.
- Heaters in substantially u-shaped wellbores may have long lengths compared to heaters in vertical wellbores because horizontal heating sections do not have problems with creep or hanging stress encountered with vertical heating elements.
- Substantially u-shaped wellbores may make use of natural seals in the formation and/or the limited thickness of the hydrocarbon layer.
- the wellbores may be placed above or below natural seals in the formation without punching large numbers of holes in the natural seals, as would be needed with vertically oriented wellbores.
- Using substantially u-shaped wellbores instead of vertical wellbores may also reduce the number of wells needed to treat a surface footprint of the formation.
- Substantially u-shaped wellbores may also utilize a lower ratio of overburden section to heated section than vertical wellbores.
- Substantially u-shaped wellbores may allow for flexible placement of opening of the wellbores on the surface. Openings to the wellbores may be placed according to the surface topology of the formation. In certain embodiments, the openings of wellbores are placed at geographically accessible locations such as topological highs (for examples, hills). For example, the wellbore may have a first opening on a first topologic high and a second opening on a second topologic high and the wellbore crosses beneath a topologic low (for example, a valley with alluvial fill) between the first and second topologic highs. This placement of the openings may avoid placing openings or equipment in topologic lows or other inaccessible locations. In addition, the water level may not be artesian in topologically high areas.
- FIG. 90 depicts a side-view representation of an embodiment of a heater with an exposed metal heating element placed in a substantially u-shaped wellbore.
- Heaters 716A, 716B, 716C have first end portions at first location 646 on surface 534 of the formation and second end portions at second location 650 on the surface.
- Heaters 716A, 716B, 716C have sections 718 in overburden 458. Sections 718 are configured to provide little or no heat output.
- sections 718 include an insulated electrical conductor such as insulated copper. Sections 718 are coupled to heating elements 630.
- heating elements 630 are substantially parallel in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- heating elements 630 are exposed metal heating elements.
- heating elements 630 are exposed metal temperature limited heating elements.
- Heating elements 630 may include ferromagnetic materials such as 9% by weight to 13% by weight chromium stainless steel like 410 stainless steel, chromium stainless steels such as T/P91 or T/P92, 409 stainless steel, VM12 (Vallourec and Mannesmann Tubes,
- heating elements 630 are composite temperature limited heating elements such as 410 stainless steel and copper composite heating elements _ o ⁇ 3 l S?Mri l 'f ! fcc5pp ⁇ Sr l fe ⁇ rf ⁇ o'sit#heating elements. Heating elements 630 may have lengths ⁇ i ⁇ ic i uuui n, at least about 500 m, or at least about 1000 m, up to lengths of about 6000 m.
- Heating elements 630 may be solid rods or tubulars.
- solid rod heating elements have diameters several times the skin depth at the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material.
- the solid rod heating elements may have diameters of 1.91 cm or larger (for example, 2.5 cm, 3.2 cm, 3.81 cm, or 5.1 cm).
- tubular heating elements have wall thicknesses of at least twice the skin depth at the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material.
- the tubular heating elements have outside diameters of between about 2.5 cm and about 15.2 cm and wall thickness in range between about 0.13 cm and about 1.01 cm.
- tubular heating elements 630 allow fluids to be convected through the tubular heating elements.
- Fluid flowing through the tubular heating elements may be used to preheat the tubular heating elements, to initially heat the formation, and/or to recover heat from the formation after heating is completed for the in situ heat treatment process.
- Fluids that may be flow through the tubular heating elements include, but are not limited to, air, water, steam, helium, carbon dioxide or other fluids.
- a hot fluid such as carbon dioxide or helium, flows through the tubular heating elements to provide heat to the formation.
- the hot fluid may be used to provide heat to the formation before electrical heating is used to provide heat to the formation.
- the hot fluid is used to provide heat in addition to electrical heating.
- Using the hot fluid to provide heat to the formation in addition to providing electrical heating may be less expensive than using electrical heating alone to provide heat to the formation.
- water and/or steam flows through the tubular heating element to recover heat from the formation.
- the heated water and/or steam may be used for solution mining and/or other processes.
- Transition sections 720 may couple heating elements 630 to sections 718.
- transition sections 720 include material that has a high electrical conductivity but is corrosion resistant, such as 347 stainless steel over copper.
- transition sections include a composite of stainless steel clad over copper. Transition sections 720 inhibit overheating of copper and/or insulation in sections 718.
- FIG. 91 depicts a representational top view of an embodiment of a surface pattern of heaters depicted in
- Heaters 716A-L may be arranged in a repeating triangular pattern on the surface of the formation, as shown in FIG. 91.
- a triangle may be formed by heaters 716A, 716B, and 716C and a triangle formed by heaters 716C, 716D, and 716E.
- heaters 716A-L are arranged in a straight line on the surface of the formation.
- Heaters 716A-L have First end portions at first location 646 on the surface and second end portions at second location 650 on the surface.
- Heaters 716A-L are arranged such that (a) the patterns at first location 646 and second location 650 correspond to each other, (b) the spacing between heaters is maintained at the two locations on the surface, and/or (c) the heaters all have substantially the same length (substantially the same horizontal distance between the end portions of the heaters on the surface as shown in the top view of FIG. 91).
- cables 722, 724 may be coupled to transformer 728 and one or more heater units, such as the heater unit including heaters 716A, 716B, 716C.
- Cables 722, 724 may carry a large amount of power.
- cables 722, 724 are capable of carrying high currents with low losses.
- cables 722, 724 may be thick copper or aluminum conductors.
- the cables may also have thick insulation layers.
- cable 722 and/or cable 724 may be superconducting cables.
- the superconducting cables may be cooled by liquid nitrogen. Superconducting cables are available from Superpower, Inc. (Schenectady, New York, U.S.A.).
- cables 722, 724 may be made of carbon nanotubes. Carbon nanotu es as coinauctWkinayhaVfe about 1000 times the conductivity of copper for the same ⁇ iameier ⁇ i u, uuon nanotubes may not require refrigeration during use.
- bus bar 726A is coupled to first end portions of heaters 716A-L and bus bar 726B is coupled to second end portions of heaters 716A-L.
- Bus bars 726A,B electrically couple heaters 716A-L to cables 722, 724 and transformer 728. Bus bars 726A,B distribute power to heaters 716A-L. In certain embodiments, bus bars 726A,B are capable of carrying high currents with low losses. In some embodiments, bus bars 726A,B are made of superconducting material such as the superconductor material used in cables 722, 724. In some embodiments, bus bars 726A,B may include carbon nanotube conductors.
- heaters 716A-L are coupled to a single transformer 728.
- transformer 728 is a source of time-varying current.
- transformer 728 is an electrically isolated, single-phase transformer.
- transformer 728 provides power to heaters 716A-L from an isolated secondary phase of the transfo ⁇ ner.
- First end portions of heaters 716A-L may be coupled to one side of transformer 728 while second end portions of the heaters are coupled to the opposite side of the transformer.
- Transformer 728 provides a substantially common voltage to the first end portions of heaters 716A-L and a substantially common voltage to the second end portions of heaters 716A-L.
- transformer 728 applies a voltage potential to the first end portions of heaters 716A-L that is opposite in polarity and substantially equal in magnitude to a voltage potential applied to the second end portions of the heaters.
- a +660 V potential may be applied to the first end portions of heaters 716A-L and a -660 V potential applied to the second end portions of the heaters at a selected point on the wave of time-varying current (such as AC or modulated DC).
- the voltages at the two end portion of the heaters may be equal in magnitude and opposite in polarity with an average voltage that is substantially at ground potential.
- FIG. 92 depicts a cross-section representation, along a vertical plane, such as the plane A-A shown in FIG. 90, of substantially u- shaped heaters in a hydrocarbon layer.
- the voltage potential at the cross-sectional point shown in FIG. 92 along the length of heater 716A is substantially the same as the voltage potential at the corresponding cross-sectional points on heaters 716A-L shown in FIG. 92.
- the voltage potential is approximately zero.
- Production wells 206 located close to the overburden may be used to transport formation fluid that is initially in a vapor phase to the surface.
- Production wells located close to a bottom of the heated portion of the formation may be used to transport formation fluid that is initially in a liquid phase to the surface.
- the voltage potential at the midpoint of heaters 716A-L is about zero. Having similar voltage potentials along the lengths of heaters 716A-L inhibits current leakage between the heaters. Thus, there is little or no current flow in the formation and the heaters may have long lengths as described above. Having the opposite polarity and substantially equal voltage potentials at the end portions of the heaters also halves the voltage applied at either end portion of the heater versus having one end portion of the heater grounded and one end portion at full potential. Reducing (halving) the voltage potential applied to an end portion of the heater generally reduces current leakage, reduces insulator requirements, and/or reduces arcing distances because of the lower voltage potential to ground applied at the end portions of the heaters.
- substantially vertical heaters are used to provide heat to the formation. Opposite polarity and substantially equal voltage potentials, as described above, may be applied to the end portions of the 93 depicts a side-view representation of substantially vertiF£T/US2_006/040971 a substantially horizontal wellbore.
- Heaters 716A, 716B, 716C, 716D, 716E, 716F are located substantially vertical in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- First end portions of heaters 716A, 716B, 716C, 716D, 716E, 716F are coupled to bus bar 726A on a surface of the formation.
- Second end portions of heaters 716A, 716B, 716C, 716D, 716E, 716F are coupled to bus bar 726B in contacting section 642.
- Bus bar 726B may be a bus bar located in a substantially horizontal wellbore in contacting section 642. Second end portions of heaters 716A, 716B, 716C, 716D, 716E, 716F may be coupled to bus bar 726B by any method described herein or any method known in the art. For example, containers with thermite powder are coupled to bus bar 726B (for example, by welding or brazing the containers to the bus bar), end portions of heaters 716A, 716B, 716C, 716D, 716E, 716F are placed inside the containers, and the thermite powder is activated to electrically couple the heaters to the bus bar.
- the containers may be coupled to bus bar 726B by, for example, placing the containers in holes or recesses in bus bar 726B or coupled to the outside of the bus bar and then brazing or welding the containers to the bus bar.
- Bus bar 726A and bus bar 726B may be coupled to transformer 728 with cables 722, 724, as described above.
- Transformer 728 may provide voltages to bar 726A and bus bar 726B as described above for the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 90 and 91.
- Transformer 728 may apply a voltage potential to the first end portions of heaters 716A-F that is opposite in polarity and substantially equal in magnitude to a voltage potential applied to the second end portions of the heaters.
- Applying the same voltage potentials to the end portions of all heaters 716A-F may produce voltage potentials along the lengths of the heaters that are substantially the same along the lengths of the heaters. Applying the same voltage potentials to the end portions of all heaters 716A-F may inhibit current leakage between the heaters and/or into the formation.
- Current leakage from the heaters into the formation electrically heats the formation directly.
- the formation is heated by direct electrical heating in addition to conductive heat provided by the heaters.
- the formation (the hydrocarbon layer) may have an initial electrical resistance that averages at least 10 ohm-m. In some embodiments, the formation has an initial electrical resistance of at least 100 ohnvm or of at least 300 ohnrm.
- Direct electrical heating is achieved by having opposite potentials applied to adjacent heaters in the hydrocarbon layer. Current may be allowed to leak into the formation until a selected temperature is reached in the heaters or in the formation.
- the selected temperature may be below or near the temperature that water proximate one or more heaters boils off. After water boils off, the hydrocarbon layer is substantially electrically isolated from the heaters and direct heating of the formation is inefficient. After the selected temperature is reached, the voltage potential is applied in the opposite polarity and substantially equal magnitude manner described above for FIGS. 90 and 91 so that adjacent heaters will have the same voltage potential along their lengths. Current is allowed to leak into the formation by reversing the polarity of one or more heaters shown in FIG.
- a first group of heaters has a positive voltage potential at first location 646 and a second group of heaters has a negative voltage potential at the first location.
- the first end portions, at first location 646, of a first group of heaters are applied with a positive voltage potential that is substantially equal in magnitude to a negative voltage potential applied to the second end portions, at second location 650, of the first group of heaters.
- the first end portions, at first location 646, of the second group of heaters are applied with a negative voltage potential that is substantially equal in magnitude to the positive voltage potential applied to the first end portions of ie fMrii- ⁇ W'heaWs 1 :
- the second end portions, at second location 650, of the sePCT7US2006/040971 are applied with a positive voltage potential substantially equal in magnitude to the negative potential applied to the second end portions of the first group of heaters.
- the first end portions of both groups of heaters are applied with voltage potential that is opposite in polarity and substantially similar in magnitude to the voltage potential applied to the second end portions of both groups of heaters.
- heating elements 630 have a thin electrically insulating layer, described above, to inhibit current leakage from the heating elements.
- the thin electrically insulating layer is aluminum oxide or thermal spray coated aluminum oxide.
- the thin electrically insulating layer is an enamel coating of a ceramic composition. The thin electrically insulating layer may inhibit heating elements of a three-phase heater from leaking current between the elements, from leaking current into the formation, and from leaking current to other heaters in the formation. Thus, the three-phase heater may have a longer heater length.
- a heater is electrically isolated from the formation because the heater has little or no voltage potential on the outside of the heater.
- FIG. 94 depicts an embodiment of a substantially u-shaped heater that electrically isolates itself from the formation.
- Heater 716 has a first end portion at a first opening on surface 534 and a second end portion at a second opening on the surface.
- heater 716 has only the first end portion at the surface with the second end of the heater located in hydrocarbon layer 460 (the heater is a single-ended heater).
- FIGS. 95 and 96 depict embodiments of single-ended heaters that electrically isolate themselves from the formation.
- single-ended heater 716 has an elongated portion that is substantially horizontal in hydrocarbon layer 460, as shown in FIGS. 95 and 96. In some embodiments, single-ended heater 716 has an elongated portion with an orientation other than substantially horizontal in hydrocarbon layer 460. For example, the single-ended heater may have an elongated portion that is oriented 15° off horizontal in the hydrocarbon layer. As shown in FIGS. 94-96, heater 716 includes heating element 630 located in hydrocarbon layer 460. Heating element 630 may be a ferromagnetic conduit heating element or ferromagnetic tubular heating element. In certain embodiments, heating element 630 is a temperature limited heater tubular heating element.
- heating element 630 is a 9% by weight to 13% by weight chromium stainless steel tubular such as a 410 stainless steel tubular, a T/P91 stainless steel tubular, or a T/P92 stainless steel tubular.
- heating element 630 includes ferromagnetic material with a wall thickness of at least about one skin depth of the ferromagnetic material at 25 0 C.
- heating element 630 includes ferromagnetic material with a wall thickness of at least about two times the skin depth of the ferromagnetic material at 25 0 C, at least about three times the skin depth of the ferromagnetic material at 25 0 C, or at least about four times the skin depth of the ferromagnetic material at 25 0 C.
- Heating element 630 is coupled to one or more sections 718.
- Sections 718 are located in overburden 458.
- Sections 718 include higher electrical conductivity materials such as copper or aluminum.
- sections 718 are copper clad inside carbon steel.
- Center conductor 730 is positioned inside heating element 630.
- heating element 630 and center conductor 730 are placed or installed in the formation by unspooling the heating element and the center conductor from one or more spools while they are placed into the formation.
- heating element 630 and center conductor 730 are coupled together on a single spool and unspooled as a single system with the center conductor inside the heating element.
- heating element 630 and center conductor 730 are located on separate spools and the center conductor is positioned inside the heating element after the heating element is placed in the formation.
- “Mceftiaih e ⁇ lt ⁇ a ⁇ mentsfcenter conductor 730 is located at or near a center of heatir x iX yywj lr conductor 730 may be substantially electrically isolated from heating element 630 along a length of the center conductor (for example, the length of the center conductor in hydrocarbon layer 460).
- center conductor 730 is separated from heating element 630 by one or more electrically-insulating centralizers.
- the centralizers may include silicon nitride or another electrically insulating material. The centralizers may inhibit electrical contact between center conductor 730 and heating element 630 so that, for example, arcing or shorting between the center conductor and the heating element is inhibited.
- center conductor 730 is a conductor (for example, a solid conductor or a tubular conductor) so that the heater is in a conductor-in-conduit configuration.
- center conductor 730 is a copper rod or copper tubular.
- center conductor 730 and/or heating element 630 has a thin electrically insulating layer to inhibit current leakage from the heating elements.
- the thin electrically insulating layer is aluminum oxide or thermal spray coated aluminum oxide.
- the thin electrically insulating layer is an enamel coating of a ceramic composition. The thin electrically insulating layer may inhibit heating elements of a three-phase heater from leaking current between the elements, from leaking current into the formation, and from leaking current to other heaters in the formation. Thus, the three-phase heater may have a longer heater length.
- center conductor 730 is an insulated conductor.
- the insulated conductor may include an electrically conductive core inside an electrically conductive sheath with electrical insulation between the core and the sheath.
- the insulated conductor includes a copper core inside a non- ferromagnetic stainless steel (for example, 347 stainless steel) sheath with magnesium oxide insulation between the core and the sheath.
- the core may be used to conduct electrical current through the insulated conductor.
- the insulated conductor is placed inside heating element 630 without centralizers or spacers between the insulated conductor and the heating element.
- the sheath and the electrical insulation of the insulated conductor may electrically insulate the core from heating element 630 if the center conductor and the heating element touch. Thus, the core and heating element 630 are inhibit from electrically shorting to each other.
- the insulated conductor or another solid center conductor 730 may be inhibited from being crushed or deformed by heating element 630.
- one end portion of center conductor 730 is electrically coupled to one end portion of heating element 630 at surface 534 using electrical coupling 732, as shown in FIG. 94.
- the end of center conductor 730 is electrically coupled to the end of heating element 630 in hydrocarbon layer 460 using electrical coupling 732, as shown in FIGS. 95 and 96.
- center conductor 730 is electrically coupled to heating element 630 in a series configuration in the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 94-96.
- center conductor 730 is the insulated conductor and the core of the insulated conductor is electrically coupled to heating element 630 in the series configuration.
- Center conductor 730 is a return electrical conductor for heating element 630 so that current in the center conductor flows in an opposite direction from current in the heating element (as represented by arrows 734).
- the electromagnetic field generated by current flow in center conductor 730 substantially confines the flow of electrons and heat generation to the inside of heating element 630 (for example, the inside wall of the heating element) below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material in the heating element.
- heating element 630 is at substantially zero potential and the heating element is electrically isolated from the formation and any adjacent heater or heating element at temperatures below the Curie temperature of the ferromagnetic material (for example, at 25 °C). Having the outside of heating element 630 at substantially zero potential and the heating element electrically isolated from the formation and any adjacent heater or heating element allows for long length heaters to be used in hydrocarbon layer 460 without significant electrical
- heaters with lengths of at least about IUU m, at least aoout
- hydrocarbon layer 460 500 m, or at least about 1000 m may be used in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- heating element 630 During application of electrical current to heating element 630 and center conductor 730, heat is generated by the heater.
- heating element 630 generates a majority or all of the heat output of the heater.
- the heating element when electrical current flows through ferromagnetic material in heating element 630 and copper or another low resistivity material in center conductor 730, the heating element generates a majority or all of the heat output of the heater.
- Generating a majority of the heat in the outer conductor (heating element 630) instead of center conductor 730 may increase the efficiency of heat transfer to the formation by allowing direct heat transfer from the heat generating element (heating element 630) to the formation and may reduce heat losses across heater 716 (for example, heat losses between the center conductor and the outer conductor if the center conductor is the heat generating element).
- Generating heat in heating element 630 instead of center conductor 730 also increases the heat generating surface area of heater 716. Thus, for the same operating temperature of heater 716, more heat can be provided to the formation using the outer conductor (heating element 630) as the heat generating element rather than center conductor 730.
- a fluid flows through heater 716 (represented by arrows 736 in FIGS. 94 and 95) to preheat the formation and/or to recover heat from the heating element.
- heater 716 represented by arrows 736 in FIGS. 94 and 95
- fluid flows from one end of heater 716 to the other end of the heater inside and through heating element 630 and outside center conductor 730, as shown by arrows 736.
- FIG. 95 fluid flows into heater 716 through center conductor 730, which is a tubular conductor, as shown by arrows 736.
- Center conductor 730 includes openings 738 at the end of the center conductor to allow fluid to exit the center conductor. Openings 738 may be perforations or other orifices that allow fluid to flow into and/or out of center conductor 730. Fluid then returns to the surface inside heating element 630 and outside center conductor 730, as shown by arrows 736.
- Fluid flowing inside heater 716 may be used to preheat the heater, to initially heat the formation, and/or to recover heat from the formation after heating is completed for the in situ heat treatment process.
- Fluids that may flow through the heater include, but are not limited to, air, water, steam, helium, carbon dioxide or other high heat capacity fluids.
- a hot fluid such as carbon dioxide, helium, or DOWTHERM ® (The Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Michigan, U.S.A.), flows through the tubular heating elements to provide heat to the formation.
- the hot fluid may be used to provide heat to the formation before electrical heating is used to provide heat to the formation.
- the hot fluid is used to provide heat in addition to electrical heating. Using the hot fluid to provide heat to or preheat the formation in addition to providing electrical heating may be less expensive than using electrical heating alone to provide heat to the formation.
- water and/or steam flows through the tubular heating element to recover heat from the formation after in situ heat treatment of the formation. The heated water and/or steam may be used for solution mining and/or other processes.
- FIGS. 97A and 97B depict an embodiment for using substantially u-shaped wellbores to time sequence heat two layers in a hydrocarbon containing formation. In FIG. 97 A, substantially horizontal opening 522A is formed in hydrocarbon layer 460A extending from relatively vertical openings 522.
- Hydrocarbon layer 460A is separated from hydrocarbon layer 460B by impermeable zone 740.
- hydrocarbon layer 460B is an upper layer or lesser depth layer than hydrocarbon layer 460A.
- Impermeable zone 740 provides a substantially impermeable seal for fluid flow between hydrocarbon layer 460A and hydrocarbon layer 460B.
- hydrocarbon layer 460A has a higher richness than hydrocarbon layer 460B. . placed along the relatively vertical walls of openings 522 in hydrocarbon layer 460B.
- Overburden casing 530 inhibits heat transfer to hydrocarbon layer 460B while heat is provided to hydrocarbon layer 460A by heating element 630A. Heating element 630A is used to provide heat to hydrocarbon layer 460A.
- Formation fluids, such as pyrolyzed hydrocarbons may be produced from hydrocarbon layer 460A.
- Heat may be provided to hydrocarbon layer 460A by heating element 630A for a selected length of time.
- the selected length of time may be based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, formation characteristics, present or future economic factors, or capital costs.
- hydrocarbon layer 460A may have a richness of about 0.12 L/kg (30.5 gals/ton) so the layer is heated for about 25 years. Production of formation fluids from hydrocarbon layer 460A may continue from the layer until production slows down to an uneconomical rate.
- heating element 630A is turned off. Heating element 630A may be pulled firmly (for example, yanked) upwards so that the heating element breaks off at links 742. Links 742 may be weak links designed to pull apart when a selected or sufficient amount of pulling force is applied to the links. The upper portions of heating element 630A are then pulled out of the formation and the substantially horizontal portion of heating element 630A is left in opening 522A, as shown in FIG. 97B. In some embodiments, only one link 742 may be broken so that the upper portion above the one link can be removed and the remaining portions of the heater can be removed by pulling on the opposite end of the heater. Thus, the entire length of heating element 630A may be removed from the formation.
- plugs 744 may be placed into openings 522 at a selected location in hydrocarbon layer 460B, as depicted in FIG. 97B. In certain embodiments, plugs 744 are placed into openings 522 at or near impermeable zone 740. Packing 532 may be placed into openings 522 above plugs 744. In some embodiments, packing 532 is filled into openings 522 without plugs in the openings. After plugs 744 and/or packing 532 is set into place in openings 522, substantially horizontal opening 522B may be formed in hydrocarbon layer 460B through casing 530. Heating element 630B is placed into opening 522B. Heating element 630B is used to provide heat to hydrocarbon layer 460B. Formation fluids, such as pyrolyzed hydrocarbons, may be produced from hydrocarbon layer 460B.
- Heating hydrocarbon layers 460A, 460B in the time-sequenced manner described above may be more economical than producing from only one layer or using vertical heaters to provide heat to the layers simultaneously. Using relatively vertical openings 522 to access both hydrocarbon layers at different times may save on capital costs associated with forming openings in the formation and providing surface facilities to power the heating elements. Heating hydrocarbon layer 460A first before heating hydrocarbon layer 460B may improve the economics of treating the formation (for example, the net present value of a project to treat the formation). In addition, impermeable zone 740 and packing 532 may provide a seal for hydrocarbon layer 460A after heating and production from the layer. This seal may be useful for abandonment of the hydrocarbon layer after treating the hydrocarbon layer.
- portions of the wellbore that extend through the overburden include casings.
- the casings may include materials that inhibit inductive effects in the casings. Inhibiting inductive effects in the casings may inhibit induced currents in the casing and/or reduce heat losses to the overburden.
- the overburden casings may include non-metallic materials such as fiberglass, polyvinylchloride (PVC), chlorinated PVC (CPVC), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), or other high temperature plastics. HDPEs with working m aus va a e om ow em ca ., . . .
- overburden casings may be made of materials that are spoolable so that the overburden casings can be spooled into the wellbore.
- overburden casings may include non-magnetic metals such as aluminum or non-magnetic alloys such as manganese steels having at least 10% manganese, iron aluminum alloys with at least 18% aluminum, or austentitic stainless steels such as 304 stainless steel or 316 stainless steel.
- overburden casings may include carbon steel or other ferromagnetic material coupled on the inside diameter to a highly conductive non-ferromagnetic metal (for example, copper or aluminum) to inhibit inductive effects or skin effects.
- overburden casings are made of inexpensive materials that may left in the formation (sacrificial casings).
- wellheads for the wellbores may be made of one or more non-ferromagnetic materials.
- the wellheads may include fiberglass, PVC, CPVC, HDPE, and/or non-magnetic alloys or metals. Using non-ferromagnetic materials in the wellhead may inhibit undesired heating of components in the wellhead. Ferromagnetic materials used in the wellhead may be electrically and/or thermally insulated from other components of the wellhead.
- an inert gas for example, nitrogen or argon
- ferromagnetic materials in the wellhead are electrically coupled to a non- ferromagnetic material (for example, copper) to inhibit skin effect heat generation in the ferromagnetic materials in the wellhead.
- the non-ferromagnetic material is in electrical contact with the ferromagnetic material so that current flows through the non-ferromagnetic material.
- copper may be plasma sprayed, coated, or lined on the inside and/or outside walls of the wellhead.
- anon-ferromagnetic material such as copper is welded, brazed, clad, or otherwise electrically coupled to the inside and/or outside walls of the wellhead.
- copper may be swaged out to line the inside walls in the wellhead.
- Copper may be liquid nitrogen cooled and then allowed to expand to contact and swage against the inside walls of the wellhead.
- the copper is hydraulically expanded to contact against the inside walls of the wellhead.
- two or more substantially horizontal wellbores are branched off of a first substantially vertical wellbore drilled downwards from a first location on a surface of the formation.
- the substantially horizontal wellbores may be substantially parallel through a hydrocarbon layer.
- the substantially horizontal wellbores may reconnect at a second substantially vertical wellbore drilled downwards at a second location on the surface of the formation. Having multiple wellbores branching off of a single substantially vertical wellbore drilled downwards from the surface reduces the number of openings made at the surface of the formation.
- a temperature limited heater is utilized for heavy oil applications (for example, treatment of relatively permeable formations or tar sands formations).
- a temperature limited heater may provide a relatively low Curie temperature so that a maximum average operating temperature of the heater is less than 350 0 C, 300 °C, 250 0 C, 225 0 C, 200 0 C, or 150 0 C.
- a maximum temperature of the heater is less than about 250 °C to inhibit olefin generation and production of other cracked products.
- a maximum temperature of the heater above about 250 0 C is used to produce lighter hydrocarbon products.
- the maximum temperature of the heater may be at or less than about 500 0 C.
- a heater may heat a volume of formation adjacent to a production wellbore (a near production wellbore region) so that the temperature of fluid in the production wellbore and in the volume adjacent to the production wellbore is less than the temperature that causes degradation of the fluid.
- the heat source may be located in the production wellbore or near the production wellbore.
- the heat source is a temperature limited "h'eat ⁇ .'" ⁇ fi lr SOml"em'ElD&ilneni's, two or more heat sources may supply heat to the volume. Heat from the heat source may reduce the viscosity of crude oil in or near the production wellbore.
- heat from the heat source mobilizes fluids in or near the production wellbore and/or enhances the radial flow of fluids to the production wellbore.
- reducing the viscosity of crude oil allows or enhances gas lifting of heavy oil (approximately at most 10° API gravity oil) or intermediate gravity oil (approximately 12° to 20° API gravity oil) from the production wellbore.
- the initial API gravity of oil in the formation is at most 10°, at most 20°, at most 25°, or at most 30°.
- the viscosity of oil in the formation is at least 0.05 Pa-s (50 cp).
- the viscosity of oil in the formation is at least 0.10 Pa-s (100 cp), at least 0.15 Pa-s (150 cp), or at least at least 0.20 Pa-s (200 cp).
- Large amounts of natural gas may have to be utilized to provide gas lift of oil with viscosities above 0.05 Pa-s. Reducing the viscosity of oil at or near the production wellbore in the formation to a viscosity of 0.05 Pa-s (50 cp), 0.03 Pa-s (30 cp), 0.02 Pa-s (20 cp), 0.01 Pa-s (10 cp), or less (down to 0.001 Pa-s (1 cp) or lower) lowers the amount of natural gas needed to lift oil from the formation.
- reduced viscosity oil is produced by other methods such as pumping.
- the rate of production of oil from the formation may be increased by raising the temperature at or near a production wellbore to reduce the viscosity of the oil in the formation in and adjacent to the production wellbore.
- the rate of production of oil from the formation is increased by 2 times, 3 times, 4 times, or greater up to 20 times over standard cold production, which has no external heating of formation during production.
- Certain formations may be more economically viable for enhanced oil production using the heating of the near production wellbore region. Formations that have a cold production rate approximately between 0.05 m 3 /(day per meter of wellbore length) and 0.20 m 3 /(day per meter of wellbore length) may have significant improvements in production rate using heating to reduce the viscosity in the near production wellbore region.
- production wells up to 775 m, up to 1000 m, or up to 1500 m in length are used.
- production wells between 450 m and 775 m in length are used, between 550 m and 800 m are used, or between 650 m and 900 m are used.
- Heating the near production wellbore region may be used in formations where the cold production rate is not between 0.05 m 3 /(day per meter of wellbore length) and 0.20 m 3 /(day per meter of wellbore length), but heating such formations may not be as economically favorable. Higher cold production rates may not be significantly increased by heating the near wellbore region, while lower production rates may not be increased to an economically useful value.
- Non-temperature limited heaters can causing coking of oil at or near the production well if the heater overheats the oil because the heaters are at too high a temperature. Higher temperatures in the production well may also cause brine to boil in the well, which may lead to scale formation in the well. Non-temperature limited heaters that reach higher temperatures may also cause damage to other wellbore components (for example, screens used for sand control, pumps, or valves). Hot spots may be caused by portions of the formation expanding against or collapsing on the heater.
- the heater (either the temperature limited heater or another type of non-temperature limited heater) has sections that are lower because of sagging over long heater . distances. These lower sections may sit in heavy oil or bitumen that collects in lower portions of the wellbore. At these lower sections, the heater may develop hot spots due to coking of the heavy oil or bitumen. A standard non- temperature limited heater may overheat at these hot spots, thus producing a non-uniform amount of heat along the length of the heater. Using the temperature limited heater may inhibit overheating of the heater at hot spots or lower sections and provide more uniform heating along the length of the wellbore. . .
- a temperature limited heater may limit a temperature of a heater/production wellbore below a coking temperature to inhibit coking in the well so that the wellbore does not plug up.
- fluids in the relatively permeable formation containing heavy hydrocarbons are produced with little or no pyrolyzation of hydrocarbons in the formation.
- the relatively permeable formation containing heavy hydrocarbons is a tar sands formation.
- the formation may be a tar sands formation such as the Athabasca tar sands formation in Alberta, Canada or a carbonate formation such as the Grosmont carbonate formation in Alberta, Canada.
- the fluids produced from the formation are mobilized fluids. Producing mobilized fluids may be more economical than producing pyrolyzed fluids from the tar sands formation. Producing mobilized fluids may also increase the total amount of hydrocarbons produced from the tar sands formation.
- FIGS. 98-101 depict side view representations of embodiments for producing mobilized fluids from tar sands fo ⁇ nations.
- heaters 716 have substantially horizontal heating sections in hydrocarbon layer 460 (as shown, the heaters have heating sections that go into and out of the page).
- FIG. 98 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from a tar sands formation with a relatively thin hydrocarbon layer.
- FIG. 99 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from a thicker hydrocarbon layer (the hydrocarbon layer depicted in FIG. 99 is thicker than the hydrocarbon layer depicted in FIG. 98).
- FIG. 98 depict side view representations of embodiments for producing mobilized fluids from tar sands fo ⁇ nations.
- heaters 716 have substantially horizontal heating sections in hydrocarbon layer 460 (as shown, the heaters have heating sections that go into and out of the page).
- FIG. 98 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment
- FIG. 100 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from an even thicker hydrocarbon layer (the hydrocarbon layer depicted in FIG. 100 is thicker than the hydrocarbon layer depicted in FIG. 99).
- FIG. 101 depicts a side view representation of an embodiment for producing mobilized fluids from a tar sands formation with a hydrocarbon layer that has a shale break.
- heaters 716 are placed in an alternating triangular pattern in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- heaters 716 are placed in an alternating triangular pattern in hydrocarbon layer 460 that repeats vertically to encompass a majority or all of the hydrocarbon layer.
- the alternating triangular pattern of heaters 716 in hydrocarbon layer 460 repeats uninterrupted across shale break 746.
- heaters 716 may be equidistantly spaced from each other. In the embodiments depicted in FIGS.
- the number of vertical rows of heaters 716 depends on factors such as, but not limited to, the desired spacing between the heaters, the thickness of hydrocarbon layer 460, and/or the number and location of shale breaks 746.
- heaters 716 are arranged in other patterns.
- heaters 716 may be arranged in patterns such as, but not limited to, hexagonal patterns, square patterns, or rectangular patterns.
- heaters 716 provide heat that mobilizes hydrocarbons (reduces the viscosity of the hydrocarbons) in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- heaters 716 provide heat that reduces the viscosity of the hydrocarbons in hydrocarbon layer 460 below about 0.50 Pa-s (500 cp), below about 0.10 Pa-s (100 cp), or below about 0.05 Pa ⁇ s (50 cp).
- the spacing between heaters 716 and/or the heat output of the heaters may be designed and/or controlled to reduce the viscosity of the hydrocarbons in hydrocarbon layer 460 to desirable values.
- Heat provided by heaters 716 may be controlled so that little or no pyrolyzation occurs in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- Superposition of heat between the heaters may create one or more drainage paths (for example, paths for flow of fluids) between the heaters.
- production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B are located proximate heaters 716 so that heat from the heaters superimposes over the production wells.
- the superimposition of heat from heaters 716 over production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B cfSate_ 'bi ⁇ e or fn ⁇ 'fe ard ⁇ na'ge paths trom the heaters to the production wells.
- one or more of the drainage paths converge.
- the drainage paths may converge at or near a bottommost heater and/or the drainage paths may converge at or near production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B.
- Fluids mobilized in hydrocarbon layer 460 tend to flow towards the bottommost heaters 716, production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B in the hydrocarbon layer because of gravity and the heat and pressure gradients established by the heaters and/or the production wells.
- the drainage paths and/or the converged drainage paths allow production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B to collect mobilized fluids in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- hydrocarbon layer 460 has sufficient permeability to allow mobilized fluids to drain to production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B.
- hydrocarbon layer 460 may have a permeability of at least about 0.1 darcy, at least about 1 darcy, at least about 10 darcy, or at least about 100 darcy.
- hydrocarbon layer 460 has a relatively large vertical permeability to horizontal permeability ratio (K v /K h ).
- hydrocarbon layer 460 may have a K v /K h ratio between about 0.01 and about 2, between about 0.1 and about 1 , or between about 0.3 and about 0.7.
- fluids are produced through production wells 206 A located near heaters 716 in the lower portion of hydrocarbon layer 460.
- fluids are produced through production wells 206B located below and approximately midway between heaters 716 in the lower portion of hydrocarbon layer 460.
- At least a portion of production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B may be oriented substantially horizontal in hydrocarbon layer 460 (as shown in FIGS. 98-101, the production wells have horizontal portions that go into and out of the page).
- Production wells 206 A and/or 206B may be located proximate lower portion heaters 716 or the bottommost heaters.
- production wells 206A are positioned substantially vertically below the bottommost heaters in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- Production wells 206A may be located below heaters 716 at the bottom vertex of a pattern of the heaters (for example, at the bottom vertex of the triangular pattern of heaters depicted in FIGS. 98- 101). Locating production wells 206A substantially vertically below the bottommost heaters may provide efficient collection of mobilized fluids in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- the bottommost heaters are located between about 2 m and about 10 m from the bottom of hydrocarbon layer 460, between about 4 m and about 8 m from the bottom of the hydrocarbon layer, or between about 5 m and about 7 m from the bottom of the hydrocarbon layer.
- production wells 206 A and/or production wells 206B are located at a distance from the bottommost heaters 716 that allows heat from the heaters to superimpose over the production wells but at a distance from the heaters that inhibits coking at the production wells.
- Production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B may be located a distance from the nearest heater (for example, the bottommost heater) of at most 3 ⁇ of the spacing between heaters in the pattern of heaters (for example, the triangular pattern of heaters depicted in FIGS. 98-101). In some embodiments, production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B are located a distance from the nearest heater of at most %, at most Vi, or at most 1 A of the spacing between heaters in the pattern of heaters.
- production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B are located between about 2 m and about 10 m from the bottommost heaters, between about 4 m and about 8 m from the bottommost heaters, or between about 5 m and about 7 m from the bottommost heaters.
- Production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B may be located between about 0.5 m and about 8 m from the bottom of hydrocarbon layer 460, between about 1 m and about 5 m from the bottom of the hydrocarbon layer, or between about 2 m and about 4 m from the bottom of the hydrocarbon layer.
- At least some production wells 206A are located substantially vertically below heaters 716 near shale break 746, as depicted in FIG. 101.
- Production wells 206A may be located between heaters - k ⁇ t ⁇ p o ce u s a ow an co ec a ove e s a e rea . a e ⁇ impermeable barrier in hydrocarbon layer 460.
- shale break 746 has a thickness between about 1 m and about 6 m, between about 2 m and about 5 m, or between about 3 m and about 4 m.
- Production wells 206A between heaters 716 and shale break 746 may produce fluids from the upper portion of hydrocarbon layer 460 (above the shale break) and production wells 206A below the bottommost heaters in the hydrocarbon layer may produce fluids from the lower portion of the hydrocarbon layer (below the shale break), as depicted in FIG. 101.
- two or more shale breaks may exist in a hydrocarbon layer.
- production wells are placed at or near each of the shale breaks to produce fluids flowing and collecting above the shale breaks.
- shale break 746 breaks down (is desiccated) as the shale break is heated by heaters 716 on either side of the shale break. As shale break 746 breaks down, the permeability of the shale break increases and the shale break allows fluids to flow through the shale break. Once fluids are able to flow through shale break 746, production wells above the shale break may not be needed for production as fluids can flow to production wells at or near the bottom of hydrocarbon layer 460 and be produced there.
- the bottommost heaters above shale break 746 are located between about 2 m and about 10 m from the shale break, between about 4 m and about 8 m from the bottom of the shale break, or between about 5 m and about 7 m from the shale break.
- Production wells 206A may be located between about 2 m and about 10 m from the bottommost heaters above shale break 746, between about 4 m and about 8 m from the bottommost heaters above the shale break, or between about 5 m and about 7 m from the bottommost heaters above the shale break.
- Production wells 206A may be located between about 0.5 m and about 8 m from shale break 746, between about 1 m and about 5 m from the shale break, or between about 2 m and about 4 m from the shale break.
- heat is provided in production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B, depicted in FIGS. 98-101. Providing heat in production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B may maintain and/or enhance the mobility of the fluids in the production wells. Heat provided in production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B may superpose with heat from heaters 716 to create the flow path from the heaters to the production wells. In some embodiments, production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B include a pump to remove fluids to the surface of the formation.
- the viscosity of fluids (oil) in production wells 206A and/or production wells 206B is lowered using heaters and/or diluent injection (for example, using a conduit in the production wells for injecting the diluent).
- in situ heat treatment of the relatively permeable formation containing hydrocarbons includes heating the formation to visbreaking temperatures.
- the formation may be heated to temperatures between about 100 °C and 260 C C, between about 150 0 C and about 250 °C, or between about 200 °C and about 240 0 C.
- visbreaking temperatures fluids in the formation have a reduced viscosity (versus their initial viscosity at ambient formation temperature) that allows fluids to flow in the formation.
- the visbroken fluids may have low API gravities (for example, at most about 10°, about 12°, or about 15° API gravity).
- heaters in the formation are operated at full power output to heat the formation to visbreaking temperatures. Operating at full power may rapidly increase the pressure in the formation.
- fluids are produced from the formation to maintain a pressure in the formation below a selected pressure as the temperature of the formation increases to visbreaking temperatures.
- the selected pressure is a fracture pressure of the formation. In certain embodiments, the selected pressure is between about 1000 kPa and about 15000 kPa, between about 2000 kPa and about 10000 kPa, or between about 2500 kPa and about 5000 kPa.
- the fluids produced from the formation may be visbroken and/or mobilized fluids.
- Maintaining the ⁇ resMeWcflSib ⁇ o We'H ⁇ ae ⁇ ufe pfressure as possible may minimize the number of production wells needed tor producing fluids from the formation because fluids are more mobile at higher pressures.
- the pressure in the formation is reduced.
- the pressure may be reduced by producing fluids (for example, visbroken fluids and/or mobilized fluids) from the formation.
- the pressure is reduced below a pressure at which fluids coke in the formation to inhibit coking at pyrolysis temperatures.
- the pressure is reduced to a pressure below about 1000 IcPa, below about 800 kPa, or below about 700 kPa.
- the pressure may be reduced to inhibit coking of asphaltenes or other large hydrocarbons in the formation.
- the pressure may be maintained below a pressure at which water passes through a liquid phase at downhole (formation) temperatures to inhibit liquid water and dolomite reactions.
- the temperature may be increased to pyrolysis temperatures to begin pyrolyzation and/or upgrading of fluids in the formation.
- the pyrolyzed and/or upgraded fluids may be produced from the formation.
- the amount of fluids produced at temperatures below visbreaking temperatures, the amount of fluids produced at visbreaking temperatures, and the amount of upgraded fluids produced may be varied to control the quality and amount of fluids produced from the formation and the total recovery of hydrocarbons from the formation. For example, producing more fluid during the early stages of treatment (for example, producing at temperatures below visbreaking temperatures) may increase the total recovery of hydrocarbons from the formation while reducing the overall quality (lowering the overall API gravity) of fluid produced from the formation. The overall quality is reduced because more heavy hydrocarbons are produced by producing more fluids at the lower temperatures. Producing less fluids at the lower temperatures may increase the overall quality of the fluids produced from the formation but may lower the total recovery of hydrocarbons from the formation.
- the formation is heated using isolated cells of heaters (cells or sections of the formation that are not interconnected for fluid flow).
- the isolated cells may be created by user larger heater spacings in the formation. For example, large heater spacings may be used in the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 98-101.
- These isolated cells may be produced during early stages of heating (for example, at temperatures below visbreaking temperatures). Because the cells are isolated from other cells in the formation, the pressures in the isolated cells are high and more liquids are producible from the isolated cells. Thus, more liquids may be produced from the formation and a higher total recovery of hydrocarbons may be reached. During later stages of heating, the heat gradient will interconnect the isolated cells and pressures in the formation will drop.
- the heat gradient in the formation is modified so that a gas cap is created at or near an upper portion of the hydrocarbon layer.
- the heat gradient made by heaters 716 depicted in the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 98-101 may be modified to create the gas cap at or near overburden 458 of hydrocarbon layer 460.
- the gas cap may push or drive liquids to the bottom of the hydrocarbon layer so that more liquids may be produced from the formation.
- fluids produced at temperatures below visbreaking temperatures and/or fluids produced at visbreaking temperatures are blended with diluent to produce fluids with lower viscosities.
- the diluent includes upgraded or pyrolyzed fluids produced from the formation.
- the diluent includes upgraded or pyrolyzed fluids produced from another portion of the formation or another formation.
- the amount of fluids produced at temperatures below visbreaking temperatures and/or fluids produced at visbreaking temperatures that are blended with upgraded fluids from the formation is adjusted to create a fluid suitable for transportation and/or use in a refinery.
- the amount of blending may be adjusted so that the fluid has chemical and physical stability. Maintaining the chemical and physical stability , - eliminate the need for adjusting the refinery process to compensate for the fluid.
Abstract
Description
Claims
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
NZ568140A NZ568140A (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Systems, methods, and processes for use in treating subsurface formations |
GB0806000A GB2451311A (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Systems,methods and processes for use in treating subsurface formations |
AU2006340864A AU2006340864B9 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Systems , methods , and processes for use in treating subsurface formations |
CA002626319A CA2626319A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Systems, methods and processes for use in treating subsurface formations |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US72976305P | 2005-10-24 | 2005-10-24 | |
US60/729,763 | 2005-10-24 | ||
US79429806P | 2006-04-21 | 2006-04-21 | |
US60/794,298 | 2006-04-21 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2007111642A2 true WO2007111642A2 (en) | 2007-10-04 |
WO2007111642A3 WO2007111642A3 (en) | 2009-05-14 |
Family
ID=37736147
Family Applications (9)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2006/040971 WO2007111642A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Systems , methods , and processes for use in treating subsurface formations |
PCT/US2006/040981 WO2007050446A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of filtering a liquid stream produced from an in situ heat treatment process |
PCT/US2006/041197 WO2007050479A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Solution mining systems and methods for treating hydrocarbon containing formations |
PCT/US2006/041122 WO2007050469A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Temperature limited heater with a conduit substantially electrically isolated from the formation |
PCT/US2006/041183 WO2007050476A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Systems and methods for producing hydrocarbons from tar sands with heat created drainage paths |
PCT/US2006/040990 WO2007050449A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of producing alkylated hydrocarbons from a liquid produced from an in situ heat treatment |
PCT/US2006/040980 WO2007050445A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Cogeneration systems and processes for treating hydrocarbon containing formations |
PCT/US2006/041185 WO2007050477A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of hydrotreating a liquid stream to remove clogging compounds |
PCT/US2006/040991 WO2007050450A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of cracking a crude product to produce additional crude products |
Family Applications After (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2006/040981 WO2007050446A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of filtering a liquid stream produced from an in situ heat treatment process |
PCT/US2006/041197 WO2007050479A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Solution mining systems and methods for treating hydrocarbon containing formations |
PCT/US2006/041122 WO2007050469A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Temperature limited heater with a conduit substantially electrically isolated from the formation |
PCT/US2006/041183 WO2007050476A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Systems and methods for producing hydrocarbons from tar sands with heat created drainage paths |
PCT/US2006/040990 WO2007050449A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of producing alkylated hydrocarbons from a liquid produced from an in situ heat treatment |
PCT/US2006/040980 WO2007050445A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Cogeneration systems and processes for treating hydrocarbon containing formations |
PCT/US2006/041185 WO2007050477A1 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of hydrotreating a liquid stream to remove clogging compounds |
PCT/US2006/040991 WO2007050450A2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2006-10-20 | Methods of cracking a crude product to produce additional crude products |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (14) | US7591310B2 (en) |
EP (8) | EP1941128A1 (en) |
JP (8) | JP5456318B2 (en) |
KR (9) | KR20080064889A (en) |
AT (1) | ATE499428T1 (en) |
AU (9) | AU2006306471B2 (en) |
CA (9) | CA2626905C (en) |
DE (1) | DE602006020314D1 (en) |
EA (8) | EA015618B1 (en) |
GB (1) | GB2451311A (en) |
IL (8) | IL190657A (en) |
MA (8) | MA29960B1 (en) |
NZ (9) | NZ567415A (en) |
WO (9) | WO2007111642A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8776609B2 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2014-07-15 | Shell Oil Company | Use of fiber optics to monitor cement quality |
US8800653B2 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2014-08-12 | Shell Oil Company | Systems and methods for monitoring a well |
Families Citing this family (259)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
NZ522139A (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2004-12-24 | Shell Int Research | In situ recovery from a hydrocarbon containing formation |
US6929067B2 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2005-08-16 | Shell Oil Company | Heat sources with conductive material for in situ thermal processing of an oil shale formation |
CA2463110C (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2010-11-30 | Shell Canada Limited | In situ recovery from a hydrocarbon containing formation using barriers |
DE10245103A1 (en) * | 2002-09-27 | 2004-04-08 | General Electric Co. | Control cabinet for a wind turbine and method for operating a wind turbine |
AU2003285008B2 (en) | 2002-10-24 | 2007-12-13 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Inhibiting wellbore deformation during in situ thermal processing of a hydrocarbon containing formation |
AU2004235350B8 (en) * | 2003-04-24 | 2013-03-07 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Thermal processes for subsurface formations |
US8296968B2 (en) * | 2003-06-13 | 2012-10-30 | Charles Hensley | Surface drying apparatus and method |
US7552762B2 (en) * | 2003-08-05 | 2009-06-30 | Stream-Flo Industries Ltd. | Method and apparatus to provide electrical connection in a wellhead for a downhole electrical device |
CN1957158B (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2010-12-29 | 国际壳牌研究有限公司 | Temperature limited heaters used to heat subsurface formations |
DE102004025528B4 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2010-03-04 | Eisenmann Anlagenbau Gmbh & Co. Kg | Method and apparatus for drying coated articles |
US7024800B2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2006-04-11 | Earthrenew, Inc. | Process and system for drying and heat treating materials |
US7685737B2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2010-03-30 | Earthrenew, Inc. | Process and system for drying and heat treating materials |
US7024796B2 (en) * | 2004-07-19 | 2006-04-11 | Earthrenew, Inc. | Process and apparatus for manufacture of fertilizer products from manure and sewage |
US20070084077A1 (en) * | 2004-07-19 | 2007-04-19 | Gorbell Brian N | Control system for gas turbine in material treatment unit |
US7694523B2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2010-04-13 | Earthrenew, Inc. | Control system for gas turbine in material treatment unit |
DE102005000782A1 (en) * | 2005-01-05 | 2006-07-20 | Voith Paper Patent Gmbh | Drying cylinder for use in the production or finishing of fibrous webs, e.g. paper, comprises heating fluid channels between a supporting structure and a thin outer casing |
US7435037B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2008-10-14 | Shell Oil Company | Low temperature barriers with heat interceptor wells for in situ processes |
EP1871981A1 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2008-01-02 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Grouped exposed metal heaters |
NZ567415A (en) * | 2005-10-24 | 2010-12-24 | Shell Int Research | Solution mining systems and methods for treating hyrdocarbon containing formations |
US7610692B2 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2009-11-03 | Earthrenew, Inc. | Systems for prevention of HAP emissions and for efficient drying/dehydration processes |
US20070163316A1 (en) * | 2006-01-18 | 2007-07-19 | Earthrenew Organics Ltd. | High organic matter products and related systems for restoring organic matter and nutrients in soil |
US7445041B2 (en) * | 2006-02-06 | 2008-11-04 | Shale And Sands Oil Recovery Llc | Method and system for extraction of hydrocarbons from oil shale |
US7484561B2 (en) * | 2006-02-21 | 2009-02-03 | Pyrophase, Inc. | Electro thermal in situ energy storage for intermittent energy sources to recover fuel from hydro carbonaceous earth formations |
WO2007100733A2 (en) * | 2006-02-24 | 2007-09-07 | Shale And Sands Oil Recovery Llc | Method and system for extraction of hydrocarbons from oil sands |
US20090173491A1 (en) * | 2006-02-24 | 2009-07-09 | O'brien Thomas B | Method and system for extraction of hydrocarbons from oil shale and limestone formations |
US7644993B2 (en) | 2006-04-21 | 2010-01-12 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | In situ co-development of oil shale with mineral recovery |
US7793722B2 (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2010-09-14 | Shell Oil Company | Non-ferromagnetic overburden casing |
US7775281B2 (en) * | 2006-05-10 | 2010-08-17 | Kosakewich Darrell S | Method and apparatus for stimulating production from oil and gas wells by freeze-thaw cycling |
US7426926B2 (en) * | 2006-05-31 | 2008-09-23 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Cold idle adaptive air-fuel ratio control utilizing lost fuel approximation |
US20070281224A1 (en) * | 2006-05-31 | 2007-12-06 | Kerry Arthur Kirk | Scratch-off document and method for producing same |
NO325979B1 (en) * | 2006-07-07 | 2008-08-25 | Shell Int Research | System and method for dressing a multiphase source stream |
AU2007313394B2 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2015-01-29 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Combined development of oil shale by in situ heating with a deeper hydrocarbon resource |
CN101553628B (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2013-06-05 | 埃克森美孚上游研究公司 | Improved method of developing subsurface freeze zone |
JO2982B1 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2016-03-15 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | Optimized well spacing for in situ shale oil development |
WO2008051822A2 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2008-05-02 | Shell Oil Company | Heating tar sands formations to visbreaking temperatures |
DE102007008292B4 (en) * | 2007-02-16 | 2009-08-13 | Siemens Ag | Apparatus and method for recovering a hydrocarbonaceous substance while reducing its viscosity from an underground deposit |
US8608942B2 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2013-12-17 | Kellogg Brown & Root Llc | Systems and methods for residue upgrading |
BRPI0808367A2 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2014-07-08 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | METHODS FOR HEATING SUB-SURFACE TRAINING USING ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE HEATING AND TO PRODUCE HYDROCARBON FLUIDS. |
CN101636555A (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2010-01-27 | 埃克森美孚上游研究公司 | Resistive heater for in situ formation heating |
CA2627390C (en) * | 2007-03-26 | 2015-12-01 | James I. Livingstone | Drilling, completing and stimulating a hydrocarbon production well |
AU2008242797B2 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2011-07-14 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | In situ recovery from residually heated sections in a hydrocarbon containing formation |
WO2008143749A1 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2008-11-27 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Downhole burners for in situ conversion of organic-rich rock formations |
BRPI0810752A2 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2014-10-21 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | METHODS FOR IN SITU HEATING OF A RICH ROCK FORMATION IN ORGANIC COMPOUND, IN SITU HEATING OF A TARGETED XISTO TRAINING AND TO PRODUCE A FLUID OF HYDROCARBON, SQUARE FOR A RACHOSETUS ORGANIC BUILDING , AND FIELD TO PRODUCE A HYDROCARBON FLUID FROM A TRAINING RICH IN A TARGET ORGANIC COMPOUND. |
US8146664B2 (en) | 2007-05-25 | 2012-04-03 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Utilization of low BTU gas generated during in situ heating of organic-rich rock |
US20080290719A1 (en) | 2007-05-25 | 2008-11-27 | Kaminsky Robert D | Process for producing Hydrocarbon fluids combining in situ heating, a power plant and a gas plant |
EP2008726B1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2013-08-14 | Eurecat Sa. | Colour sorting of catalyst or adsorbent particles |
US20090028000A1 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | O'brien Thomas B | Method and process for the systematic exploration of uranium in the athabasca basin |
CA2597881C (en) * | 2007-08-17 | 2012-05-01 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | Method and system integrating thermal oil recovery and bitumen mining for thermal efficiency |
WO2009038777A1 (en) * | 2007-09-18 | 2009-03-26 | Vast Power Portfolio, Llc | Heavy oil recovery with fluid water and carbon dioxide |
CA2738826C (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2016-08-02 | Tyco Thermal Controls Llc | Skin effect heating system having improved heat transfer and wire support characteristics |
RU2496067C2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2013-10-20 | Шелл Интернэшнл Рисерч Маатсхаппий Б.В. | Cryogenic treatment of gas |
CA2609419C (en) * | 2007-11-02 | 2010-12-14 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | System and method of heat and water recovery from tailings using gas humidification/dehumidification |
CA2609859C (en) * | 2007-11-02 | 2011-08-23 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | Recovery of high quality water from produced water arising from a thermal hydrocarbon recovery operation using vacuum technologies |
CA2610052C (en) * | 2007-11-08 | 2013-02-19 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | System and method of recovering heat and water and generating power from bitumen mining operations |
CA2610463C (en) * | 2007-11-09 | 2012-04-24 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | Integration of an in-situ recovery operation with a mining operation |
CA2610230C (en) * | 2007-11-13 | 2012-04-03 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | Water integration between an in-situ recovery operation and a bitumen mining operation |
US8082995B2 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2011-12-27 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Optimization of untreated oil shale geometry to control subsidence |
US8950246B2 (en) * | 2007-12-22 | 2015-02-10 | Schlumberger Technology Corporation | Thermal bubble point measurement system and method |
US8090227B2 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2012-01-03 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Purging of fiber optic conduits in subterranean wells |
US20090192731A1 (en) * | 2008-01-24 | 2009-07-30 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | System and Method for Monitoring a Health State of Hydrocarbon Production Equipment |
US20090218876A1 (en) * | 2008-02-29 | 2009-09-03 | Petrotek Engineering Corporation | Method of achieving hydraulic control for in-situ mining through temperature-controlled mobility ratio alterations |
EP2254977A1 (en) * | 2008-03-17 | 2010-12-01 | Shell Canada Limited | Kerosene base fuel |
WO2009120779A2 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2009-10-01 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Low emission power generation and hydrocarbon recovery systems and methods |
US8177305B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-05-15 | Shell Oil Company | Heater connections in mines and tunnels for use in treating subsurface hydrocarbon containing formations |
CN102037211B (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2014-12-17 | 埃克森美孚上游研究公司 | Field management for substantially constant composition gas generation |
US8122956B2 (en) * | 2008-07-03 | 2012-02-28 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Magnetic stirrer |
DE102008047219A1 (en) * | 2008-09-15 | 2010-03-25 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Process for the extraction of bitumen and / or heavy oil from an underground deposit, associated plant and operating procedures of this plant |
JP2010073002A (en) * | 2008-09-19 | 2010-04-02 | Hoya Corp | Image processor and camera |
US10064697B2 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2018-09-04 | Santa Anna Tech Llc | Vapor based ablation system for treating various indications |
US9561066B2 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2017-02-07 | Virender K. Sharma | Method and apparatus for tissue ablation |
US9561068B2 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2017-02-07 | Virender K. Sharma | Method and apparatus for tissue ablation |
US10695126B2 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2020-06-30 | Santa Anna Tech Llc | Catheter with a double balloon structure to generate and apply a heated ablative zone to tissue |
EP2341859B1 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2017-04-05 | Virender K. Sharma | Apparatus for tissue ablation |
AU2009303610A1 (en) * | 2008-10-13 | 2010-04-22 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Systems and methods for treating a subsurface formation with electrical conductors |
US8247747B2 (en) * | 2008-10-30 | 2012-08-21 | Xaloy, Inc. | Plasticating barrel with integrated exterior heater layer |
WO2010070029A1 (en) | 2008-12-18 | 2010-06-24 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Process for removing iron particles |
US8746336B2 (en) * | 2009-02-06 | 2014-06-10 | Keith Minnich | Method and system for recovering oil and generating steam from produced water |
KR101078725B1 (en) * | 2009-02-16 | 2011-11-01 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing the same |
WO2010096210A1 (en) | 2009-02-23 | 2010-08-26 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Water treatment following shale oil production by in situ heating |
DE102009010289A1 (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2010-09-02 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Device for measuring temperature in electromagnetic fields, use of this device and associated measuring arrangement |
DE102009023910A1 (en) * | 2009-03-03 | 2010-09-16 | Tracto-Technik Gmbh & Co. Kg | An earth boring |
US8261831B2 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2012-09-11 | General Synfuels International, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for the recovery of hydrocarbonaceous and additional products from oil/tar sands |
US8312928B2 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2012-11-20 | General Synfuels International, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for the recovery of hydrocarbonaceous and additional products from oil shale and oil sands |
US8262866B2 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2012-09-11 | General Synfuels International, Inc. | Apparatus for the recovery of hydrocarbonaceous and additional products from oil shale and sands via multi-stage condensation |
US8312927B2 (en) * | 2009-04-09 | 2012-11-20 | General Synfuels International, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for adjusting operational parameters to recover hydrocarbonaceous and additional products from oil shale and sands |
US8327932B2 (en) | 2009-04-10 | 2012-12-11 | Shell Oil Company | Recovering energy from a subsurface formation |
US8523851B2 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2013-09-03 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Inductively heated multi-mode ultrasonic surgical tool |
US9131977B2 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2015-09-15 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Layered ferromagnetic coated conductor thermal surgical tool |
US9078655B2 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2015-07-14 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Heated balloon catheter |
US9265556B2 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2016-02-23 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Thermally adjustable surgical tool, balloon catheters and sculpting of biologic materials |
US9107666B2 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2015-08-18 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Thermal resecting loop |
BRPI1015966A2 (en) | 2009-05-05 | 2016-05-31 | Exxonmobil Upstream Company | "method for treating an underground formation, and, computer readable storage medium." |
CN102458624B (en) * | 2009-06-18 | 2015-06-03 | 恩特格林斯公司 | Sintered porous material comprising particles of different average sizes |
NO330123B1 (en) | 2009-07-11 | 2011-02-21 | Sargas As | Low CO2 plant for oil sand extraction |
CA2710078C (en) * | 2009-07-22 | 2015-11-10 | Conocophillips Company | Hydrocarbon recovery method |
SG178161A1 (en) * | 2009-07-31 | 2012-03-29 | Nicholas Castellano | Method to enhance the production capacity of an oil well |
US9466896B2 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2016-10-11 | Shell Oil Company | Parallelogram coupling joint for coupling insulated conductors |
US8356935B2 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2013-01-22 | Shell Oil Company | Methods for assessing a temperature in a subsurface formation |
US8257112B2 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2012-09-04 | Shell Oil Company | Press-fit coupling joint for joining insulated conductors |
AU2010308522A1 (en) * | 2009-10-22 | 2012-05-10 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | System and method for producing geothermal energy |
US8602103B2 (en) | 2009-11-24 | 2013-12-10 | Conocophillips Company | Generation of fluid for hydrocarbon recovery |
JPWO2011067863A1 (en) * | 2009-12-01 | 2013-04-18 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Exhaust gas purification device for internal combustion engine |
US8863839B2 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2014-10-21 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Enhanced convection for in situ pyrolysis of organic-rich rock formations |
US8240370B2 (en) * | 2009-12-18 | 2012-08-14 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Integrated hydrogen production and hydrocarbon extraction |
US8512009B2 (en) * | 2010-01-11 | 2013-08-20 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Steam driven pump for SAGD system |
WO2011097584A1 (en) * | 2010-02-05 | 2011-08-11 | The Texas A&M University System | Devices and methods for a pyrolysis and gasification system for biomass feedstock |
US20110207972A1 (en) * | 2010-02-23 | 2011-08-25 | Battelle Memorial Institute | Catalysts and processes for the hydrogenolysis of glycerol and other organic compounds for producing polyols and propylene glycol |
DE102010013982A1 (en) | 2010-04-06 | 2011-10-06 | Bomag Gmbh | Apparatus for producing foam bitumen and method for its maintenance |
US8701769B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2014-04-22 | Shell Oil Company | Methods for treating hydrocarbon formations based on geology |
US8820406B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2014-09-02 | Shell Oil Company | Electrodes for electrical current flow heating of subsurface formations with conductive material in wellbore |
US8631866B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2014-01-21 | Shell Oil Company | Leak detection in circulated fluid systems for heating subsurface formations |
US9033042B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2015-05-19 | Shell Oil Company | Forming bitumen barriers in subsurface hydrocarbon formations |
US8502120B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2013-08-06 | Shell Oil Company | Insulating blocks and methods for installation in insulated conductor heaters |
US8939207B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2015-01-27 | Shell Oil Company | Insulated conductor heaters with semiconductor layers |
CA2703319C (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2012-06-12 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | Operating wells in groups in solvent-dominated recovery processes |
US20110277992A1 (en) * | 2010-05-14 | 2011-11-17 | Paul Grimes | Systems and methods for enhanced recovery of hydrocarbonaceous fluids |
US8975460B2 (en) * | 2010-07-20 | 2015-03-10 | Basf Se | Process for preparing acetylene by the Sachsse-Bartholomé process |
EP2595944B1 (en) * | 2010-07-20 | 2014-06-11 | Basf Se | Method for producing acetylene according to the sachsse-bartholome method |
BR112013000931A2 (en) | 2010-08-30 | 2016-05-17 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | well mechanical integrity for in situ pyrolysis |
BR112013001022A2 (en) | 2010-08-30 | 2016-05-24 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Compony | olefin reduction for in situ pyrolysis oil generation |
US9466398B2 (en) * | 2010-09-27 | 2016-10-11 | Purdue Research Foundation | Ceramic-ceramic composites and process therefor, nuclear fuels formed thereby, and nuclear reactor systems and processes operated therewith |
US8943686B2 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2015-02-03 | Shell Oil Company | Compaction of electrical insulation for joining insulated conductors |
US8857051B2 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2014-10-14 | Shell Oil Company | System and method for coupling lead-in conductor to insulated conductor |
US8586867B2 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2013-11-19 | Shell Oil Company | End termination for three-phase insulated conductors |
US8356678B2 (en) * | 2010-10-29 | 2013-01-22 | Racional Energy & Environment Company | Oil recovery method and apparatus |
US9334436B2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2016-05-10 | Racional Energy And Environment Company | Oil recovery method and product |
US9097110B2 (en) * | 2010-12-03 | 2015-08-04 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Viscous oil recovery using a fluctuating electric power source and a fired heater |
US9033033B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2015-05-19 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Electrokinetic enhanced hydrocarbon recovery from oil shale |
US8936089B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2015-01-20 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | In-situ kerogen conversion and recovery |
JP5287962B2 (en) * | 2011-01-26 | 2013-09-11 | 株式会社デンソー | Welding equipment |
US20120217233A1 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2012-08-30 | Tom Richards, Inc. | Ptc controlled environment heater |
DE102011014345A1 (en) * | 2011-03-18 | 2012-09-20 | Ecoloop Gmbh | Process for the energy-efficient and environmentally friendly production of light oil and / or fuels from raw bitumen from oil shale and / or oil sands |
US9739123B2 (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2017-08-22 | Conocophillips Company | Dual injection points in SAGD |
US8915909B2 (en) | 2011-04-08 | 2014-12-23 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Impedance matching circuit |
US8932279B2 (en) | 2011-04-08 | 2015-01-13 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | System and method for cooling of a heated surgical instrument and/or surgical site and treating tissue |
US9016370B2 (en) | 2011-04-08 | 2015-04-28 | Shell Oil Company | Partial solution mining of hydrocarbon containing layers prior to in situ heat treatment |
RU2587459C2 (en) | 2011-04-08 | 2016-06-20 | Шелл Интернэшнл Рисерч Маатсхаппий Б.В. | Systems for joining insulated conductors |
US8858544B2 (en) | 2011-05-16 | 2014-10-14 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Surgical instrument guide |
US9051828B2 (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2015-06-09 | Athabasca Oil Sands Corp. | Thermally assisted gravity drainage (TAGD) |
US9279316B2 (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2016-03-08 | Athabasca Oil Corporation | Thermally assisted gravity drainage (TAGD) |
US9062525B2 (en) * | 2011-07-07 | 2015-06-23 | Single Buoy Moorings, Inc. | Offshore heavy oil production |
HU230571B1 (en) * | 2011-07-15 | 2016-12-28 | Sld Enhanced Recovery, Inc. | Method and apparatus for refusing molted rock arisen during the processing rock by laser |
US8685281B2 (en) | 2011-07-21 | 2014-04-01 | Battelle Energy Alliance Llc | System and process for the production of syngas and fuel gasses |
WO2013040255A2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2013-03-21 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Sealing and/or cutting instrument |
JO3139B1 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2017-09-20 | Shell Int Research | Forming insulated conductors using a final reduction step after heat treating |
CA2850756C (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2019-09-03 | Scott Vinh Nguyen | Using dielectric properties of an insulated conductor in a subsurface formation to assess properties of the insulated conductor |
JO3141B1 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2017-09-20 | Shell Int Research | Integral splice for insulated conductors |
CA2850741A1 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2013-04-11 | Manuel Alberto GONZALEZ | Thermal expansion accommodation for circulated fluid systems used to heat subsurface formations |
CA2791725A1 (en) * | 2011-10-07 | 2013-04-07 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Treating hydrocarbon formations using hybrid in situ heat treatment and steam methods |
CA2845012A1 (en) | 2011-11-04 | 2013-05-10 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Multiple electrical connections to optimize heating for in situ pyrolysis |
CA2783819C (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2014-04-29 | Imperial Oil Resources Limited | Dewatering oil sand tailings |
CN104039255B (en) | 2011-12-06 | 2017-10-24 | 领域外科股份有限公司 | The system and method for controlling the power of surgical instruments to convey |
US8851177B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2014-10-07 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | In-situ kerogen conversion and oxidant regeneration |
US8701788B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2014-04-22 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Preconditioning a subsurface shale formation by removing extractible organics |
US9181467B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2015-11-10 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Preparation and use of nano-catalysts for in-situ reaction with kerogen |
US20130168094A1 (en) * | 2012-01-03 | 2013-07-04 | Conocophillips Company | Enhanced heavy oil recovery using downhole bitumen upgrading with steam assisted gravity drainage |
AU2012367826A1 (en) | 2012-01-23 | 2014-08-28 | Genie Ip B.V. | Heater pattern for in situ thermal processing of a subsurface hydrocarbon containing formation |
CA2862463A1 (en) | 2012-01-23 | 2013-08-01 | Genie Ip B.V. | Heater pattern for in situ thermal processing of a subsurface hydrocarbon containing formation |
JP5696063B2 (en) * | 2012-02-02 | 2015-04-08 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Polycrystalline silicon rod unloading jig and method for harvesting polycrystalline silicon rod |
WO2013123488A1 (en) * | 2012-02-18 | 2013-08-22 | Genie Ip B.V. | Method and system for heating a bed of hydrocarbon- containing rocks |
US8910514B2 (en) * | 2012-02-24 | 2014-12-16 | Schlumberger Technology Corporation | Systems and methods of determining fluid properties |
CA2811666C (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2021-06-29 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Compaction of electrical insulation for joining insulated conductors |
RU2479620C1 (en) * | 2012-04-10 | 2013-04-20 | Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "Инжиниринговый центр" | Method of gas separation during catalytic cracking of petroleum direction |
TW201400407A (en) | 2012-04-18 | 2014-01-01 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | Generating catalysts for forming carbon allotropes |
AU2013256823B2 (en) | 2012-05-04 | 2015-09-03 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Systems and methods of detecting an intersection between a wellbore and a subterranean structure that includes a marker material |
US8992771B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2015-03-31 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Isolating lubricating oils from subsurface shale formations |
WO2013180909A1 (en) * | 2012-05-29 | 2013-12-05 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Systems and methods for hydrotreating a shale oil stream using hydrogen gas that is concentrated from the shale oil stream |
HU229953B1 (en) | 2012-07-05 | 2015-03-02 | Sld Enhanced Recovery, Inc | Method and apparatus for removing alkaline earth metal salt scale depesits from primarily producing pipes |
US20140030117A1 (en) * | 2012-07-24 | 2014-01-30 | David Zachariah | Multi-stage hydraulic jet pump |
KR101938171B1 (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2019-01-14 | 대우조선해양 주식회사 | Brine and base oil supply system with backup function and back up supply method of brine and base oil therof |
US9777564B2 (en) | 2012-12-03 | 2017-10-03 | Pyrophase, Inc. | Stimulating production from oil wells using an RF dipole antenna |
WO2014113724A2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2014-07-24 | Sharma Virender K | Method and apparatus for tissue ablation |
US9243485B2 (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2016-01-26 | Triple D Technologies, Inc. | System and method to initiate permeability in bore holes without perforating tools |
US9309741B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-04-12 | Triple D Technologies, Inc. | System and method for temporarily sealing a bore hole |
US9534489B2 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2017-01-03 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Modeling acid distribution for acid stimulation of a formation |
GB2528191B (en) * | 2013-03-27 | 2019-12-04 | Logined Bv | Automatic geosteering and evolutionary algorithm for use with same |
US10316644B2 (en) | 2013-04-04 | 2019-06-11 | Shell Oil Company | Temperature assessment using dielectric properties of an insulated conductor heater with selected electrical insulation |
US20140318773A1 (en) * | 2013-04-26 | 2014-10-30 | Elliot B. Kennel | Methane enhanced liquid products recovery from wet natural gas |
CN103233713B (en) * | 2013-04-28 | 2014-02-26 | 吉林省众诚汽车服务连锁有限公司 | Method and process for extracting shale oil gas through oil shale in situ horizontal well fracture chemical destructive distillation |
CA2818322C (en) * | 2013-05-24 | 2015-03-10 | Expander Energy Inc. | Refinery process for heavy oil and bitumen |
GB2515547A (en) * | 2013-06-27 | 2014-12-31 | Statoil Petroleum As | Increasing hydrocarbon production from reservoirs |
CN105683093B (en) | 2013-08-05 | 2019-07-09 | 格雷迪安特公司 | Water treatment system and correlation technique |
US9920608B2 (en) * | 2013-08-13 | 2018-03-20 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Method of improving hydraulic fracturing by decreasing formation temperature |
KR101506469B1 (en) * | 2013-09-09 | 2015-03-27 | 한국지질자원연구원 | Apparatus for solution mining by cycling process |
AU2014202934B2 (en) | 2013-09-09 | 2016-03-17 | Korea Institute Of Geoscience And Mineral Resources (Kigam) | Apparatus and method for solution mining using cycling process |
KR101510826B1 (en) | 2013-11-19 | 2015-04-10 | 한국지질자원연구원 | Apparatus and Method for solution mining by cycling process having improved blades |
KR101519967B1 (en) * | 2013-09-09 | 2015-05-15 | 한국지질자원연구원 | Method for solution mining by cycling process |
US9562188B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2017-02-07 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Composites for use in stimulation and sand control operations |
US9683431B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2017-06-20 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Method of using surface modifying metallic treatment agents to treat subterranean formations |
BR112016005706B1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2022-02-08 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | METHOD FOR INHIBITING CLOGGING CAUSED BY CONTAMINANTS |
BR112016005454B1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2022-02-08 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | METHOD TO TREAT A WELL THAT PENETRATES INTO AN UNDERGROUND FORMATION |
WO2015042477A1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2015-03-26 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Method of using surface modifying treatment agents to treat subterranean formations |
US9701892B2 (en) | 2014-04-17 | 2017-07-11 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Method of pumping aqueous fluid containing surface modifying treatment agent into a well |
CN105683095B (en) | 2013-09-23 | 2019-09-17 | 格雷迪安特公司 | Desalination system and correlation technique |
CA2923681A1 (en) | 2013-10-22 | 2015-04-30 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Systems and methods for regulating an in situ pyrolysis process |
CA2929750C (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2018-02-27 | Nexen Energy Ulc | Processes for producing hydrocarbons from a reservoir |
US9394772B2 (en) | 2013-11-07 | 2016-07-19 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Systems and methods for in situ resistive heating of organic matter in a subterranean formation |
CN103711483B (en) * | 2014-01-13 | 2017-01-11 | 北京源海威科技有限公司 | Simulation system and simulation method of hydrocarbon generation, adsorption and desorption of shale |
CA2882182C (en) | 2014-02-18 | 2023-01-03 | Athabasca Oil Corporation | Cable-based well heater |
GB2523567B (en) | 2014-02-27 | 2017-12-06 | Statoil Petroleum As | Producing hydrocarbons from a subsurface formation |
CN106133271A (en) | 2014-04-04 | 2016-11-16 | 国际壳牌研究有限公司 | Use the final insulated electric conductor reducing step formation after the heat treatment |
US10357306B2 (en) | 2014-05-14 | 2019-07-23 | Domain Surgical, Inc. | Planar ferromagnetic coated surgical tip and method for making |
US9451792B1 (en) * | 2014-09-05 | 2016-09-27 | Atmos Nation, LLC | Systems and methods for vaporizing assembly |
US20160097247A1 (en) * | 2014-10-01 | 2016-04-07 | H2O Oilfield Services | Methods of filtering a fluid using a portable fluid filtration apparatus |
WO2016081104A1 (en) | 2014-11-21 | 2016-05-26 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Method of recovering hydrocarbons within a subsurface formation |
RU2728107C2 (en) | 2014-11-25 | 2020-07-28 | Шелл Интернэшнл Рисерч Маатсхаппий Б.В. | Pyrolysis to create pressure in oil formations |
US10308526B2 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2019-06-04 | Gradiant Corporation | Methods and systems for producing treated brines for desalination |
US10167218B2 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2019-01-01 | Gradiant Corporation | Production of ultra-high-density brines |
US10066156B2 (en) * | 2015-04-14 | 2018-09-04 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Supercritical carbon dioxide emulsified acid |
GB2539045A (en) * | 2015-06-05 | 2016-12-07 | Statoil Asa | Subsurface heater configuration for in situ hydrocarbon production |
CN108367244B (en) | 2015-07-29 | 2022-05-03 | 格雷迪安特公司 | Osmotic desalination methods and related systems |
US10301198B2 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2019-05-28 | Gradiant Corporation | Selective retention of multivalent ions |
US10245555B2 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2019-04-02 | Gradiant Corporation | Production of multivalent ion-rich process streams using multi-stage osmotic separation |
TW201733664A (en) * | 2015-11-13 | 2017-10-01 | 艾克頌美孚研究工程公司 | Hydrocarbon reverse osmosis membranes and separations |
US9337704B1 (en) * | 2015-11-20 | 2016-05-10 | Jerry Leslie | System for electricity generation by utilizing flared gas |
WO2017130770A1 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2017-08-03 | 学校法人明治大学 | Laser scanning system, laser scanning method, moving laser scanning system, and program |
WO2017147113A1 (en) | 2016-02-22 | 2017-08-31 | Gradiant Corporation | Hybrid desalination systems and associated methods |
CN105952431B (en) * | 2016-04-21 | 2018-08-10 | 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 | Fixed tubular column method for removing blockage |
US11331140B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2022-05-17 | Aqua Heart, Inc. | Heated vapor ablation systems and methods for treating cardiac conditions |
IT201600074309A1 (en) * | 2016-07-15 | 2018-01-15 | Eni Spa | CABLELESS BIDIRECTIONAL DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM IN A WELL FOR THE EXTRACTION OF FORMATION FLUIDS. |
WO2018022999A1 (en) | 2016-07-28 | 2018-02-01 | Seerstone Llc. | Solid carbon products comprising compressed carbon nanotubes in a container and methods of forming same |
RU2654886C2 (en) * | 2016-10-18 | 2018-05-23 | федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Санкт-Петербургский горный университет" | Cogeneration system of energy supply of cluster drilling rig |
JP6917647B2 (en) * | 2017-02-28 | 2021-08-11 | 国立大学法人東北大学 | Methane gas recovery method and carbon dioxide low emission power generation method, and methane gas recovery system and carbon dioxide low emission power generation system |
CN107488464B (en) * | 2017-04-27 | 2019-04-30 | 中国石油大学(北京) | A kind of production method and production system of ultra-clean high-knock rating gasoline |
US10870810B2 (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2020-12-22 | Proteum Energy, Llc | Method and system for converting associated gas |
JOP20180091B1 (en) * | 2017-10-12 | 2022-09-15 | Red Leaf Resources Inc | Heating materials through co-generation of heat and electricity |
US10450494B2 (en) | 2018-01-17 | 2019-10-22 | Bj Services, Llc | Cement slurries for well bores |
JP2021525598A (en) | 2018-06-01 | 2021-09-27 | サンタ アナ テック エルエルシーSanta Anna Tech Llc | Multi-stage steam-based ablation processing method and steam generation and delivery system |
CN110608023B (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2021-12-10 | 中国石油化工股份有限公司 | Adaptability boundary analysis and evaluation method for stratified steam injection of thickened oil |
AU2019325567A1 (en) | 2018-08-22 | 2021-03-04 | Gradiant Corporation | Liquid solution concentration system comprising isolated subsystem and related methods |
CN109273105B (en) * | 2018-09-13 | 2022-03-25 | 中国核动力研究设计院 | Supercritical carbon dioxide reactor fuel assembly |
US11053775B2 (en) * | 2018-11-16 | 2021-07-06 | Leonid Kovalev | Downhole induction heater |
CN109507182B (en) * | 2018-12-04 | 2021-07-30 | 中山市中能检测中心有限公司 | Soil pH value imbalance detection equipment and use method thereof |
CN111396011B (en) * | 2019-01-02 | 2022-06-03 | 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 | Method and device for improving gas production rate of double-branch U-shaped well |
RU190546U1 (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2019-07-03 | Оксана Викторовна Давыдова | Associated petroleum gas utilizing power plant for generating steam supplied to injection wells |
RU194690U1 (en) * | 2019-07-16 | 2019-12-19 | Алексей Петрович Сальников | Electric heater |
CN110259424B (en) * | 2019-07-17 | 2020-07-28 | 中国石油大学(北京) | Method and device for extracting oil shale in situ |
CN110439503B (en) * | 2019-08-14 | 2021-08-10 | 西安石油大学 | Selective water plugging method for fractured low-permeability reservoir multi-section plug oil well |
RU2726693C1 (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2020-07-15 | Анатолий Александрович Чернов | Method for increasing efficiency of hydrocarbon production from oil-kerogen-containing formations and technological complex for its implementation |
US11376548B2 (en) * | 2019-09-04 | 2022-07-05 | Uop Llc | Membrane permeate recycle process for use with pressure swing adsorption processes |
US11207636B2 (en) * | 2019-09-04 | 2021-12-28 | Uop Llc | Membrane permeate recycle system for use with pressure swing adsorption apparatus |
RU2726703C1 (en) * | 2019-09-26 | 2020-07-15 | Анатолий Александрович Чернов | Method for increasing efficiency of extracting high-technology oil from petroleum-carbon-bearing formations and technological complex for implementation thereof |
CN110702840B (en) * | 2019-10-14 | 2022-06-07 | 河北地质大学华信学院 | Analysis device based on energy utilization rate of carbonized urban domestic sewage biomass |
CN110595859B (en) * | 2019-10-29 | 2022-09-13 | 长沙开元弘盛科技有限公司 | Water removal method, analyzer and water removal device thereof |
PH12021050221A1 (en) * | 2020-05-13 | 2021-11-22 | Greenfire Energy Inc | Hydrogen production from geothermal resources using closed-loop systems |
WO2021237137A1 (en) * | 2020-05-21 | 2021-11-25 | Pyrophase, Inc. | Configurable universal wellbore reactor system |
CN111883851B (en) * | 2020-08-02 | 2022-04-12 | 江西安驰新能源科技有限公司 | Method for formation to matching of lithium ion batteries |
CN111929219B (en) * | 2020-08-12 | 2022-04-01 | 西南石油大学 | Shale oil reservoir oil-water two-phase relative permeability calculation method |
CA3197204A1 (en) | 2020-11-17 | 2022-05-27 | Richard STOVER | Osmotic methods and systems involving energy recovery |
RU2752299C1 (en) * | 2021-01-13 | 2021-07-26 | Алексей Владимирович Лысенков | Method for thermal acid treatment of bottomhole formation zone |
CN112901128B (en) * | 2021-01-23 | 2022-09-02 | 长安大学 | SAGD (steam assisted gravity drainage) starting method for aquifer heavy oil reservoir by using salinity response type emulsion |
CN112983376B (en) * | 2021-03-05 | 2022-03-04 | 中国矿业大学 | In-situ methane explosion energy-gathering perforation device with molecular sieve |
DE102021203551A1 (en) | 2021-04-09 | 2022-10-13 | Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft | Driving intention detection |
CN113585333B (en) * | 2021-07-09 | 2022-05-17 | 中铁建工集团有限公司 | Underground space construction karst cave top wall reinforcing structure and processing method |
CN115012878B (en) * | 2022-06-30 | 2023-06-23 | 西南石油大学 | Sulfur-containing gas well non-stop inhibitor filling system based on double-layer pipe |
CN115492558B (en) * | 2022-09-14 | 2023-04-14 | 中国石油大学(华东) | Device and method for preventing secondary generation of hydrate in pressure-reducing exploitation shaft of sea natural gas hydrate |
CN116044389A (en) * | 2023-01-29 | 2023-05-02 | 西南石油大学 | Determination method for reasonable production pressure difference of early failure exploitation of tight shale oil reservoir |
KR102618021B1 (en) * | 2023-06-12 | 2023-12-27 | 주식회사 에이치엔티 | Hydrocyclone type desander with water film |
KR102618017B1 (en) * | 2023-06-12 | 2023-12-27 | 주식회사 에이치엔티 | System for separation of liquid and solid |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20040211569A1 (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2004-10-28 | Vinegar Harold J. | Installation and use of removable heaters in a hydrocarbon containing formation |
Family Cites Families (868)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
SE123138C1 (en) | 1948-01-01 | |||
US94813A (en) * | 1869-09-14 | Improvement in torpedoes for oil-wells | ||
CA899987A (en) | 1972-05-09 | Chisso Corporation | Method for controlling heat generation locally in a heat-generating pipe utilizing skin effect current | |
US48994A (en) * | 1865-07-25 | Improvement in devices for oil-wells | ||
SE126674C1 (en) | 1949-01-01 | |||
US326439A (en) * | 1885-09-15 | Protecting wells | ||
US345586A (en) | 1886-07-13 | Oil from wells | ||
US2732195A (en) | 1956-01-24 | Ljungstrom | ||
SE123136C1 (en) | 1948-01-01 | |||
US2734579A (en) | 1956-02-14 | Production from bituminous sands | ||
US760304A (en) | 1903-10-24 | 1904-05-17 | Frank S Gilbert | Heater for oil-wells. |
US1342741A (en) | 1918-01-17 | 1920-06-08 | David T Day | Process for extracting oils and hydrocarbon material from shale and similar bituminous rocks |
US1269747A (en) | 1918-04-06 | 1918-06-18 | Lebbeus H Rogers | Method of and apparatus for treating oil-shale. |
GB156396A (en) | 1919-12-10 | 1921-01-13 | Wilson Woods Hoover | An improved method of treating shale and recovering oil therefrom |
US1457479A (en) | 1920-01-12 | 1923-06-05 | Edson R Wolcott | Method of increasing the yield of oil wells |
US1510655A (en) | 1922-11-21 | 1924-10-07 | Clark Cornelius | Process of subterranean distillation of volatile mineral substances |
US1634236A (en) | 1925-03-10 | 1927-06-28 | Standard Dev Co | Method of and apparatus for recovering oil |
US1646599A (en) | 1925-04-30 | 1927-10-25 | George A Schaefer | Apparatus for removing fluid from wells |
US1666488A (en) | 1927-02-05 | 1928-04-17 | Crawshaw Richard | Apparatus for extracting oil from shale |
US1681523A (en) * | 1927-03-26 | 1928-08-21 | Patrick V Downey | Apparatus for heating oil wells |
US1913395A (en) * | 1929-11-14 | 1933-06-13 | Lewis C Karrick | Underground gasification of carbonaceous material-bearing substances |
US1998123A (en) * | 1932-08-25 | 1935-04-16 | Socony Vacuum Oil Co Inc | Process and apparatus for the distillation and conversion of hydrocarbons |
US2244255A (en) | 1939-01-18 | 1941-06-03 | Electrical Treating Company | Well clearing system |
US2244256A (en) | 1939-12-16 | 1941-06-03 | Electrical Treating Company | Apparatus for clearing wells |
US2319702A (en) | 1941-04-04 | 1943-05-18 | Socony Vacuum Oil Co Inc | Method and apparatus for producing oil wells |
US2370507A (en) * | 1941-08-22 | 1945-02-27 | Texas Co | Production of gasoline hydrocarbons |
US2365591A (en) | 1942-08-15 | 1944-12-19 | Ranney Leo | Method for producing oil from viscous deposits |
US2423674A (en) | 1942-08-24 | 1947-07-08 | Johnson & Co A | Process of catalytic cracking of petroleum hydrocarbons |
US2381256A (en) | 1942-10-06 | 1945-08-07 | Texas Co | Process for treating hydrocarbon fractions |
US2390770A (en) | 1942-10-10 | 1945-12-11 | Sun Oil Co | Method of producing petroleum |
US2484063A (en) | 1944-08-19 | 1949-10-11 | Thermactor Corp | Electric heater for subsurface materials |
US2472445A (en) | 1945-02-02 | 1949-06-07 | Thermactor Company | Apparatus for treating oil and gas bearing strata |
US2481051A (en) | 1945-12-15 | 1949-09-06 | Texaco Development Corp | Process and apparatus for the recovery of volatilizable constituents from underground carbonaceous formations |
US2444755A (en) | 1946-01-04 | 1948-07-06 | Ralph M Steffen | Apparatus for oil sand heating |
US2634961A (en) * | 1946-01-07 | 1953-04-14 | Svensk Skifferolje Aktiebolage | Method of electrothermal production of shale oil |
US2466945A (en) | 1946-02-21 | 1949-04-12 | In Situ Gases Inc | Generation of synthesis gas |
US2497868A (en) * | 1946-10-10 | 1950-02-21 | Dalin David | Underground exploitation of fuel deposits |
US2939689A (en) | 1947-06-24 | 1960-06-07 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Electrical heater for treating oilshale and the like |
US2786660A (en) | 1948-01-05 | 1957-03-26 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Apparatus for gasifying coal |
US2548360A (en) * | 1948-03-29 | 1951-04-10 | Stanley A Germain | Electric oil well heater |
US2685930A (en) * | 1948-08-12 | 1954-08-10 | Union Oil Co | Oil well production process |
US2630307A (en) * | 1948-12-09 | 1953-03-03 | Carbonic Products Inc | Method of recovering oil from oil shale |
US2595979A (en) | 1949-01-25 | 1952-05-06 | Texas Co | Underground liquefaction of coal |
US2642943A (en) | 1949-05-20 | 1953-06-23 | Sinclair Oil & Gas Co | Oil recovery process |
US2593477A (en) | 1949-06-10 | 1952-04-22 | Us Interior | Process of underground gasification of coal |
GB674082A (en) | 1949-06-15 | 1952-06-18 | Nat Res Dev | Improvements in or relating to the underground gasification of coal |
US2670802A (en) * | 1949-12-16 | 1954-03-02 | Thermactor Company | Reviving or increasing the production of clogged or congested oil wells |
US2714930A (en) * | 1950-12-08 | 1955-08-09 | Union Oil Co | Apparatus for preventing paraffin deposition |
US2695163A (en) | 1950-12-09 | 1954-11-23 | Stanolind Oil & Gas Co | Method for gasification of subterranean carbonaceous deposits |
GB697189A (en) | 1951-04-09 | 1953-09-16 | Nat Res Dev | Improvements relating to the underground gasification of coal |
US2630306A (en) | 1952-01-03 | 1953-03-03 | Socony Vacuum Oil Co Inc | Subterranean retorting of shales |
US2757739A (en) | 1952-01-07 | 1956-08-07 | Parelex Corp | Heating apparatus |
US2777679A (en) | 1952-03-07 | 1957-01-15 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Recovering sub-surface bituminous deposits by creating a frozen barrier and heating in situ |
US2780450A (en) | 1952-03-07 | 1957-02-05 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Method of recovering oil and gases from non-consolidated bituminous geological formations by a heating treatment in situ |
US2789805A (en) * | 1952-05-27 | 1957-04-23 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Device for recovering fuel from subterraneous fuel-carrying deposits by heating in their natural location using a chain heat transfer member |
US2780449A (en) | 1952-12-26 | 1957-02-05 | Sinclair Oil & Gas Co | Thermal process for in-situ decomposition of oil shale |
US2825408A (en) | 1953-03-09 | 1958-03-04 | Sinclair Oil & Gas Company | Oil recovery by subsurface thermal processing |
US2783971A (en) | 1953-03-11 | 1957-03-05 | Engineering Lab Inc | Apparatus for earth boring with pressurized air |
US2771954A (en) | 1953-04-29 | 1956-11-27 | Exxon Research Engineering Co | Treatment of petroleum production wells |
US2703621A (en) | 1953-05-04 | 1955-03-08 | George W Ford | Oil well bottom hole flow increasing unit |
US2743906A (en) | 1953-05-08 | 1956-05-01 | William E Coyle | Hydraulic underreamer |
US2803305A (en) | 1953-05-14 | 1957-08-20 | Pan American Petroleum Corp | Oil recovery by underground combustion |
US2914309A (en) * | 1953-05-25 | 1959-11-24 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Oil and gas recovery from tar sands |
US2847306A (en) * | 1953-07-01 | 1958-08-12 | Exxon Research Engineering Co | Process for recovery of oil from shale |
US2902270A (en) | 1953-07-17 | 1959-09-01 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Method of and means in heating of subsurface fuel-containing deposits "in situ" |
US2890754A (en) * | 1953-10-30 | 1959-06-16 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Apparatus for recovering combustible substances from subterraneous deposits in situ |
US2882218A (en) * | 1953-12-09 | 1959-04-14 | Kellogg M W Co | Hydrocarbon conversion process |
US2890755A (en) | 1953-12-19 | 1959-06-16 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Apparatus for recovering combustible substances from subterraneous deposits in situ |
US2841375A (en) * | 1954-03-03 | 1958-07-01 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Method for in-situ utilization of fuels by combustion |
US2794504A (en) | 1954-05-10 | 1957-06-04 | Union Oil Co | Well heater |
US2793696A (en) * | 1954-07-22 | 1957-05-28 | Pan American Petroleum Corp | Oil recovery by underground combustion |
US2923535A (en) | 1955-02-11 | 1960-02-02 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Situ recovery from carbonaceous deposits |
US2799341A (en) * | 1955-03-04 | 1957-07-16 | Union Oil Co | Selective plugging in oil wells |
US2801089A (en) | 1955-03-14 | 1957-07-30 | California Research Corp | Underground shale retorting process |
US2862558A (en) | 1955-12-28 | 1958-12-02 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Recovering oils from formations |
US2819761A (en) | 1956-01-19 | 1958-01-14 | Continental Oil Co | Process of removing viscous oil from a well bore |
US2857002A (en) | 1956-03-19 | 1958-10-21 | Texas Co | Recovery of viscous crude oil |
US2906340A (en) | 1956-04-05 | 1959-09-29 | Texaco Inc | Method of treating a petroleum producing formation |
US2991046A (en) | 1956-04-16 | 1961-07-04 | Parsons Lional Ashley | Combined winch and bollard device |
US2889882A (en) | 1956-06-06 | 1959-06-09 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Oil recovery by in situ combustion |
US3120264A (en) * | 1956-07-09 | 1964-02-04 | Texaco Development Corp | Recovery of oil by in situ combustion |
US3016053A (en) | 1956-08-02 | 1962-01-09 | George J Medovick | Underwater breathing apparatus |
US2997105A (en) | 1956-10-08 | 1961-08-22 | Pan American Petroleum Corp | Burner apparatus |
US2932352A (en) | 1956-10-25 | 1960-04-12 | Union Oil Co | Liquid filled well heater |
US2804149A (en) | 1956-12-12 | 1957-08-27 | John R Donaldson | Oil well heater and reviver |
US2952449A (en) | 1957-02-01 | 1960-09-13 | Fmc Corp | Method of forming underground communication between boreholes |
US3127936A (en) * | 1957-07-26 | 1964-04-07 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Method of in situ heating of subsurface preferably fuel containing deposits |
US2942223A (en) | 1957-08-09 | 1960-06-21 | Gen Electric | Electrical resistance heater |
US2906337A (en) | 1957-08-16 | 1959-09-29 | Pure Oil Co | Method of recovering bitumen |
US3007521A (en) | 1957-10-28 | 1961-11-07 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Recovery of oil by in situ combustion |
US3010516A (en) | 1957-11-18 | 1961-11-28 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Burner and process for in situ combustion |
US2954826A (en) | 1957-12-02 | 1960-10-04 | William E Sievers | Heated well production string |
US2994376A (en) * | 1957-12-27 | 1961-08-01 | Phillips Petroleum Co | In situ combustion process |
US3061009A (en) | 1958-01-17 | 1962-10-30 | Svenska Skifferolje Ab | Method of recovery from fossil fuel bearing strata |
US3062282A (en) | 1958-01-24 | 1962-11-06 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Initiation of in situ combustion in a carbonaceous stratum |
US3051235A (en) | 1958-02-24 | 1962-08-28 | Jersey Prod Res Co | Recovery of petroleum crude oil, by in situ combustion and in situ hydrogenation |
US3004603A (en) | 1958-03-07 | 1961-10-17 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Heater |
US3032102A (en) | 1958-03-17 | 1962-05-01 | Phillips Petroleum Co | In situ combustion method |
US3004601A (en) | 1958-05-09 | 1961-10-17 | Albert G Bodine | Method and apparatus for augmenting oil recovery from wells by refrigeration |
US3048221A (en) | 1958-05-12 | 1962-08-07 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Hydrocarbon recovery by thermal drive |
US3026940A (en) | 1958-05-19 | 1962-03-27 | Electronic Oil Well Heater Inc | Oil well temperature indicator and control |
US3010513A (en) | 1958-06-12 | 1961-11-28 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Initiation of in situ combustion in carbonaceous stratum |
US2958519A (en) | 1958-06-23 | 1960-11-01 | Phillips Petroleum Co | In situ combustion process |
US3044545A (en) | 1958-10-02 | 1962-07-17 | Phillips Petroleum Co | In situ combustion process |
US3050123A (en) | 1958-10-07 | 1962-08-21 | Cities Service Res & Dev Co | Gas fired oil-well burner |
US2974937A (en) | 1958-11-03 | 1961-03-14 | Jersey Prod Res Co | Petroleum recovery from carbonaceous formations |
US2998457A (en) * | 1958-11-19 | 1961-08-29 | Ashland Oil Inc | Production of phenols |
US2970826A (en) | 1958-11-21 | 1961-02-07 | Texaco Inc | Recovery of oil from oil shale |
US3097690A (en) * | 1958-12-24 | 1963-07-16 | Gulf Research Development Co | Process for heating a subsurface formation |
US3036632A (en) | 1958-12-24 | 1962-05-29 | Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc | Recovery of hydrocarbon materials from earth formations by application of heat |
US2969226A (en) | 1959-01-19 | 1961-01-24 | Pyrochem Corp | Pendant parting petro pyrolysis process |
US3017168A (en) | 1959-01-26 | 1962-01-16 | Phillips Petroleum Co | In situ retorting of oil shale |
US3110345A (en) * | 1959-02-26 | 1963-11-12 | Gulf Research Development Co | Low temperature reverse combustion process |
US3113619A (en) * | 1959-03-30 | 1963-12-10 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Line drive counterflow in situ combustion process |
US3113620A (en) | 1959-07-06 | 1963-12-10 | Exxon Research Engineering Co | Process for producing viscous oil |
US3181613A (en) | 1959-07-20 | 1965-05-04 | Union Oil Co | Method and apparatus for subterranean heating |
US3113623A (en) * | 1959-07-20 | 1963-12-10 | Union Oil Co | Apparatus for underground retorting |
US3132692A (en) * | 1959-07-27 | 1964-05-12 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Use of formation heat from in situ combustion |
US3116792A (en) * | 1959-07-27 | 1964-01-07 | Phillips Petroleum Co | In situ combustion process |
US3150715A (en) * | 1959-09-30 | 1964-09-29 | Shell Oil Co | Oil recovery by in situ combustion with water injection |
US3095031A (en) | 1959-12-09 | 1963-06-25 | Eurenius Malte Oscar | Burners for use in bore holes in the ground |
US3004911A (en) * | 1959-12-11 | 1961-10-17 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Catalytic cracking process and two unit system |
US3006142A (en) | 1959-12-21 | 1961-10-31 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Jet engine combustion processes |
US3131763A (en) * | 1959-12-30 | 1964-05-05 | Texaco Inc | Electrical borehole heater |
US3163745A (en) * | 1960-02-29 | 1964-12-29 | Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc | Heating of an earth formation penetrated by a well borehole |
US3127935A (en) * | 1960-04-08 | 1964-04-07 | Marathon Oil Co | In situ combustion for oil recovery in tar sands, oil shales and conventional petroleum reservoirs |
US3137347A (en) | 1960-05-09 | 1964-06-16 | Phillips Petroleum Co | In situ electrolinking of oil shale |
US3139928A (en) * | 1960-05-24 | 1964-07-07 | Shell Oil Co | Thermal process for in situ decomposition of oil shale |
US3058730A (en) | 1960-06-03 | 1962-10-16 | Fmc Corp | Method of forming underground communication between boreholes |
US3106244A (en) | 1960-06-20 | 1963-10-08 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Process for producing oil shale in situ by electrocarbonization |
US3142336A (en) * | 1960-07-18 | 1964-07-28 | Shell Oil Co | Method and apparatus for injecting steam into subsurface formations |
US3105545A (en) | 1960-11-21 | 1963-10-01 | Shell Oil Co | Method of heating underground formations |
US3164207A (en) * | 1961-01-17 | 1965-01-05 | Wayne H Thessen | Method for recovering oil |
US3138203A (en) * | 1961-03-06 | 1964-06-23 | Jersey Prod Res Co | Method of underground burning |
US3191679A (en) | 1961-04-13 | 1965-06-29 | Wendell S Miller | Melting process for recovering bitumens from the earth |
US3130007A (en) | 1961-05-12 | 1964-04-21 | Union Carbide Corp | Crystalline zeolite y |
US3207220A (en) | 1961-06-26 | 1965-09-21 | Chester I Williams | Electric well heater |
US3114417A (en) * | 1961-08-14 | 1963-12-17 | Ernest T Saftig | Electric oil well heater apparatus |
US3246695A (en) | 1961-08-21 | 1966-04-19 | Charles L Robinson | Method for heating minerals in situ with radioactive materials |
US3057404A (en) | 1961-09-29 | 1962-10-09 | Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc | Method and system for producing oil tenaciously held in porous formations |
US3183675A (en) | 1961-11-02 | 1965-05-18 | Conch Int Methane Ltd | Method of freezing an earth formation |
US3170842A (en) | 1961-11-06 | 1965-02-23 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Subcritical borehole nuclear reactor and process |
US3209825A (en) | 1962-02-14 | 1965-10-05 | Continental Oil Co | Low temperature in-situ combustion |
US3205946A (en) | 1962-03-12 | 1965-09-14 | Shell Oil Co | Consolidation by silica coalescence |
US3165154A (en) * | 1962-03-23 | 1965-01-12 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Oil recovery by in situ combustion |
US3149670A (en) * | 1962-03-27 | 1964-09-22 | Smclair Res Inc | In-situ heating process |
US3214890A (en) * | 1962-04-19 | 1965-11-02 | Marathon Oil Co | Method of separation of hydrocarbons by a single absorption oil |
US3149672A (en) * | 1962-05-04 | 1964-09-22 | Jersey Prod Res Co | Method and apparatus for electrical heating of oil-bearing formations |
US3208531A (en) | 1962-08-21 | 1965-09-28 | Otis Eng Co | Inserting tool for locating and anchoring a device in tubing |
US3182721A (en) | 1962-11-02 | 1965-05-11 | Sun Oil Co | Method of petroleum production by forward in situ combustion |
US3288648A (en) | 1963-02-04 | 1966-11-29 | Pan American Petroleum Corp | Process for producing electrical energy from geological liquid hydrocarbon formation |
US3205942A (en) | 1963-02-07 | 1965-09-14 | Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc | Method for recovery of hydrocarbons by in situ heating of oil shale |
US3221811A (en) | 1963-03-11 | 1965-12-07 | Shell Oil Co | Mobile in-situ heating of formations |
US3250327A (en) | 1963-04-02 | 1966-05-10 | Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc | Recovering nonflowing hydrocarbons |
US3241611A (en) | 1963-04-10 | 1966-03-22 | Equity Oil Company | Recovery of petroleum products from oil shale |
GB959945A (en) | 1963-04-18 | 1964-06-03 | Conch Int Methane Ltd | Constructing a frozen wall within the ground |
US3237689A (en) | 1963-04-29 | 1966-03-01 | Clarence I Justheim | Distillation of underground deposits of solid carbonaceous materials in situ |
US3205944A (en) | 1963-06-14 | 1965-09-14 | Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc | Recovery of hydrocarbons from a subterranean reservoir by heating |
US3233668A (en) | 1963-11-15 | 1966-02-08 | Exxon Production Research Co | Recovery of shale oil |
US3285335A (en) | 1963-12-11 | 1966-11-15 | Exxon Research Engineering Co | In situ pyrolysis of oil shale formations |
US3273640A (en) | 1963-12-13 | 1966-09-20 | Pyrochem Corp | Pressure pulsing perpendicular permeability process for winning stabilized primary volatiles from oil shale in situ |
US3272261A (en) * | 1963-12-13 | 1966-09-13 | Gulf Research Development Co | Process for recovery of oil |
US3275076A (en) | 1964-01-13 | 1966-09-27 | Mobil Oil Corp | Recovery of asphaltic-type petroleum from a subterranean reservoir |
US3342258A (en) | 1964-03-06 | 1967-09-19 | Shell Oil Co | Underground oil recovery from solid oil-bearing deposits |
US3294167A (en) | 1964-04-13 | 1966-12-27 | Shell Oil Co | Thermal oil recovery |
US3284281A (en) | 1964-08-31 | 1966-11-08 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Production of oil from oil shale through fractures |
US3302707A (en) * | 1964-09-30 | 1967-02-07 | Mobil Oil Corp | Method for improving fluid recoveries from earthen formations |
US3380913A (en) | 1964-12-28 | 1968-04-30 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Refining of effluent from in situ combustion operation |
US3332480A (en) | 1965-03-04 | 1967-07-25 | Pan American Petroleum Corp | Recovery of hydrocarbons by thermal methods |
US3338306A (en) | 1965-03-09 | 1967-08-29 | Mobil Oil Corp | Recovery of heavy oil from oil sands |
US3358756A (en) | 1965-03-12 | 1967-12-19 | Shell Oil Co | Method for in situ recovery of solid or semi-solid petroleum deposits |
US3262741A (en) * | 1965-04-01 | 1966-07-26 | Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co | Solution mining of potassium chloride |
DE1242535B (en) | 1965-04-13 | 1967-06-22 | Deutsche Erdoel Ag | Process for the removal of residual oil from oil deposits |
US3316344A (en) * | 1965-04-26 | 1967-04-25 | Central Electr Generat Board | Prevention of icing of electrical conductors |
US3342267A (en) | 1965-04-29 | 1967-09-19 | Gerald S Cotter | Turbo-generator heater for oil and gas wells and pipe lines |
US3278234A (en) * | 1965-05-17 | 1966-10-11 | Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co | Solution mining of potassium chloride |
US3352355A (en) | 1965-06-23 | 1967-11-14 | Dow Chemical Co | Method of recovery of hydrocarbons from solid hydrocarbonaceous formations |
US3349845A (en) | 1965-10-22 | 1967-10-31 | Sinclair Oil & Gas Company | Method of establishing communication between wells |
US3379248A (en) | 1965-12-10 | 1968-04-23 | Mobil Oil Corp | In situ combustion process utilizing waste heat |
US3424254A (en) * | 1965-12-29 | 1969-01-28 | Major Walter Huff | Cryogenic method and apparatus for drilling hot geothermal zones |
US3386508A (en) | 1966-02-21 | 1968-06-04 | Exxon Production Research Co | Process and system for the recovery of viscous oil |
US3362751A (en) | 1966-02-28 | 1968-01-09 | Tinlin William | Method and system for recovering shale oil and gas |
US3595082A (en) | 1966-03-04 | 1971-07-27 | Gulf Oil Corp | Temperature measuring apparatus |
US3410977A (en) | 1966-03-28 | 1968-11-12 | Ando Masao | Method of and apparatus for heating the surface part of various construction materials |
DE1615192B1 (en) | 1966-04-01 | 1970-08-20 | Chisso Corp | Inductively heated heating pipe |
US3513913A (en) | 1966-04-19 | 1970-05-26 | Shell Oil Co | Oil recovery from oil shales by transverse combustion |
US3372754A (en) | 1966-05-31 | 1968-03-12 | Mobil Oil Corp | Well assembly for heating a subterranean formation |
US3399623A (en) | 1966-07-14 | 1968-09-03 | James R. Creed | Apparatus for and method of producing viscid oil |
US3412011A (en) | 1966-09-02 | 1968-11-19 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Catalytic cracking and in situ combustion process for producing hydrocarbons |
US3465819A (en) | 1967-02-13 | 1969-09-09 | American Oil Shale Corp | Use of nuclear detonations in producing hydrocarbons from an underground formation |
US3389975A (en) | 1967-03-10 | 1968-06-25 | Sinclair Research Inc | Process for the recovery of aluminum values from retorted shale and conversion of sodium aluminate to sodium aluminum carbonate hydroxide |
NL6803827A (en) | 1967-03-22 | 1968-09-23 | ||
US3528501A (en) | 1967-08-04 | 1970-09-15 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Recovery of oil from oil shale |
US3434541A (en) | 1967-10-11 | 1969-03-25 | Mobil Oil Corp | In situ combustion process |
US3485300A (en) | 1967-12-20 | 1969-12-23 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Method and apparatus for defoaming crude oil down hole |
US3477058A (en) | 1968-02-01 | 1969-11-04 | Gen Electric | Magnesia insulated heating elements and methods of production |
US3580987A (en) | 1968-03-26 | 1971-05-25 | Pirelli | Electric cable |
US3455383A (en) * | 1968-04-24 | 1969-07-15 | Shell Oil Co | Method of producing fluidized material from a subterranean formation |
US3578080A (en) | 1968-06-10 | 1971-05-11 | Shell Oil Co | Method of producing shale oil from an oil shale formation |
US3529682A (en) | 1968-10-03 | 1970-09-22 | Bell Telephone Labor Inc | Location detection and guidance systems for burrowing device |
US3537528A (en) | 1968-10-14 | 1970-11-03 | Shell Oil Co | Method for producing shale oil from an exfoliated oil shale formation |
US3593789A (en) | 1968-10-18 | 1971-07-20 | Shell Oil Co | Method for producing shale oil from an oil shale formation |
US3502372A (en) | 1968-10-23 | 1970-03-24 | Shell Oil Co | Process of recovering oil and dawsonite from oil shale |
US3565171A (en) * | 1968-10-23 | 1971-02-23 | Shell Oil Co | Method for producing shale oil from a subterranean oil shale formation |
US3554285A (en) * | 1968-10-24 | 1971-01-12 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Production and upgrading of heavy viscous oils |
US3629551A (en) | 1968-10-29 | 1971-12-21 | Chisso Corp | Controlling heat generation locally in a heat-generating pipe utilizing skin-effect current |
US3501201A (en) | 1968-10-30 | 1970-03-17 | Shell Oil Co | Method of producing shale oil from a subterranean oil shale formation |
US3540999A (en) * | 1969-01-15 | 1970-11-17 | Universal Oil Prod Co | Jet fuel kerosene and gasoline production from gas oils |
US3562401A (en) | 1969-03-03 | 1971-02-09 | Union Carbide Corp | Low temperature electric transmission systems |
US3614986A (en) | 1969-03-03 | 1971-10-26 | Electrothermic Co | Method for injecting heated fluids into mineral bearing formations |
US3542131A (en) | 1969-04-01 | 1970-11-24 | Mobil Oil Corp | Method of recovering hydrocarbons from oil shale |
US3547192A (en) | 1969-04-04 | 1970-12-15 | Shell Oil Co | Method of metal coating and electrically heating a subterranean earth formation |
US3618663A (en) | 1969-05-01 | 1971-11-09 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Shale oil production |
US3605890A (en) | 1969-06-04 | 1971-09-20 | Chevron Res | Hydrogen production from a kerogen-depleted shale formation |
US3572838A (en) * | 1969-07-07 | 1971-03-30 | Shell Oil Co | Recovery of aluminum compounds and oil from oil shale formations |
US3599714A (en) | 1969-09-08 | 1971-08-17 | Roger L Messman | Method of recovering hydrocarbons by in situ combustion |
US3614387A (en) | 1969-09-22 | 1971-10-19 | Watlow Electric Mfg Co | Electrical heater with an internal thermocouple |
US3547193A (en) | 1969-10-08 | 1970-12-15 | Electrothermic Co | Method and apparatus for recovery of minerals from sub-surface formations using electricity |
US3702886A (en) | 1969-10-10 | 1972-11-14 | Mobil Oil Corp | Crystalline zeolite zsm-5 and method of preparing the same |
US3661423A (en) | 1970-02-12 | 1972-05-09 | Occidental Petroleum Corp | In situ process for recovery of carbonaceous materials from subterranean deposits |
JPS4829418B1 (en) * | 1970-03-04 | 1973-09-10 | ||
US3709979A (en) * | 1970-04-23 | 1973-01-09 | Mobil Oil Corp | Crystalline zeolite zsm-11 |
US3759574A (en) * | 1970-09-24 | 1973-09-18 | Shell Oil Co | Method of producing hydrocarbons from an oil shale formation |
US4305463A (en) | 1979-10-31 | 1981-12-15 | Oil Trieval Corporation | Oil recovery method and apparatus |
US3679812A (en) | 1970-11-13 | 1972-07-25 | Schlumberger Technology Corp | Electrical suspension cable for well tools |
US3680633A (en) | 1970-12-28 | 1972-08-01 | Sun Oil Co Delaware | Situ combustion initiation process |
US3675715A (en) | 1970-12-30 | 1972-07-11 | Forrester A Clark | Processes for secondarily recovering oil |
US3770614A (en) | 1971-01-15 | 1973-11-06 | Mobil Oil Corp | Split feed reforming and n-paraffin elimination from low boiling reformate |
US3832449A (en) | 1971-03-18 | 1974-08-27 | Mobil Oil Corp | Crystalline zeolite zsm{14 12 |
US3748251A (en) * | 1971-04-20 | 1973-07-24 | Mobil Oil Corp | Dual riser fluid catalytic cracking with zsm-5 zeolite |
US3700280A (en) | 1971-04-28 | 1972-10-24 | Shell Oil Co | Method of producing oil from an oil shale formation containing nahcolite and dawsonite |
US3774701A (en) * | 1971-05-07 | 1973-11-27 | C Weaver | Method and apparatus for drilling |
US3770398A (en) | 1971-09-17 | 1973-11-06 | Cities Service Oil Co | In situ coal gasification process |
US3812913A (en) * | 1971-10-18 | 1974-05-28 | Sun Oil Co | Method of formation consolidation |
US3893918A (en) | 1971-11-22 | 1975-07-08 | Engineering Specialties Inc | Method for separating material leaving a well |
US3766982A (en) | 1971-12-27 | 1973-10-23 | Justheim Petrol Co | Method for the in-situ treatment of hydrocarbonaceous materials |
US3759328A (en) | 1972-05-11 | 1973-09-18 | Shell Oil Co | Laterally expanding oil shale permeabilization |
US3794116A (en) | 1972-05-30 | 1974-02-26 | Atomic Energy Commission | Situ coal bed gasification |
US3757860A (en) | 1972-08-07 | 1973-09-11 | Atlantic Richfield Co | Well heating |
US3779602A (en) | 1972-08-07 | 1973-12-18 | Shell Oil Co | Process for solution mining nahcolite |
US3809159A (en) | 1972-10-02 | 1974-05-07 | Continental Oil Co | Process for simultaneously increasing recovery and upgrading oil in a reservoir |
US3804172A (en) * | 1972-10-11 | 1974-04-16 | Shell Oil Co | Method for the recovery of oil from oil shale |
US3794113A (en) * | 1972-11-13 | 1974-02-26 | Mobil Oil Corp | Combination in situ combustion displacement and steam stimulation of producing wells |
US3804169A (en) | 1973-02-07 | 1974-04-16 | Shell Oil Co | Spreading-fluid recovery of subterranean oil |
US3947683A (en) | 1973-06-05 | 1976-03-30 | Texaco Inc. | Combination of epithermal and inelastic neutron scattering methods to locate coal and oil shale zones |
US4076761A (en) | 1973-08-09 | 1978-02-28 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Process for the manufacture of gasoline |
US4016245A (en) | 1973-09-04 | 1977-04-05 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Crystalline zeolite and method of preparing same |
US3881551A (en) | 1973-10-12 | 1975-05-06 | Ruel C Terry | Method of extracting immobile hydrocarbons |
US3907045A (en) | 1973-11-30 | 1975-09-23 | Continental Oil Co | Guidance system for a horizontal drilling apparatus |
US3853185A (en) | 1973-11-30 | 1974-12-10 | Continental Oil Co | Guidance system for a horizontal drilling apparatus |
US3882941A (en) | 1973-12-17 | 1975-05-13 | Cities Service Res & Dev Co | In situ production of bitumen from oil shale |
US3922148A (en) | 1974-05-16 | 1975-11-25 | Texaco Development Corp | Production of methane-rich gas |
US3948755A (en) | 1974-05-31 | 1976-04-06 | Standard Oil Company | Process for recovering and upgrading hydrocarbons from oil shale and tar sands |
US3894769A (en) * | 1974-06-06 | 1975-07-15 | Shell Oil Co | Recovering oil from a subterranean carbonaceous formation |
US3948758A (en) * | 1974-06-17 | 1976-04-06 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Production of alkyl aromatic hydrocarbons |
US4006778A (en) | 1974-06-21 | 1977-02-08 | Texaco Exploration Canada Ltd. | Thermal recovery of hydrocarbon from tar sands |
US4026357A (en) | 1974-06-26 | 1977-05-31 | Texaco Exploration Canada Ltd. | In situ gasification of solid hydrocarbon materials in a subterranean formation |
US4005752A (en) * | 1974-07-26 | 1977-02-01 | Occidental Petroleum Corporation | Method of igniting in situ oil shale retort with fuel rich flue gas |
US4029360A (en) | 1974-07-26 | 1977-06-14 | Occidental Oil Shale, Inc. | Method of recovering oil and water from in situ oil shale retort flue gas |
US3941421A (en) | 1974-08-13 | 1976-03-02 | Occidental Petroleum Corporation | Apparatus for obtaining uniform gas flow through an in situ oil shale retort |
GB1454324A (en) | 1974-08-14 | 1976-11-03 | Iniex | Recovering combustible gases from underground deposits of coal or bituminous shale |
US3948319A (en) | 1974-10-16 | 1976-04-06 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Method and apparatus for producing fluid by varying current flow through subterranean source formation |
AR205595A1 (en) | 1974-11-06 | 1976-05-14 | Haldor Topsoe As | PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING GASES RICH IN METHANE |
US3933447A (en) * | 1974-11-08 | 1976-01-20 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Energy Research And Development Administration | Underground gasification of coal |
US4138442A (en) * | 1974-12-05 | 1979-02-06 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Process for the manufacture of gasoline |
US3952802A (en) | 1974-12-11 | 1976-04-27 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for in situ gasification of coal and the commercial products derived therefrom |
US3986556A (en) | 1975-01-06 | 1976-10-19 | Haynes Charles A | Hydrocarbon recovery from earth strata |
US4042026A (en) | 1975-02-08 | 1977-08-16 | Deutsche Texaco Aktiengesellschaft | Method for initiating an in-situ recovery process by the introduction of oxygen |
US4096163A (en) | 1975-04-08 | 1978-06-20 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Conversion of synthesis gas to hydrocarbon mixtures |
US3924680A (en) | 1975-04-23 | 1975-12-09 | In Situ Technology Inc | Method of pyrolysis of coal in situ |
US3973628A (en) | 1975-04-30 | 1976-08-10 | New Mexico Tech Research Foundation | In situ solution mining of coal |
US3989108A (en) * | 1975-05-16 | 1976-11-02 | Texaco Inc. | Water exclusion method for hydrocarbon production wells using freezing technique |
US4016239A (en) | 1975-05-22 | 1977-04-05 | Union Oil Company Of California | Recarbonation of spent oil shale |
US3987851A (en) | 1975-06-02 | 1976-10-26 | Shell Oil Company | Serially burning and pyrolyzing to produce shale oil from a subterranean oil shale |
US3986557A (en) | 1975-06-06 | 1976-10-19 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Production of bitumen from tar sands |
CA1064890A (en) * | 1975-06-10 | 1979-10-23 | Mae K. Rubin | Crystalline zeolite, synthesis and use thereof |
US3950029A (en) | 1975-06-12 | 1976-04-13 | Mobil Oil Corporation | In situ retorting of oil shale |
US3993132A (en) | 1975-06-18 | 1976-11-23 | Texaco Exploration Canada Ltd. | Thermal recovery of hydrocarbons from tar sands |
US4069868A (en) * | 1975-07-14 | 1978-01-24 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Methods of fluidized production of coal in situ |
BE832017A (en) * | 1975-07-31 | 1975-11-17 | NEW PROCESS FOR EXPLOITATION OF A COAL OR LIGNITE DEPOSIT BY UNDERGROUND GASING UNDER HIGH PRESSURE | |
US4199024A (en) | 1975-08-07 | 1980-04-22 | World Energy Systems | Multistage gas generator |
US3954140A (en) | 1975-08-13 | 1976-05-04 | Hendrick Robert P | Recovery of hydrocarbons by in situ thermal extraction |
US3986349A (en) | 1975-09-15 | 1976-10-19 | Chevron Research Company | Method of power generation via coal gasification and liquid hydrocarbon synthesis |
US3994340A (en) | 1975-10-30 | 1976-11-30 | Chevron Research Company | Method of recovering viscous petroleum from tar sand |
US4037658A (en) | 1975-10-30 | 1977-07-26 | Chevron Research Company | Method of recovering viscous petroleum from an underground formation |
US3994341A (en) | 1975-10-30 | 1976-11-30 | Chevron Research Company | Recovering viscous petroleum from thick tar sand |
US4087130A (en) | 1975-11-03 | 1978-05-02 | Occidental Petroleum Corporation | Process for the gasification of coal in situ |
US4018279A (en) * | 1975-11-12 | 1977-04-19 | Reynolds Merrill J | In situ coal combustion heat recovery method |
US4018280A (en) | 1975-12-10 | 1977-04-19 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Process for in situ retorting of oil shale |
US3992474A (en) * | 1975-12-15 | 1976-11-16 | Uop Inc. | Motor fuel production with fluid catalytic cracking of high-boiling alkylate |
US4019575A (en) | 1975-12-22 | 1977-04-26 | Chevron Research Company | System for recovering viscous petroleum from thick tar sand |
US4017319A (en) | 1976-01-06 | 1977-04-12 | General Electric Company | Si3 N4 formed by nitridation of sintered silicon compact containing boron |
US3999607A (en) | 1976-01-22 | 1976-12-28 | Exxon Research And Engineering Company | Recovery of hydrocarbons from coal |
US4031956A (en) | 1976-02-12 | 1977-06-28 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Method of recovering energy from subsurface petroleum reservoirs |
US4008762A (en) * | 1976-02-26 | 1977-02-22 | Fisher Sidney T | Extraction of hydrocarbons in situ from underground hydrocarbon deposits |
US4010800A (en) * | 1976-03-08 | 1977-03-08 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Producing thin seams of coal in situ |
US4048637A (en) | 1976-03-23 | 1977-09-13 | Westinghouse Electric Corporation | Radar system for detecting slowly moving targets |
DE2615874B2 (en) | 1976-04-10 | 1978-10-19 | Deutsche Texaco Ag, 2000 Hamburg | Application of a method for extracting crude oil and bitumen from underground deposits by means of a combustion front in deposits of any content of intermediate hydrocarbons in the crude oil or bitumen |
GB1544245A (en) * | 1976-05-21 | 1979-04-19 | British Gas Corp | Production of substitute natural gas |
US4049053A (en) | 1976-06-10 | 1977-09-20 | Fisher Sidney T | Recovery of hydrocarbons from partially exhausted oil wells by mechanical wave heating |
US4487257A (en) * | 1976-06-17 | 1984-12-11 | Raytheon Company | Apparatus and method for production of organic products from kerogen |
US4193451A (en) | 1976-06-17 | 1980-03-18 | The Badger Company, Inc. | Method for production of organic products from kerogen |
US4067390A (en) * | 1976-07-06 | 1978-01-10 | Technology Application Services Corporation | Apparatus and method for the recovery of fuel products from subterranean deposits of carbonaceous matter using a plasma arc |
US4057293A (en) | 1976-07-12 | 1977-11-08 | Garrett Donald E | Process for in situ conversion of coal or the like into oil and gas |
US4043393A (en) | 1976-07-29 | 1977-08-23 | Fisher Sidney T | Extraction from underground coal deposits |
US4091869A (en) | 1976-09-07 | 1978-05-30 | Exxon Production Research Company | In situ process for recovery of carbonaceous materials from subterranean deposits |
US4083604A (en) | 1976-11-15 | 1978-04-11 | Trw Inc. | Thermomechanical fracture for recovery system in oil shale deposits |
US4059308A (en) * | 1976-11-15 | 1977-11-22 | Trw Inc. | Pressure swing recovery system for oil shale deposits |
US4065183A (en) * | 1976-11-15 | 1977-12-27 | Trw Inc. | Recovery system for oil shale deposits |
US4064943A (en) * | 1976-12-06 | 1977-12-27 | Shell Oil Co | Plugging permeable earth formation with wax |
US4084637A (en) | 1976-12-16 | 1978-04-18 | Petro Canada Exploration Inc. | Method of producing viscous materials from subterranean formations |
US4089374A (en) | 1976-12-16 | 1978-05-16 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Producing methane from coal in situ |
US4093026A (en) | 1977-01-17 | 1978-06-06 | Occidental Oil Shale, Inc. | Removal of sulfur dioxide from process gas using treated oil shale and water |
US4277416A (en) | 1977-02-17 | 1981-07-07 | Aminoil, Usa, Inc. | Process for producing methanol |
US4085803A (en) * | 1977-03-14 | 1978-04-25 | Exxon Production Research Company | Method for oil recovery using a horizontal well with indirect heating |
US4099567A (en) | 1977-05-27 | 1978-07-11 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Generating medium BTU gas from coal in situ |
US4169506A (en) * | 1977-07-15 | 1979-10-02 | Standard Oil Company (Indiana) | In situ retorting of oil shale and energy recovery |
US4140180A (en) * | 1977-08-29 | 1979-02-20 | Iit Research Institute | Method for in situ heat processing of hydrocarbonaceous formations |
US4144935A (en) | 1977-08-29 | 1979-03-20 | Iit Research Institute | Apparatus and method for in situ heat processing of hydrocarbonaceous formations |
NL181941C (en) | 1977-09-16 | 1987-12-01 | Ir Arnold Willem Josephus Grup | METHOD FOR UNDERGROUND GASULATION OF COAL OR BROWN. |
US4125159A (en) | 1977-10-17 | 1978-11-14 | Vann Roy Randell | Method and apparatus for isolating and treating subsurface stratas |
SU915451A1 (en) | 1977-10-21 | 1988-08-23 | Vnii Ispolzovania | Method of underground gasification of fuel |
US4119349A (en) | 1977-10-25 | 1978-10-10 | Gulf Oil Corporation | Method and apparatus for recovery of fluids produced in in-situ retorting of oil shale |
US4114688A (en) | 1977-12-05 | 1978-09-19 | In Situ Technology Inc. | Minimizing environmental effects in production and use of coal |
US4158467A (en) | 1977-12-30 | 1979-06-19 | Gulf Oil Corporation | Process for recovering shale oil |
SU680357A1 (en) * | 1978-01-30 | 1981-08-07 | Всесоюзный Научно-Исследовательскийи Проектный Институт Галургии | Method of underground dissolution of salt |
US4148359A (en) | 1978-01-30 | 1979-04-10 | Shell Oil Company | Pressure-balanced oil recovery process for water productive oil shale |
FR2420024A1 (en) * | 1978-03-16 | 1979-10-12 | Neftegazovy N Iss I | Petroleum prodn. by hot fluid injection from mine system - with sealed injection galleries |
DE2812490A1 (en) | 1978-03-22 | 1979-09-27 | Texaco Ag | PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING THE SPATIAL EXTENSION OF SUBSEQUENT REACTIONS |
JPS54128401A (en) * | 1978-03-27 | 1979-10-05 | Texaco Development Corp | Recovery of oil from underground |
US4160479A (en) * | 1978-04-24 | 1979-07-10 | Richardson Reginald D | Heavy oil recovery process |
US4197911A (en) | 1978-05-09 | 1980-04-15 | Ramcor, Inc. | Process for in situ coal gasification |
US4228853A (en) | 1978-06-21 | 1980-10-21 | Harvey A Herbert | Petroleum production method |
US4186801A (en) | 1978-12-18 | 1980-02-05 | Gulf Research And Development Company | In situ combustion process for the recovery of liquid carbonaceous fuels from subterranean formations |
US4185692A (en) | 1978-07-14 | 1980-01-29 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Underground linkage of wells for production of coal in situ |
US4184548A (en) | 1978-07-17 | 1980-01-22 | Standard Oil Company (Indiana) | Method for determining the position and inclination of a flame front during in situ combustion of an oil shale retort |
US4183405A (en) | 1978-10-02 | 1980-01-15 | Magnie Robert L | Enhanced recoveries of petroleum and hydrogen from underground reservoirs |
US4446917A (en) | 1978-10-04 | 1984-05-08 | Todd John C | Method and apparatus for producing viscous or waxy crude oils |
ES474736A1 (en) * | 1978-10-31 | 1979-04-01 | Empresa Nacional Aluminio | System for generating and autocontrolling the voltage or current wave form applicable to processes for the electrolytic coloring of anodized aluminium |
US4311340A (en) * | 1978-11-27 | 1982-01-19 | Lyons William C | Uranium leeching process and insitu mining |
NL7811732A (en) | 1978-11-30 | 1980-06-03 | Stamicarbon | METHOD FOR CONVERSION OF DIMETHYL ETHER |
JPS5576586A (en) | 1978-12-01 | 1980-06-09 | Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co | Heater |
US4457365A (en) | 1978-12-07 | 1984-07-03 | Raytheon Company | In situ radio frequency selective heating system |
US4299086A (en) | 1978-12-07 | 1981-11-10 | Gulf Research & Development Company | Utilization of energy obtained by substoichiometric combustion of low heating value gases |
US4265307A (en) | 1978-12-20 | 1981-05-05 | Standard Oil Company | Shale oil recovery |
US4194562A (en) | 1978-12-21 | 1980-03-25 | Texaco Inc. | Method for preconditioning a subterranean oil-bearing formation prior to in-situ combustion |
US4258955A (en) * | 1978-12-26 | 1981-03-31 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Process for in-situ leaching of uranium |
US4274487A (en) | 1979-01-11 | 1981-06-23 | Standard Oil Company (Indiana) | Indirect thermal stimulation of production wells |
US4232902A (en) * | 1979-02-09 | 1980-11-11 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Solution mining water soluble salts at high temperatures |
US4324292A (en) | 1979-02-21 | 1982-04-13 | University Of Utah | Process for recovering products from oil shale |
US4289354A (en) * | 1979-02-23 | 1981-09-15 | Edwin G. Higgins, Jr. | Borehole mining of solid mineral resources |
US4248306A (en) * | 1979-04-02 | 1981-02-03 | Huisen Allan T Van | Geothermal petroleum refining |
US4282587A (en) | 1979-05-21 | 1981-08-04 | Daniel Silverman | Method for monitoring the recovery of minerals from shallow geological formations |
US4254287A (en) * | 1979-07-05 | 1981-03-03 | Conoco, Inc. | Removal of catalyst from ethoxylates by centrifugation |
US4241787A (en) * | 1979-07-06 | 1980-12-30 | Price Ernest H | Downhole separator for wells |
US4290650A (en) * | 1979-08-03 | 1981-09-22 | Ppg Industries Canada Ltd. | Subterranean cavity chimney development for connecting solution mined cavities |
US4228854A (en) | 1979-08-13 | 1980-10-21 | Alberta Research Council | Enhanced oil recovery using electrical means |
US4701587A (en) | 1979-08-31 | 1987-10-20 | Metcal, Inc. | Shielded heating element having intrinsic temperature control |
US4256945A (en) * | 1979-08-31 | 1981-03-17 | Iris Associates | Alternating current electrically resistive heating element having intrinsic temperature control |
US4549396A (en) | 1979-10-01 | 1985-10-29 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Conversion of coal to electricity |
US4368114A (en) | 1979-12-05 | 1983-01-11 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Octane and total yield improvement in catalytic cracking |
US4250230A (en) | 1979-12-10 | 1981-02-10 | In Situ Technology, Inc. | Generating electricity from coal in situ |
US4250962A (en) * | 1979-12-14 | 1981-02-17 | Gulf Research & Development Company | In situ combustion process for the recovery of liquid carbonaceous fuels from subterranean formations |
US4398151A (en) | 1980-01-25 | 1983-08-09 | Shell Oil Company | Method for correcting an electrical log for the presence of shale in a formation |
US4359687A (en) | 1980-01-25 | 1982-11-16 | Shell Oil Company | Method and apparatus for determining shaliness and oil saturations in earth formations using induced polarization in the frequency domain |
USRE30738E (en) | 1980-02-06 | 1981-09-08 | Iit Research Institute | Apparatus and method for in situ heat processing of hydrocarbonaceous formations |
US4303126A (en) | 1980-02-27 | 1981-12-01 | Chevron Research Company | Arrangement of wells for producing subsurface viscous petroleum |
US4269697A (en) * | 1980-02-27 | 1981-05-26 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Low pour point heavy oils |
US4375302A (en) * | 1980-03-03 | 1983-03-01 | Nicholas Kalmar | Process for the in situ recovery of both petroleum and inorganic mineral content of an oil shale deposit |
US4445574A (en) | 1980-03-24 | 1984-05-01 | Geo Vann, Inc. | Continuous borehole formed horizontally through a hydrocarbon producing formation |
US4417782A (en) | 1980-03-31 | 1983-11-29 | Raychem Corporation | Fiber optic temperature sensing |
FR2480300B1 (en) * | 1980-04-09 | 1985-06-07 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | PROCESS FOR THE RECOVERY OF HEAVY OILS |
CA1168283A (en) | 1980-04-14 | 1984-05-29 | Hiroshi Teratani | Electrode device for electrically heating underground deposits of hydrocarbons |
US4273188A (en) | 1980-04-30 | 1981-06-16 | Gulf Research & Development Company | In situ combustion process for the recovery of liquid carbonaceous fuels from subterranean formations |
US4306621A (en) | 1980-05-23 | 1981-12-22 | Boyd R Michael | Method for in situ coal gasification operations |
US4287957A (en) * | 1980-05-27 | 1981-09-08 | Evans Robert F | Cooling a drilling tool component with a separate flow stream of reduced-temperature gaseous drilling fluid |
US4409090A (en) | 1980-06-02 | 1983-10-11 | University Of Utah | Process for recovering products from tar sand |
CA1165361A (en) | 1980-06-03 | 1984-04-10 | Toshiyuki Kobayashi | Electrode unit for electrically heating underground hydrocarbon deposits |
US4381641A (en) | 1980-06-23 | 1983-05-03 | Gulf Research & Development Company | Substoichiometric combustion of low heating value gases |
CA1183909A (en) * | 1980-06-30 | 1985-03-12 | Vernon L. Heeren | Rf applicator for in situ heating |
US4310440A (en) * | 1980-07-07 | 1982-01-12 | Union Carbide Corporation | Crystalline metallophosphate compositions |
US4401099A (en) | 1980-07-11 | 1983-08-30 | W.B. Combustion, Inc. | Single-ended recuperative radiant tube assembly and method |
US4299285A (en) | 1980-07-21 | 1981-11-10 | Gulf Research & Development Company | Underground gasification of bituminous coal |
US4396062A (en) | 1980-10-06 | 1983-08-02 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Apparatus and method for time-domain tracking of high-speed chemical reactions |
US4353418A (en) | 1980-10-20 | 1982-10-12 | Standard Oil Company (Indiana) | In situ retorting of oil shale |
US4384613A (en) * | 1980-10-24 | 1983-05-24 | Terra Tek, Inc. | Method of in-situ retorting of carbonaceous material for recovery of organic liquids and gases |
US4401163A (en) | 1980-12-29 | 1983-08-30 | The Standard Oil Company | Modified in situ retorting of oil shale |
US4385661A (en) | 1981-01-07 | 1983-05-31 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Downhole steam generator with improved preheating, combustion and protection features |
US4448251A (en) * | 1981-01-08 | 1984-05-15 | Uop Inc. | In situ conversion of hydrocarbonaceous oil |
US4423311A (en) | 1981-01-19 | 1983-12-27 | Varney Sr Paul | Electric heating apparatus for de-icing pipes |
US4366668A (en) * | 1981-02-25 | 1983-01-04 | Gulf Research & Development Company | Substoichiometric combustion of low heating value gases |
US4382469A (en) | 1981-03-10 | 1983-05-10 | Electro-Petroleum, Inc. | Method of in situ gasification |
US4363361A (en) | 1981-03-19 | 1982-12-14 | Gulf Research & Development Company | Substoichiometric combustion of low heating value gases |
US4390067A (en) | 1981-04-06 | 1983-06-28 | Exxon Production Research Co. | Method of treating reservoirs containing very viscous crude oil or bitumen |
US4399866A (en) | 1981-04-10 | 1983-08-23 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Method for controlling the flow of subterranean water into a selected zone in a permeable subterranean carbonaceous deposit |
US4444255A (en) | 1981-04-20 | 1984-04-24 | Lloyd Geoffrey | Apparatus and process for the recovery of oil |
US4380930A (en) | 1981-05-01 | 1983-04-26 | Mobil Oil Corporation | System for transmitting ultrasonic energy through core samples |
US4378048A (en) | 1981-05-08 | 1983-03-29 | Gulf Research & Development Company | Substoichiometric combustion of low heating value gases using different platinum catalysts |
US4429745A (en) | 1981-05-08 | 1984-02-07 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Oil recovery method |
US4384614A (en) | 1981-05-11 | 1983-05-24 | Justheim Pertroleum Company | Method of retorting oil shale by velocity flow of super-heated air |
US4437519A (en) * | 1981-06-03 | 1984-03-20 | Occidental Oil Shale, Inc. | Reduction of shale oil pour point |
US4428700A (en) * | 1981-08-03 | 1984-01-31 | E. R. Johnson Associates, Inc. | Method for disposing of waste materials |
US4456065A (en) | 1981-08-20 | 1984-06-26 | Elektra Energie A.G. | Heavy oil recovering |
US4344483A (en) * | 1981-09-08 | 1982-08-17 | Fisher Charles B | Multiple-site underground magnetic heating of hydrocarbons |
US4452491A (en) | 1981-09-25 | 1984-06-05 | Intercontinental Econergy Associates, Inc. | Recovery of hydrocarbons from deep underground deposits of tar sands |
US4425967A (en) | 1981-10-07 | 1984-01-17 | Standard Oil Company (Indiana) | Ignition procedure and process for in situ retorting of oil shale |
US4605680A (en) | 1981-10-13 | 1986-08-12 | Chevron Research Company | Conversion of synthesis gas to diesel fuel and gasoline |
JPS6053159B2 (en) * | 1981-10-20 | 1985-11-22 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Electric heating method for hydrocarbon underground resources |
US4410042A (en) | 1981-11-02 | 1983-10-18 | Mobil Oil Corporation | In-situ combustion method for recovery of heavy oil utilizing oxygen and carbon dioxide as initial oxidant |
US4444258A (en) * | 1981-11-10 | 1984-04-24 | Nicholas Kalmar | In situ recovery of oil from oil shale |
US4388176A (en) * | 1981-11-19 | 1983-06-14 | Texaco Inc. | Hydrocarbon conversion process |
US4418752A (en) | 1982-01-07 | 1983-12-06 | Conoco Inc. | Thermal oil recovery with solvent recirculation |
FR2519688A1 (en) | 1982-01-08 | 1983-07-18 | Elf Aquitaine | SEALING SYSTEM FOR DRILLING WELLS IN WHICH CIRCULATES A HOT FLUID |
US4397732A (en) | 1982-02-11 | 1983-08-09 | International Coal Refining Company | Process for coal liquefaction employing selective coal feed |
US4551226A (en) | 1982-02-26 | 1985-11-05 | Chevron Research Company | Heat exchanger antifoulant |
US4530401A (en) | 1982-04-05 | 1985-07-23 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method for maximum in-situ visbreaking of heavy oil |
CA1196594A (en) | 1982-04-08 | 1985-11-12 | Guy Savard | Recovery of oil from tar sands |
US4537252A (en) | 1982-04-23 | 1985-08-27 | Standard Oil Company (Indiana) | Method of underground conversion of coal |
US4491179A (en) * | 1982-04-26 | 1985-01-01 | Pirson Sylvain J | Method for oil recovery by in situ exfoliation drive |
US4455215A (en) | 1982-04-29 | 1984-06-19 | Jarrott David M | Process for the geoconversion of coal into oil |
US4412585A (en) | 1982-05-03 | 1983-11-01 | Cities Service Company | Electrothermal process for recovering hydrocarbons |
US4524826A (en) | 1982-06-14 | 1985-06-25 | Texaco Inc. | Method of heating an oil shale formation |
US4457374A (en) | 1982-06-29 | 1984-07-03 | Standard Oil Company | Transient response process for detecting in situ retorting conditions |
US4442896A (en) | 1982-07-21 | 1984-04-17 | Reale Lucio V | Treatment of underground beds |
US4440871A (en) | 1982-07-26 | 1984-04-03 | Union Carbide Corporation | Crystalline silicoaluminophosphates |
US4407973A (en) | 1982-07-28 | 1983-10-04 | The M. W. Kellogg Company | Methanol from coal and natural gas |
US4479541A (en) | 1982-08-23 | 1984-10-30 | Wang Fun Den | Method and apparatus for recovery of oil, gas and mineral deposits by panel opening |
US4460044A (en) | 1982-08-31 | 1984-07-17 | Chevron Research Company | Advancing heated annulus steam drive |
US4458767A (en) | 1982-09-28 | 1984-07-10 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method for directionally drilling a first well to intersect a second well |
US4485868A (en) * | 1982-09-29 | 1984-12-04 | Iit Research Institute | Method for recovery of viscous hydrocarbons by electromagnetic heating in situ |
US4695713A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1987-09-22 | Metcal, Inc. | Autoregulating, electrically shielded heater |
CA1214815A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1986-12-02 | John F. Krumme | Autoregulating electrically shielded heater |
US4927857A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1990-05-22 | Engelhard Corporation | Method of methanol production |
US4498531A (en) * | 1982-10-01 | 1985-02-12 | Rockwell International Corporation | Emission controller for indirect fired downhole steam generators |
US4485869A (en) | 1982-10-22 | 1984-12-04 | Iit Research Institute | Recovery of liquid hydrocarbons from oil shale by electromagnetic heating in situ |
DE3365337D1 (en) | 1982-11-22 | 1986-09-18 | Shell Int Research | Process for the preparation of a fischer-tropsch catalyst, a catalyst so prepared and use of this catalyst in the preparation of hydrocarbons |
US4474238A (en) | 1982-11-30 | 1984-10-02 | Phillips Petroleum Company | Method and apparatus for treatment of subsurface formations |
US4498535A (en) * | 1982-11-30 | 1985-02-12 | Iit Research Institute | Apparatus and method for in situ controlled heat processing of hydrocarbonaceous formations with a controlled parameter line |
US4752673A (en) | 1982-12-01 | 1988-06-21 | Metcal, Inc. | Autoregulating heater |
US4436613A (en) * | 1982-12-03 | 1984-03-13 | Texaco Inc. | Two stage catalytic cracking process |
US4501326A (en) * | 1983-01-17 | 1985-02-26 | Gulf Canada Limited | In-situ recovery of viscous hydrocarbonaceous crude oil |
US4609041A (en) | 1983-02-10 | 1986-09-02 | Magda Richard M | Well hot oil system |
US4526615A (en) * | 1983-03-01 | 1985-07-02 | Johnson Paul H | Cellular heap leach process and apparatus |
US4886118A (en) | 1983-03-21 | 1989-12-12 | Shell Oil Company | Conductively heating a subterranean oil shale to create permeability and subsequently produce oil |
US4640352A (en) * | 1983-03-21 | 1987-02-03 | Shell Oil Company | In-situ steam drive oil recovery process |
US4500651A (en) * | 1983-03-31 | 1985-02-19 | Union Carbide Corporation | Titanium-containing molecular sieves |
US4458757A (en) | 1983-04-25 | 1984-07-10 | Exxon Research And Engineering Co. | In situ shale-oil recovery process |
US4545435A (en) | 1983-04-29 | 1985-10-08 | Iit Research Institute | Conduction heating of hydrocarbonaceous formations |
US4524827A (en) | 1983-04-29 | 1985-06-25 | Iit Research Institute | Single well stimulation for the recovery of liquid hydrocarbons from subsurface formations |
US4518548A (en) | 1983-05-02 | 1985-05-21 | Sulcon, Inc. | Method of overlaying sulphur concrete on horizontal and vertical surfaces |
US4436615A (en) * | 1983-05-09 | 1984-03-13 | United States Steel Corporation | Process for removing solids from coal tar |
US4794226A (en) | 1983-05-26 | 1988-12-27 | Metcal, Inc. | Self-regulating porous heater device |
EP0130671A3 (en) * | 1983-05-26 | 1986-12-17 | Metcal Inc. | Multiple temperature autoregulating heater |
US5073625A (en) | 1983-05-26 | 1991-12-17 | Metcal, Inc. | Self-regulating porous heating device |
DE3319732A1 (en) | 1983-05-31 | 1984-12-06 | Kraftwerk Union AG, 4330 Mülheim | MEDIUM-POWER PLANT WITH INTEGRATED COAL GASIFICATION SYSTEM FOR GENERATING ELECTRICITY AND METHANOL |
US4583046A (en) | 1983-06-20 | 1986-04-15 | Shell Oil Company | Apparatus for focused electrode induced polarization logging |
US4658215A (en) | 1983-06-20 | 1987-04-14 | Shell Oil Company | Method for induced polarization logging |
US4717814A (en) * | 1983-06-27 | 1988-01-05 | Metcal, Inc. | Slotted autoregulating heater |
US4985313A (en) | 1985-01-14 | 1991-01-15 | Raychem Limited | Wire and cable |
US5209987A (en) | 1983-07-08 | 1993-05-11 | Raychem Limited | Wire and cable |
US4598392A (en) | 1983-07-26 | 1986-07-01 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Vibratory signal sweep seismic prospecting method and apparatus |
US4501445A (en) | 1983-08-01 | 1985-02-26 | Cities Service Company | Method of in-situ hydrogenation of carbonaceous material |
US4573530A (en) | 1983-11-07 | 1986-03-04 | Mobil Oil Corporation | In-situ gasification of tar sands utilizing a combustible gas |
US4698149A (en) | 1983-11-07 | 1987-10-06 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Enhanced recovery of hydrocarbonaceous fluids oil shale |
US4489782A (en) | 1983-12-12 | 1984-12-25 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Viscous oil production using electrical current heating and lateral drain holes |
US4598772A (en) | 1983-12-28 | 1986-07-08 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method for operating a production well in an oxygen driven in-situ combustion oil recovery process |
US4542648A (en) | 1983-12-29 | 1985-09-24 | Shell Oil Company | Method of correlating a core sample with its original position in a borehole |
US4540882A (en) | 1983-12-29 | 1985-09-10 | Shell Oil Company | Method of determining drilling fluid invasion |
US4613754A (en) | 1983-12-29 | 1986-09-23 | Shell Oil Company | Tomographic calibration apparatus |
US4635197A (en) | 1983-12-29 | 1987-01-06 | Shell Oil Company | High resolution tomographic imaging method |
US4571491A (en) * | 1983-12-29 | 1986-02-18 | Shell Oil Company | Method of imaging the atomic number of a sample |
US4583242A (en) | 1983-12-29 | 1986-04-15 | Shell Oil Company | Apparatus for positioning a sample in a computerized axial tomographic scanner |
US4662439A (en) | 1984-01-20 | 1987-05-05 | Amoco Corporation | Method of underground conversion of coal |
US4572229A (en) | 1984-02-02 | 1986-02-25 | Thomas D. Mueller | Variable proportioner |
US4623401A (en) | 1984-03-06 | 1986-11-18 | Metcal, Inc. | Heat treatment with an autoregulating heater |
US4644283A (en) | 1984-03-19 | 1987-02-17 | Shell Oil Company | In-situ method for determining pore size distribution, capillary pressure and permeability |
US4552214A (en) | 1984-03-22 | 1985-11-12 | Standard Oil Company (Indiana) | Pulsed in situ retorting in an array of oil shale retorts |
US4637464A (en) * | 1984-03-22 | 1987-01-20 | Amoco Corporation | In situ retorting of oil shale with pulsed water purge |
US4570715A (en) | 1984-04-06 | 1986-02-18 | Shell Oil Company | Formation-tailored method and apparatus for uniformly heating long subterranean intervals at high temperature |
US4577690A (en) | 1984-04-18 | 1986-03-25 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method of using seismic data to monitor firefloods |
US4592423A (en) | 1984-05-14 | 1986-06-03 | Texaco Inc. | Hydrocarbon stratum retorting means and method |
US4597441A (en) | 1984-05-25 | 1986-07-01 | World Energy Systems, Inc. | Recovery of oil by in situ hydrogenation |
US4663711A (en) | 1984-06-22 | 1987-05-05 | Shell Oil Company | Method of analyzing fluid saturation using computerized axial tomography |
US4577503A (en) | 1984-09-04 | 1986-03-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and device for detecting a specific acoustic spectral feature |
US4577691A (en) * | 1984-09-10 | 1986-03-25 | Texaco Inc. | Method and apparatus for producing viscous hydrocarbons from a subterranean formation |
US4576231A (en) | 1984-09-13 | 1986-03-18 | Texaco Inc. | Method and apparatus for combating encroachment by in situ treated formations |
US4597444A (en) | 1984-09-21 | 1986-07-01 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Method for excavating a large diameter shaft into the earth and at least partially through an oil-bearing formation |
US4691771A (en) | 1984-09-25 | 1987-09-08 | Worldenergy Systems, Inc. | Recovery of oil by in-situ combustion followed by in-situ hydrogenation |
US4616705A (en) | 1984-10-05 | 1986-10-14 | Shell Oil Company | Mini-well temperature profiling process |
US4750990A (en) * | 1984-10-15 | 1988-06-14 | Uop Inc. | Membrane separation of hydrocarbons using cycloparaffinic solvents |
JPS61104582A (en) | 1984-10-25 | 1986-05-22 | 株式会社デンソー | Sheathed heater |
US4598770A (en) | 1984-10-25 | 1986-07-08 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Thermal recovery method for viscous oil |
US4572299A (en) * | 1984-10-30 | 1986-02-25 | Shell Oil Company | Heater cable installation |
US4634187A (en) * | 1984-11-21 | 1987-01-06 | Isl Ventures, Inc. | Method of in-situ leaching of ores |
US4669542A (en) | 1984-11-21 | 1987-06-02 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Simultaneous recovery of crude from multiple zones in a reservoir |
US4585066A (en) | 1984-11-30 | 1986-04-29 | Shell Oil Company | Well treating process for installing a cable bundle containing strands of changing diameter |
US4704514A (en) | 1985-01-11 | 1987-11-03 | Egmond Cor F Van | Heating rate variant elongated electrical resistance heater |
US4645906A (en) | 1985-03-04 | 1987-02-24 | Thermon Manufacturing Company | Reduced resistance skin effect heat generating system |
US4785163A (en) | 1985-03-26 | 1988-11-15 | Raychem Corporation | Method for monitoring a heater |
US4698583A (en) | 1985-03-26 | 1987-10-06 | Raychem Corporation | Method of monitoring a heater for faults |
DK180486A (en) * | 1985-04-19 | 1986-10-20 | Raychem Gmbh | HEATER |
US4671102A (en) | 1985-06-18 | 1987-06-09 | Shell Oil Company | Method and apparatus for determining distribution of fluids |
US4626665A (en) | 1985-06-24 | 1986-12-02 | Shell Oil Company | Metal oversheathed electrical resistance heater |
US4605489A (en) | 1985-06-27 | 1986-08-12 | Occidental Oil Shale, Inc. | Upgrading shale oil by a combination process |
US4623444A (en) | 1985-06-27 | 1986-11-18 | Occidental Oil Shale, Inc. | Upgrading shale oil by a combination process |
US4662438A (en) | 1985-07-19 | 1987-05-05 | Uentech Corporation | Method and apparatus for enhancing liquid hydrocarbon production from a single borehole in a slowly producing formation by non-uniform heating through optimized electrode arrays surrounding the borehole |
US4728892A (en) | 1985-08-13 | 1988-03-01 | Shell Oil Company | NMR imaging of materials |
US4719423A (en) * | 1985-08-13 | 1988-01-12 | Shell Oil Company | NMR imaging of materials for transport properties |
US4662437A (en) | 1985-11-14 | 1987-05-05 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Electrically stimulated well production system with flexible tubing conductor |
CA1253555A (en) | 1985-11-21 | 1989-05-02 | Cornelis F.H. Van Egmond | Heating rate variant elongated electrical resistance heater |
US4662443A (en) * | 1985-12-05 | 1987-05-05 | Amoco Corporation | Combination air-blown and oxygen-blown underground coal gasification process |
US4686029A (en) | 1985-12-06 | 1987-08-11 | Union Carbide Corporation | Dewaxing catalysts and processes employing titanoaluminosilicate molecular sieves |
US4849611A (en) | 1985-12-16 | 1989-07-18 | Raychem Corporation | Self-regulating heater employing reactive components |
US4730162A (en) | 1985-12-31 | 1988-03-08 | Shell Oil Company | Time-domain induced polarization logging method and apparatus with gated amplification level |
US4706751A (en) | 1986-01-31 | 1987-11-17 | S-Cal Research Corp. | Heavy oil recovery process |
US4694907A (en) * | 1986-02-21 | 1987-09-22 | Carbotek, Inc. | Thermally-enhanced oil recovery method and apparatus |
US4640353A (en) * | 1986-03-21 | 1987-02-03 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Electrode well and method of completion |
US4734115A (en) | 1986-03-24 | 1988-03-29 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Low pressure process for C3+ liquids recovery from process product gas |
US4810397A (en) | 1986-03-26 | 1989-03-07 | Union Oil Company Of California | Antifoulant additives for high temperature hydrocarbon processing |
US4651825A (en) | 1986-05-09 | 1987-03-24 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Enhanced well production |
US4814587A (en) | 1986-06-10 | 1989-03-21 | Metcal, Inc. | High power self-regulating heater |
US4682652A (en) | 1986-06-30 | 1987-07-28 | Texaco Inc. | Producing hydrocarbons through successively perforated intervals of a horizontal well between two vertical wells |
US4769602A (en) | 1986-07-02 | 1988-09-06 | Shell Oil Company | Determining multiphase saturations by NMR imaging of multiple nuclides |
US4893504A (en) | 1986-07-02 | 1990-01-16 | Shell Oil Company | Method for determining capillary pressure and relative permeability by imaging |
US4716960A (en) * | 1986-07-14 | 1988-01-05 | Production Technologies International, Inc. | Method and system for introducing electric current into a well |
US4818370A (en) | 1986-07-23 | 1989-04-04 | Cities Service Oil And Gas Corporation | Process for converting heavy crudes, tars, and bitumens to lighter products in the presence of brine at supercritical conditions |
US4772634A (en) | 1986-07-31 | 1988-09-20 | Energy Research Corporation | Apparatus and method for methanol production using a fuel cell to regulate the gas composition entering the methanol synthesizer |
US4744245A (en) | 1986-08-12 | 1988-05-17 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Acoustic measurements in rock formations for determining fracture orientation |
US4863585A (en) * | 1986-09-03 | 1989-09-05 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Fluidized catalytic cracking process utilizing a C3-C4 paraffin-rich Co-feed and mixed catalyst system with selective reactivation of the medium pore silicate zeolite component thereofo |
US4769606A (en) | 1986-09-30 | 1988-09-06 | Shell Oil Company | Induced polarization method and apparatus for distinguishing dispersed and laminated clay in earth formations |
US4983319A (en) * | 1986-11-24 | 1991-01-08 | Canadian Occidental Petroleum Ltd. | Preparation of low-viscosity improved stable crude oil transport emulsions |
US5340467A (en) | 1986-11-24 | 1994-08-23 | Canadian Occidental Petroleum Ltd. | Process for recovery of hydrocarbons and rejection of sand |
US5316664A (en) | 1986-11-24 | 1994-05-31 | Canadian Occidental Petroleum, Ltd. | Process for recovery of hydrocarbons and rejection of sand |
CA1288043C (en) | 1986-12-15 | 1991-08-27 | Peter Van Meurs | Conductively heating a subterranean oil shale to create permeabilityand subsequently produce oil |
US4766958A (en) | 1987-01-12 | 1988-08-30 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method of recovering viscous oil from reservoirs with multiple horizontal zones |
US4756367A (en) | 1987-04-28 | 1988-07-12 | Amoco Corporation | Method for producing natural gas from a coal seam |
US4817711A (en) | 1987-05-27 | 1989-04-04 | Jeambey Calhoun G | System for recovery of petroleum from petroleum impregnated media |
US4818371A (en) | 1987-06-05 | 1989-04-04 | Resource Technology Associates | Viscosity reduction by direct oxidative heating |
US4787452A (en) | 1987-06-08 | 1988-11-29 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Disposal of produced formation fines during oil recovery |
US4821798A (en) | 1987-06-09 | 1989-04-18 | Ors Development Corporation | Heating system for rathole oil well |
US4793409A (en) | 1987-06-18 | 1988-12-27 | Ors Development Corporation | Method and apparatus for forming an insulated oil well casing |
US4884455A (en) | 1987-06-25 | 1989-12-05 | Shell Oil Company | Method for analysis of failure of material employing imaging |
US4827761A (en) | 1987-06-25 | 1989-05-09 | Shell Oil Company | Sample holder |
US4856341A (en) | 1987-06-25 | 1989-08-15 | Shell Oil Company | Apparatus for analysis of failure of material |
US4776638A (en) | 1987-07-13 | 1988-10-11 | University Of Kentucky Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for conversion of coal in situ |
US4848924A (en) | 1987-08-19 | 1989-07-18 | The Babcock & Wilcox Company | Acoustic pyrometer |
US4828031A (en) | 1987-10-13 | 1989-05-09 | Chevron Research Company | In situ chemical stimulation of diatomite formations |
US4762425A (en) | 1987-10-15 | 1988-08-09 | Parthasarathy Shakkottai | System for temperature profile measurement in large furnances and kilns and method therefor |
US5306640A (en) | 1987-10-28 | 1994-04-26 | Shell Oil Company | Method for determining preselected properties of a crude oil |
US4983278A (en) * | 1987-11-03 | 1991-01-08 | Western Research Institute & Ilr Services Inc. | Pyrolysis methods with product oil recycling |
US4987368A (en) * | 1987-11-05 | 1991-01-22 | Shell Oil Company | Nuclear magnetism logging tool using high-temperature superconducting squid detectors |
US4808925A (en) * | 1987-11-19 | 1989-02-28 | Halliburton Company | Three magnet casing collar locator |
US4852648A (en) | 1987-12-04 | 1989-08-01 | Ava International Corporation | Well installation in which electrical current is supplied for a source at the wellhead to an electrically responsive device located a substantial distance below the wellhead |
US4823890A (en) * | 1988-02-23 | 1989-04-25 | Longyear Company | Reverse circulation bit apparatus |
US4866983A (en) | 1988-04-14 | 1989-09-19 | Shell Oil Company | Analytical methods and apparatus for measuring the oil content of sponge core |
US4815790A (en) * | 1988-05-13 | 1989-03-28 | Natec, Ltd. | Nahcolite solution mining process |
US4885080A (en) | 1988-05-25 | 1989-12-05 | Phillips Petroleum Company | Process for demetallizing and desulfurizing heavy crude oil |
US4872991A (en) * | 1988-07-05 | 1989-10-10 | Texaco Inc. | Treatment of water |
US4840720A (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1989-06-20 | Betz Laboratories, Inc. | Process for minimizing fouling of processing equipment |
US4928765A (en) | 1988-09-27 | 1990-05-29 | Ramex Syn-Fuels International | Method and apparatus for shale gas recovery |
US4856587A (en) | 1988-10-27 | 1989-08-15 | Nielson Jay P | Recovery of oil from oil-bearing formation by continually flowing pressurized heated gas through channel alongside matrix |
US5064006A (en) | 1988-10-28 | 1991-11-12 | Magrange, Inc | Downhole combination tool |
US4848460A (en) | 1988-11-04 | 1989-07-18 | Western Research Institute | Contained recovery of oily waste |
US5065501A (en) | 1988-11-29 | 1991-11-19 | Amp Incorporated | Generating electromagnetic fields in a self regulating temperature heater by positioning of a current return bus |
US4860544A (en) | 1988-12-08 | 1989-08-29 | Concept R.K.K. Limited | Closed cryogenic barrier for containment of hazardous material migration in the earth |
US4974425A (en) | 1988-12-08 | 1990-12-04 | Concept Rkk, Limited | Closed cryogenic barrier for containment of hazardous material migration in the earth |
US5103920A (en) | 1989-03-01 | 1992-04-14 | Patton Consulting Inc. | Surveying system and method for locating target subterranean bodies |
CA2015318C (en) * | 1990-04-24 | 1994-02-08 | Jack E. Bridges | Power sources for downhole electrical heating |
US4895206A (en) | 1989-03-16 | 1990-01-23 | Price Ernest H | Pulsed in situ exothermic shock wave and retorting process for hydrocarbon recovery and detoxification of selected wastes |
US4913065A (en) | 1989-03-27 | 1990-04-03 | Indugas, Inc. | In situ thermal waste disposal system |
US5150118A (en) | 1989-05-08 | 1992-09-22 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Interchangeable coded key pad assemblies alternately attachable to a user definable keyboard to enable programmable keyboard functions |
US5059303A (en) * | 1989-06-16 | 1991-10-22 | Amoco Corporation | Oil stabilization |
DE3922612C2 (en) | 1989-07-10 | 1998-07-02 | Krupp Koppers Gmbh | Process for the production of methanol synthesis gas |
US4982786A (en) * | 1989-07-14 | 1991-01-08 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Use of CO2 /steam to enhance floods in horizontal wellbores |
US5050386A (en) | 1989-08-16 | 1991-09-24 | Rkk, Limited | Method and apparatus for containment of hazardous material migration in the earth |
US5097903A (en) * | 1989-09-22 | 1992-03-24 | Jack C. Sloan | Method for recovering intractable petroleum from subterranean formations |
US5305239A (en) | 1989-10-04 | 1994-04-19 | The Texas A&M University System | Ultrasonic non-destructive evaluation of thin specimens |
US4926941A (en) | 1989-10-10 | 1990-05-22 | Shell Oil Company | Method of producing tar sand deposits containing conductive layers |
US4984594A (en) * | 1989-10-27 | 1991-01-15 | Shell Oil Company | Vacuum method for removing soil contamination utilizing surface electrical heating |
US5656239A (en) | 1989-10-27 | 1997-08-12 | Shell Oil Company | Method for recovering contaminants from soil utilizing electrical heating |
US5082055A (en) | 1990-01-24 | 1992-01-21 | Indugas, Inc. | Gas fired radiant tube heater |
US5020596A (en) | 1990-01-24 | 1991-06-04 | Indugas, Inc. | Enhanced oil recovery system with a radiant tube heater |
US5011329A (en) | 1990-02-05 | 1991-04-30 | Hrubetz Exploration Company | In situ soil decontamination method and apparatus |
CA2009782A1 (en) * | 1990-02-12 | 1991-08-12 | Anoosh I. Kiamanesh | In-situ tuned microwave oil extraction process |
US5152341A (en) | 1990-03-09 | 1992-10-06 | Raymond S. Kasevich | Electromagnetic method and apparatus for the decontamination of hazardous material-containing volumes |
US5027896A (en) | 1990-03-21 | 1991-07-02 | Anderson Leonard M | Method for in-situ recovery of energy raw material by the introduction of a water/oxygen slurry |
GB9007147D0 (en) * | 1990-03-30 | 1990-05-30 | Framo Dev Ltd | Thermal mineral extraction system |
CA2015460C (en) | 1990-04-26 | 1993-12-14 | Kenneth Edwin Kisman | Process for confining steam injected into a heavy oil reservoir |
US5126037A (en) | 1990-05-04 | 1992-06-30 | Union Oil Company Of California | Geopreater heating method and apparatus |
US5080776A (en) * | 1990-06-14 | 1992-01-14 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Hydrogen-balanced conversion of diamondoid-containing wash oils to gasoline |
US5201219A (en) * | 1990-06-29 | 1993-04-13 | Amoco Corporation | Method and apparatus for measuring free hydrocarbons and hydrocarbons potential from whole core |
GB2246308A (en) * | 1990-07-25 | 1992-01-29 | Shell Int Research | Process for reducing the metal content of a hydrocarbon mixture |
US5054551A (en) | 1990-08-03 | 1991-10-08 | Chevron Research And Technology Company | In-situ heated annulus refining process |
US5046559A (en) | 1990-08-23 | 1991-09-10 | Shell Oil Company | Method and apparatus for producing hydrocarbon bearing deposits in formations having shale layers |
US5042579A (en) * | 1990-08-23 | 1991-08-27 | Shell Oil Company | Method and apparatus for producing tar sand deposits containing conductive layers |
US5060726A (en) | 1990-08-23 | 1991-10-29 | Shell Oil Company | Method and apparatus for producing tar sand deposits containing conductive layers having little or no vertical communication |
BR9004240A (en) | 1990-08-28 | 1992-03-24 | Petroleo Brasileiro Sa | ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING PROCESS |
US5085276A (en) * | 1990-08-29 | 1992-02-04 | Chevron Research And Technology Company | Production of oil from low permeability formations by sequential steam fracturing |
US5066852A (en) | 1990-09-17 | 1991-11-19 | Teledyne Ind. Inc. | Thermoplastic end seal for electric heating elements |
US5207273A (en) | 1990-09-17 | 1993-05-04 | Production Technologies International Inc. | Method and apparatus for pumping wells |
US5182427A (en) * | 1990-09-20 | 1993-01-26 | Metcal, Inc. | Self-regulating heater utilizing ferrite-type body |
JPH04272680A (en) * | 1990-09-20 | 1992-09-29 | Thermon Mfg Co | Switch-controlled-zone type heating cable and assembling method thereof |
US5247994A (en) | 1990-10-01 | 1993-09-28 | Nenniger John E | Method of stimulating oil wells |
US5517593A (en) | 1990-10-01 | 1996-05-14 | John Nenniger | Control system for well stimulation apparatus with response time temperature rise used in determining heater control temperature setpoint |
US5400430A (en) | 1990-10-01 | 1995-03-21 | Nenniger; John E. | Method for injection well stimulation |
US5070533A (en) * | 1990-11-07 | 1991-12-03 | Uentech Corporation | Robust electrical heating systems for mineral wells |
US5217076A (en) * | 1990-12-04 | 1993-06-08 | Masek John A | Method and apparatus for improved recovery of oil from porous, subsurface deposits (targevcir oricess) |
US5065818A (en) | 1991-01-07 | 1991-11-19 | Shell Oil Company | Subterranean heaters |
US5060287A (en) | 1990-12-04 | 1991-10-22 | Shell Oil Company | Heater utilizing copper-nickel alloy core |
US5190405A (en) | 1990-12-14 | 1993-03-02 | Shell Oil Company | Vacuum method for removing soil contaminants utilizing thermal conduction heating |
SU1836876A3 (en) | 1990-12-29 | 1994-12-30 | Смешанное научно-техническое товарищество по разработке техники и технологии для подземной электроэнергетики | Process of development of coal seams and complex of equipment for its implementation |
US5626190A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1997-05-06 | Moore; Boyd B. | Apparatus for protecting electrical connection from moisture in a hazardous area adjacent a wellhead barrier for an underground well |
US5289882A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1994-03-01 | Boyd B. Moore | Sealed electrical conductor method and arrangement for use with a well bore in hazardous areas |
US5261490A (en) | 1991-03-18 | 1993-11-16 | Nkk Corporation | Method for dumping and disposing of carbon dioxide gas and apparatus therefor |
US5102551A (en) | 1991-04-29 | 1992-04-07 | Texaco Inc. | Membrane process for treating a mixture containing dewaxed oil and dewaxing solvent |
US5093002A (en) | 1991-04-29 | 1992-03-03 | Texaco Inc. | Membrane process for treating a mixture containing dewaxed oil and dewaxing solvent |
US5142608A (en) | 1991-04-29 | 1992-08-25 | Meshekow Oil Recovery Corp. | Horizontal steam generator for oil wells |
ES2071419T3 (en) | 1991-06-21 | 1995-06-16 | Shell Int Research | CATALYST AND HYDROGENATION PROCEDURE. |
IT1248535B (en) | 1991-06-24 | 1995-01-19 | Cise Spa | SYSTEM TO MEASURE THE TRANSFER TIME OF A SOUND WAVE |
US5133406A (en) * | 1991-07-05 | 1992-07-28 | Amoco Corporation | Generating oxygen-depleted air useful for increasing methane production |
US5215954A (en) | 1991-07-30 | 1993-06-01 | Cri International, Inc. | Method of presulfurizing a hydrotreating, hydrocracking or tail gas treating catalyst |
EP0641375B1 (en) * | 1991-08-15 | 1997-12-29 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Hydrocarbon upgrading process |
US5189283A (en) | 1991-08-28 | 1993-02-23 | Shell Oil Company | Current to power crossover heater control |
US5168927A (en) | 1991-09-10 | 1992-12-08 | Shell Oil Company | Method utilizing spot tracer injection and production induced transport for measurement of residual oil saturation |
US5173213A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1992-12-22 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Corrosion and anti-foulant composition and method of use |
US5347070A (en) | 1991-11-13 | 1994-09-13 | Battelle Pacific Northwest Labs | Treating of solid earthen material and a method for measuring moisture content and resistivity of solid earthen material |
US5349859A (en) | 1991-11-15 | 1994-09-27 | Scientific Engineering Instruments, Inc. | Method and apparatus for measuring acoustic wave velocity using impulse response |
US5158681A (en) * | 1991-11-21 | 1992-10-27 | Separation Dynamics International Ltd. | Dual membrane process for removing organic compounds from the water |
NO307666B1 (en) | 1991-12-16 | 2000-05-08 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | Stationary system for active or passive monitoring of a subsurface deposit |
CA2058255C (en) | 1991-12-20 | 1997-02-11 | Roland P. Leaute | Recovery and upgrading of hydrocarbons utilizing in situ combustion and horizontal wells |
US5246071A (en) * | 1992-01-31 | 1993-09-21 | Texaco Inc. | Steamflooding with alternating injection and production cycles |
US5420402A (en) | 1992-02-05 | 1995-05-30 | Iit Research Institute | Methods and apparatus to confine earth currents for recovery of subsurface volatiles and semi-volatiles |
US5211230A (en) | 1992-02-21 | 1993-05-18 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method for enhanced oil recovery through a horizontal production well in a subsurface formation by in-situ combustion |
GB9207174D0 (en) | 1992-04-01 | 1992-05-13 | Raychem Sa Nv | Method of forming an electrical connection |
US5332036A (en) | 1992-05-15 | 1994-07-26 | The Boc Group, Inc. | Method of recovery of natural gases from underground coal formations |
US5366012A (en) | 1992-06-09 | 1994-11-22 | Shell Oil Company | Method of completing an uncased section of a borehole |
US5226961A (en) | 1992-06-12 | 1993-07-13 | Shell Oil Company | High temperature wellbore cement slurry |
US5297626A (en) | 1992-06-12 | 1994-03-29 | Shell Oil Company | Oil recovery process |
US5255742A (en) | 1992-06-12 | 1993-10-26 | Shell Oil Company | Heat injection process |
US5392854A (en) | 1992-06-12 | 1995-02-28 | Shell Oil Company | Oil recovery process |
US5236039A (en) | 1992-06-17 | 1993-08-17 | General Electric Company | Balanced-line RF electrode system for use in RF ground heating to recover oil from oil shale |
US5295763A (en) * | 1992-06-30 | 1994-03-22 | Chambers Development Co., Inc. | Method for controlling gas migration from a landfill |
US5275726A (en) * | 1992-07-29 | 1994-01-04 | Exxon Research & Engineering Co. | Spiral wound element for separation |
US5282957A (en) | 1992-08-19 | 1994-02-01 | Betz Laboratories, Inc. | Methods for inhibiting polymerization of hydrocarbons utilizing a hydroxyalkylhydroxylamine |
US5305829A (en) | 1992-09-25 | 1994-04-26 | Chevron Research And Technology Company | Oil production from diatomite formations by fracture steamdrive |
US5229583A (en) | 1992-09-28 | 1993-07-20 | Shell Oil Company | Surface heating blanket for soil remediation |
US5339904A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1994-08-23 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Oil recovery optimization using a well having both horizontal and vertical sections |
US5256297A (en) * | 1992-12-17 | 1993-10-26 | Exxon Research And Engineering Company | Multi-stage ultrafiltration process (OP-3711) |
CA2096034C (en) * | 1993-05-07 | 1996-07-02 | Kenneth Edwin Kisman | Horizontal well gravity drainage combustion process for oil recovery |
US5360067A (en) | 1993-05-17 | 1994-11-01 | Meo Iii Dominic | Vapor-extraction system for removing hydrocarbons from soil |
CA2117571A1 (en) * | 1993-08-30 | 1995-03-01 | Junichi Kubo | Process for hydrotreating heavy hydrocarbon oil |
US5377756A (en) | 1993-10-28 | 1995-01-03 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method for producing low permeability reservoirs using a single well |
US5388643A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1995-02-14 | Amoco Corporation | Coalbed methane recovery using pressure swing adsorption separation |
US5388641A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1995-02-14 | Amoco Corporation | Method for reducing the inert gas fraction in methane-containing gaseous mixtures obtained from underground formations |
US5388645A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1995-02-14 | Amoco Corporation | Method for producing methane-containing gaseous mixtures |
US5388640A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1995-02-14 | Amoco Corporation | Method for producing methane-containing gaseous mixtures |
US5388642A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1995-02-14 | Amoco Corporation | Coalbed methane recovery using membrane separation of oxygen from air |
US5566755A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1996-10-22 | Amoco Corporation | Method for recovering methane from a solid carbonaceous subterranean formation |
US5411086A (en) | 1993-12-09 | 1995-05-02 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Oil recovery by enhanced imbitition in low permeability reservoirs |
US5435666A (en) | 1993-12-14 | 1995-07-25 | Environmental Resources Management, Inc. | Methods for isolating a water table and for soil remediation |
US5404952A (en) | 1993-12-20 | 1995-04-11 | Shell Oil Company | Heat injection process and apparatus |
US5433271A (en) | 1993-12-20 | 1995-07-18 | Shell Oil Company | Heat injection process |
US5411089A (en) | 1993-12-20 | 1995-05-02 | Shell Oil Company | Heat injection process |
US5425416A (en) * | 1994-01-06 | 1995-06-20 | Enviro-Tech Tools, Inc. | Formation injection tool for down-bore in-situ disposal of undesired fluids |
MY112792A (en) | 1994-01-13 | 2001-09-29 | Shell Int Research | Method of creating a borehole in an earth formation |
US5411104A (en) | 1994-02-16 | 1995-05-02 | Conoco Inc. | Coalbed methane drilling |
CA2144597C (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1999-08-10 | Paul J. Latimer | Improved emat probe and technique for weld inspection |
US5415231A (en) | 1994-03-21 | 1995-05-16 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method for producing low permeability reservoirs using steam |
US5439054A (en) | 1994-04-01 | 1995-08-08 | Amoco Corporation | Method for treating a mixture of gaseous fluids within a solid carbonaceous subterranean formation |
US5431224A (en) | 1994-04-19 | 1995-07-11 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method of thermal stimulation for recovery of hydrocarbons |
FR2719579B1 (en) * | 1994-05-05 | 1996-06-21 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | Paraffin alkylation process. |
US5409071A (en) | 1994-05-23 | 1995-04-25 | Shell Oil Company | Method to cement a wellbore |
JPH07316566A (en) * | 1994-05-27 | 1995-12-05 | Nippon Oil Co Ltd | Hydrogenation treatment of heavy oil |
ZA954204B (en) | 1994-06-01 | 1996-01-22 | Ashland Chemical Inc | A process for improving the effectiveness of a process catalyst |
GB2304355A (en) * | 1994-06-28 | 1997-03-19 | Amoco Corp | Oil recovery |
AU2241695A (en) | 1994-07-18 | 1996-02-16 | Babcock & Wilcox Co., The | Sensor transport system for flash butt welder |
US5458774A (en) | 1994-07-25 | 1995-10-17 | Mannapperuma; Jatal D. | Corrugated spiral membrane module |
US5632336A (en) | 1994-07-28 | 1997-05-27 | Texaco Inc. | Method for improving injectivity of fluids in oil reservoirs |
US5525322A (en) | 1994-10-12 | 1996-06-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method for simultaneous recovery of hydrogen from water and from hydrocarbons |
US5553189A (en) | 1994-10-18 | 1996-09-03 | Shell Oil Company | Radiant plate heater for treatment of contaminated surfaces |
US5498960A (en) | 1994-10-20 | 1996-03-12 | Shell Oil Company | NMR logging of natural gas in reservoirs |
US5624188A (en) | 1994-10-20 | 1997-04-29 | West; David A. | Acoustic thermometer |
US5497087A (en) | 1994-10-20 | 1996-03-05 | Shell Oil Company | NMR logging of natural gas reservoirs |
US5554453A (en) | 1995-01-04 | 1996-09-10 | Energy Research Corporation | Carbonate fuel cell system with thermally integrated gasification |
AU4700496A (en) | 1995-01-12 | 1996-07-31 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | A measurement-while-drilling acoustic system employing multiple, segmented transmitters and receivers |
US6088294A (en) | 1995-01-12 | 2000-07-11 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Drilling system with an acoustic measurement-while-driving system for determining parameters of interest and controlling the drilling direction |
DE19505517A1 (en) | 1995-02-10 | 1996-08-14 | Siegfried Schwert | Procedure for extracting a pipe laid in the ground |
US5621844A (en) | 1995-03-01 | 1997-04-15 | Uentech Corporation | Electrical heating of mineral well deposits using downhole impedance transformation networks |
CA2152521C (en) | 1995-03-01 | 2000-06-20 | Jack E. Bridges | Low flux leakage cables and cable terminations for a.c. electrical heating of oil deposits |
DE19507584C2 (en) | 1995-03-04 | 1997-06-12 | Geesthacht Gkss Forschung | Radiation-chemically modified silicone composite membrane for ultrafiltration |
US5935421A (en) | 1995-05-02 | 1999-08-10 | Exxon Research And Engineering Company | Continuous in-situ combination process for upgrading heavy oil |
US5911898A (en) | 1995-05-25 | 1999-06-15 | Electric Power Research Institute | Method and apparatus for providing multiple autoregulated temperatures |
US5571403A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1996-11-05 | Texaco Inc. | Process for extracting hydrocarbons from diatomite |
AU3721295A (en) * | 1995-06-20 | 1997-01-22 | Elan Energy | Insulated and/or concentric coiled tubing |
US5824214A (en) * | 1995-07-11 | 1998-10-20 | Mobil Oil Corporation | Method for hydrotreating and upgrading heavy crude oil during production |
US5899958A (en) | 1995-09-11 | 1999-05-04 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Logging while drilling borehole imaging and dipmeter device |
US5759022A (en) | 1995-10-16 | 1998-06-02 | Gas Research Institute | Method and system for reducing NOx and fuel emissions in a furnace |
US5890840A (en) * | 1995-12-08 | 1999-04-06 | Carter, Jr.; Ernest E. | In situ construction of containment vault under a radioactive or hazardous waste site |
ES2145513T3 (en) | 1995-12-27 | 2000-07-01 | Shell Int Research | COMBUSTION APPARATUS WITHOUT FLAME AND PROCEDURE. |
IE960011A1 (en) * | 1996-01-10 | 1997-07-16 | Padraig Mcalister | Structural ice composites, processes for their construction¹and their use as artificial islands and other fixed and¹floating structures |
US5751895A (en) | 1996-02-13 | 1998-05-12 | Eor International, Inc. | Selective excitation of heating electrodes for oil wells |
US5826655A (en) | 1996-04-25 | 1998-10-27 | Texaco Inc | Method for enhanced recovery of viscous oil deposits |
US5652389A (en) | 1996-05-22 | 1997-07-29 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Commerce | Non-contact method and apparatus for inspection of inertia welds |
CA2177726C (en) | 1996-05-29 | 2000-06-27 | Theodore Wildi | Low-voltage and low flux density heating system |
US5769569A (en) | 1996-06-18 | 1998-06-23 | Southern California Gas Company | In-situ thermal desorption of heavy hydrocarbons in vadose zone |
US5828797A (en) | 1996-06-19 | 1998-10-27 | Meggitt Avionics, Inc. | Fiber optic linked flame sensor |
BR9709857A (en) | 1996-06-21 | 2002-05-21 | Syntroleum Corp | Synthesis gas production process and system |
MY118075A (en) * | 1996-07-09 | 2004-08-30 | Syntroleum Corp | Process for converting gas to liquids |
US5785860A (en) * | 1996-09-13 | 1998-07-28 | University Of British Columbia | Upgrading heavy oil by ultrafiltration using ceramic membrane |
US5782301A (en) | 1996-10-09 | 1998-07-21 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Oil well heater cable |
US6056057A (en) | 1996-10-15 | 2000-05-02 | Shell Oil Company | Heater well method and apparatus |
US6079499A (en) | 1996-10-15 | 2000-06-27 | Shell Oil Company | Heater well method and apparatus |
US5861137A (en) * | 1996-10-30 | 1999-01-19 | Edlund; David J. | Steam reformer with internal hydrogen purification |
US7462207B2 (en) * | 1996-11-18 | 2008-12-09 | Bp Oil International Limited | Fuel composition |
US5862858A (en) | 1996-12-26 | 1999-01-26 | Shell Oil Company | Flameless combustor |
US6427124B1 (en) | 1997-01-24 | 2002-07-30 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Semblance processing for an acoustic measurement-while-drilling system for imaging of formation boundaries |
US6039121A (en) | 1997-02-20 | 2000-03-21 | Rangewest Technologies Ltd. | Enhanced lift method and apparatus for the production of hydrocarbons |
US5744025A (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1998-04-28 | Shell Oil Company | Process for hydrotreating metal-contaminated hydrocarbonaceous feedstock |
GB9704181D0 (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1997-04-16 | Thompson James | Apparatus and method for installation of ducts |
US5926437A (en) | 1997-04-08 | 1999-07-20 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Method and apparatus for seismic exploration |
EP1357401A3 (en) | 1997-05-02 | 2004-01-02 | Sensor Highway Limited | A system for controlling a downhole device in a wellbore |
US5802870A (en) * | 1997-05-02 | 1998-09-08 | Uop Llc | Sorption cooling process and system |
AU8103998A (en) | 1997-05-07 | 1998-11-27 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Remediation method |
US6023554A (en) | 1997-05-20 | 2000-02-08 | Shell Oil Company | Electrical heater |
EP1011882B1 (en) | 1997-06-05 | 2002-08-14 | Shell Internationale Researchmaatschappij B.V. | Remediation method |
US6102122A (en) | 1997-06-11 | 2000-08-15 | Shell Oil Company | Control of heat injection based on temperature and in-situ stress measurement |
US6112808A (en) | 1997-09-19 | 2000-09-05 | Isted; Robert Edward | Method and apparatus for subterranean thermal conditioning |
US5984010A (en) | 1997-06-23 | 1999-11-16 | Elias; Ramon | Hydrocarbon recovery systems and methods |
CA2208767A1 (en) | 1997-06-26 | 1998-12-26 | Reginald D. Humphreys | Tar sands extraction process |
US5868202A (en) * | 1997-09-22 | 1999-02-09 | Tarim Associates For Scientific Mineral And Oil Exploration Ag | Hydrologic cells for recovery of hydrocarbons or thermal energy from coal, oil-shale, tar-sands and oil-bearing formations |
US5962763A (en) * | 1997-11-21 | 1999-10-05 | Shell Oil Company | Atmospheric distillation of hydrocarbons-containing liquid streams |
US6354373B1 (en) | 1997-11-26 | 2002-03-12 | Schlumberger Technology Corporation | Expandable tubing for a well bore hole and method of expanding |
US6152987A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 2000-11-28 | Worcester Polytechnic Institute | Hydrogen gas-extraction module and method of fabrication |
US6094048A (en) | 1997-12-18 | 2000-07-25 | Shell Oil Company | NMR logging of natural gas reservoirs |
NO305720B1 (en) | 1997-12-22 | 1999-07-12 | Eureka Oil Asa | Procedure for increasing oil production from an oil reservoir |
US6026914A (en) | 1998-01-28 | 2000-02-22 | Alberta Oil Sands Technology And Research Authority | Wellbore profiling system |
US6035949A (en) * | 1998-02-03 | 2000-03-14 | Altschuler; Sidney J. | Methods for installing a well in a subterranean formation |
MA24902A1 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2000-04-01 | Shell Int Research | ELECTRIC HEATER |
US6540018B1 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2003-04-01 | Shell Oil Company | Method and apparatus for heating a wellbore |
US6035701A (en) * | 1998-04-15 | 2000-03-14 | Lowry; William E. | Method and system to locate leaks in subsurface containment structures using tracer gases |
ID27811A (en) | 1998-05-12 | 2001-04-26 | Lockheed Martin Corp Cs | SYSTEM AND PROCESS FOR SECONDARY HYDROCARBON RECOVERY |
US6016867A (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2000-01-25 | World Energy Systems, Incorporated | Upgrading and recovery of heavy crude oils and natural bitumens by in situ hydrovisbreaking |
US6016868A (en) * | 1998-06-24 | 2000-01-25 | World Energy Systems, Incorporated | Production of synthetic crude oil from heavy hydrocarbons recovered by in situ hydrovisbreaking |
US5958365A (en) * | 1998-06-25 | 1999-09-28 | Atlantic Richfield Company | Method of producing hydrogen from heavy crude oil using solvent deasphalting and partial oxidation methods |
US6130398A (en) | 1998-07-09 | 2000-10-10 | Illinois Tool Works Inc. | Plasma cutter for auxiliary power output of a power source |
US6180008B1 (en) * | 1998-07-30 | 2001-01-30 | W. R. Grace & Co.-Conn. | Polyimide membranes for hyperfiltration recovery of aromatic solvents |
US6388947B1 (en) | 1998-09-14 | 2002-05-14 | Tomoseis, Inc. | Multi-crosswell profile 3D imaging and method |
NO984235L (en) | 1998-09-14 | 2000-03-15 | Cit Alcatel | Heating system for metal pipes for crude oil transport |
FR2784687B1 (en) * | 1998-10-14 | 2000-11-17 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | PROCESS FOR HYDROTREATING A HEAVY HYDROCARBON FRACTION WITH PERMUTABLE REACTORS AND INTRODUCING A MEDIUM DISTILLATE |
US6192748B1 (en) | 1998-10-30 | 2001-02-27 | Computalog Limited | Dynamic orienting reference system for directional drilling |
US5968349A (en) | 1998-11-16 | 1999-10-19 | Bhp Minerals International Inc. | Extraction of bitumen from bitumen froth and biotreatment of bitumen froth tailings generated from tar sands |
US20040035582A1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2004-02-26 | Zupanick Joseph A. | System and method for subterranean access |
US6123830A (en) * | 1998-12-30 | 2000-09-26 | Exxon Research And Engineering Co. | Integrated staged catalytic cracking and staged hydroprocessing process |
US6609761B1 (en) * | 1999-01-08 | 2003-08-26 | American Soda, Llp | Sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate production from nahcolitic oil shale |
US6078868A (en) | 1999-01-21 | 2000-06-20 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Reference signal encoding for seismic while drilling measurement |
US6196314B1 (en) * | 1999-02-15 | 2001-03-06 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Insoluble salt control system and method |
US6218333B1 (en) | 1999-02-15 | 2001-04-17 | Shell Oil Company | Preparation of a hydrotreating catalyst |
US6155117A (en) | 1999-03-18 | 2000-12-05 | Mcdermott Technology, Inc. | Edge detection and seam tracking with EMATs |
US6561269B1 (en) * | 1999-04-30 | 2003-05-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Canister, sealing method and composition for sealing a borehole |
US6110358A (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2000-08-29 | Exxon Research And Engineering Company | Process for manufacturing improved process oils using extraction of hydrotreated distillates |
US6257334B1 (en) * | 1999-07-22 | 2001-07-10 | Alberta Oil Sands Technology And Research Authority | Steam-assisted gravity drainage heavy oil recovery process |
US6269310B1 (en) | 1999-08-25 | 2001-07-31 | Tomoseis Corporation | System for eliminating headwaves in a tomographic process |
US6193010B1 (en) * | 1999-10-06 | 2001-02-27 | Tomoseis Corporation | System for generating a seismic signal in a borehole |
US6196350B1 (en) | 1999-10-06 | 2001-03-06 | Tomoseis Corporation | Apparatus and method for attenuating tube waves in a borehole |
US6288372B1 (en) | 1999-11-03 | 2001-09-11 | Tyco Electronics Corporation | Electric cable having braidless polymeric ground plane providing fault detection |
US6353706B1 (en) | 1999-11-18 | 2002-03-05 | Uentech International Corporation | Optimum oil-well casing heating |
US6422318B1 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 2002-07-23 | Scioto County Regional Water District #1 | Horizontal well system |
US6679332B2 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2004-01-20 | Shell Oil Company | Petroleum well having downhole sensors, communication and power |
US7259688B2 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2007-08-21 | Shell Oil Company | Wireless reservoir production control |
US6715550B2 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2004-04-06 | Shell Oil Company | Controllable gas-lift well and valve |
US6633236B2 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2003-10-14 | Shell Oil Company | Permanent downhole, wireless, two-way telemetry backbone using redundant repeaters |
WO2001065055A1 (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2001-09-07 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Controlled downhole chemical injection |
US7029571B1 (en) * | 2000-02-16 | 2006-04-18 | Indian Oil Corporation Limited | Multi stage selective catalytic cracking process and a system for producing high yield of middle distillate products from heavy hydrocarbon feedstocks |
MY128294A (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2007-01-31 | Shell Int Research | Use of downhole high pressure gas in a gas-lift well |
US7170424B2 (en) * | 2000-03-02 | 2007-01-30 | Shell Oil Company | Oil well casting electrical power pick-off points |
US6357526B1 (en) * | 2000-03-16 | 2002-03-19 | Kellogg Brown & Root, Inc. | Field upgrading of heavy oil and bitumen |
US6485232B1 (en) | 2000-04-14 | 2002-11-26 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Low cost, self regulating heater for use in an in situ thermal desorption soil remediation system |
US6918444B2 (en) * | 2000-04-19 | 2005-07-19 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Method for production of hydrocarbons from organic-rich rock |
GB0009662D0 (en) | 2000-04-20 | 2000-06-07 | Scotoil Group Plc | Gas and oil production |
US20030066642A1 (en) * | 2000-04-24 | 2003-04-10 | Wellington Scott Lee | In situ thermal processing of a coal formation producing a mixture with oxygenated hydrocarbons |
US6588504B2 (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2003-07-08 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal processing of a coal formation to produce nitrogen and/or sulfur containing formation fluids |
US7096953B2 (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2006-08-29 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal processing of a coal formation using a movable heating element |
NZ522139A (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2004-12-24 | Shell Int Research | In situ recovery from a hydrocarbon containing formation |
US6715548B2 (en) * | 2000-04-24 | 2004-04-06 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal processing of a hydrocarbon containing formation to produce nitrogen containing formation fluids |
US6715546B2 (en) * | 2000-04-24 | 2004-04-06 | Shell Oil Company | In situ production of synthesis gas from a hydrocarbon containing formation through a heat source wellbore |
US7011154B2 (en) * | 2000-04-24 | 2006-03-14 | Shell Oil Company | In situ recovery from a kerogen and liquid hydrocarbon containing formation |
US20030085034A1 (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2003-05-08 | Wellington Scott Lee | In situ thermal processing of a coal formation to produce pyrolsis products |
US6698515B2 (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2004-03-02 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal processing of a coal formation using a relatively slow heating rate |
US6584406B1 (en) | 2000-06-15 | 2003-06-24 | Geo-X Systems, Ltd. | Downhole process control method utilizing seismic communication |
GB2383633A (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2003-07-02 | Paulo S Tubel | Method and system for monitoring smart structures utilizing distributed optical sensors |
FR2813209B1 (en) | 2000-08-23 | 2002-11-29 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | SUPPORTED TWO-METAL CATALYST HAVING STRONG INTERACTION BETWEEN GROUP VIII METAL AND TIN AND USE THEREOF IN A CATALYTIC REFORMING PROCESS |
US6585046B2 (en) | 2000-08-28 | 2003-07-01 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Live well heater cable |
US6541524B2 (en) * | 2000-11-08 | 2003-04-01 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Method for transporting Fischer-Tropsch products |
US6412559B1 (en) | 2000-11-24 | 2002-07-02 | Alberta Research Council Inc. | Process for recovering methane and/or sequestering fluids |
US20020110476A1 (en) | 2000-12-14 | 2002-08-15 | Maziasz Philip J. | Heat and corrosion resistant cast stainless steels with improved high temperature strength and ductility |
US20020112987A1 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2002-08-22 | Zhiguo Hou | Slurry hydroprocessing for heavy oil upgrading using supported slurry catalysts |
US6649061B2 (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2003-11-18 | Exxonmobil Research And Engineering Company | Membrane process for separating sulfur compounds from FCC light naphtha |
US20020112890A1 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2002-08-22 | Wentworth Steven W. | Conduit pulling apparatus and method for use in horizontal drilling |
US6827845B2 (en) * | 2001-02-08 | 2004-12-07 | Bp Corporation North America Inc. | Preparation of components for refinery blending of transportation fuels |
US6872231B2 (en) * | 2001-02-08 | 2005-03-29 | Bp Corporation North America Inc. | Transportation fuels |
US6821501B2 (en) | 2001-03-05 | 2004-11-23 | Shell Oil Company | Integrated flameless distributed combustion/steam reforming membrane reactor for hydrogen production and use thereof in zero emissions hybrid power system |
US20020153141A1 (en) | 2001-04-19 | 2002-10-24 | Hartman Michael G. | Method for pumping fluids |
US6531516B2 (en) | 2001-03-27 | 2003-03-11 | Exxonmobil Research & Engineering Co. | Integrated bitumen production and gas conversion |
US6929067B2 (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2005-08-16 | Shell Oil Company | Heat sources with conductive material for in situ thermal processing of an oil shale formation |
US20030079877A1 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2003-05-01 | Wellington Scott Lee | In situ thermal processing of a relatively impermeable formation in a reducing environment |
US6966374B2 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2005-11-22 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal recovery from a relatively permeable formation using gas to increase mobility |
CA2668385C (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2012-05-22 | Shell Canada Limited | In situ recovery from a tar sands formation |
JP2002338968A (en) * | 2001-05-11 | 2002-11-27 | New Business Trading:Kk | Method for recovering oil sand oil |
CA2351272C (en) * | 2001-06-22 | 2009-09-15 | Petro Sep International Ltd. | Membrane-assisted fluid separation apparatus and method |
US20030029617A1 (en) * | 2001-08-09 | 2003-02-13 | Anadarko Petroleum Company | Apparatus, method and system for single well solution-mining |
KR20040047925A (en) * | 2001-10-18 | 2004-06-05 | 쉘 인터내셔날 리써취 마트샤피지 비.브이. | Continuous process to separate colour bodies and/or asphalthenic contaminants from a hydrocarbon mixture |
US6846402B2 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2005-01-25 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Thermally stable jet prepared from highly paraffinic distillate fuel component and conventional distillate fuel component |
US7077199B2 (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2006-07-18 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal processing of an oil reservoir formation |
US7104319B2 (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2006-09-12 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal processing of a heavy oil diatomite formation |
CA2463108C (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2011-11-22 | Shell Canada Limited | Isolation of soil with a frozen barrier prior to conductive thermal treatment of the soil |
US7090013B2 (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2006-08-15 | Shell Oil Company | In situ thermal processing of a hydrocarbon containing formation to produce heated fluids |
US6969123B2 (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2005-11-29 | Shell Oil Company | Upgrading and mining of coal |
US7165615B2 (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2007-01-23 | Shell Oil Company | In situ recovery from a hydrocarbon containing formation using conductor-in-conduit heat sources with an electrically conductive material in the overburden |
US6759364B2 (en) | 2001-12-17 | 2004-07-06 | Shell Oil Company | Arsenic removal catalyst and method for making same |
US6679326B2 (en) | 2002-01-15 | 2004-01-20 | Bohdan Zakiewicz | Pro-ecological mining system |
US6684948B1 (en) | 2002-01-15 | 2004-02-03 | Marshall T. Savage | Apparatus and method for heating subterranean formations using fuel cells |
WO2003062590A1 (en) | 2002-01-22 | 2003-07-31 | Presssol Ltd. | Two string drilling system using coil tubing |
US6958195B2 (en) | 2002-02-19 | 2005-10-25 | Utc Fuel Cells, Llc | Steam generator for a PEM fuel cell power plant |
US6818333B2 (en) * | 2002-06-03 | 2004-11-16 | Institut Francais Du Petrole | Thin zeolite membrane, its preparation and its use in separation |
US6709573B2 (en) * | 2002-07-12 | 2004-03-23 | Anthon L. Smith | Process for the recovery of hydrocarbon fractions from hydrocarbonaceous solids |
US7066283B2 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2006-06-27 | Presssol Ltd. | Reverse circulation directional and horizontal drilling using concentric coil tubing |
AU2003285008B2 (en) | 2002-10-24 | 2007-12-13 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Inhibiting wellbore deformation during in situ thermal processing of a hydrocarbon containing formation |
US6942032B2 (en) * | 2002-11-06 | 2005-09-13 | Thomas A. La Rovere | Resistive down hole heating tool |
AR041930A1 (en) * | 2002-11-13 | 2005-06-01 | Shell Int Research | DIESEL FUEL COMPOSITIONS |
US7048051B2 (en) * | 2003-02-03 | 2006-05-23 | Gen Syn Fuels | Recovery of products from oil shale |
FR2853904B1 (en) * | 2003-04-15 | 2007-11-16 | Air Liquide | PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF HYDROCARBON LIQUIDS USING A FISCHER-TROPSCH PROCESS |
AU2004235350B8 (en) * | 2003-04-24 | 2013-03-07 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Thermal processes for subsurface formations |
US6951250B2 (en) * | 2003-05-13 | 2005-10-04 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Sealant compositions and methods of using the same to isolate a subterranean zone from a disposal well |
GB0312394D0 (en) * | 2003-05-30 | 2003-07-02 | Weir Westgarth Ltd | Filtration apparatus and method |
US7331385B2 (en) * | 2003-06-24 | 2008-02-19 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Methods of treating a subterranean formation to convert organic matter into producible hydrocarbons |
NO20033230D0 (en) * | 2003-07-16 | 2003-07-16 | Statoil Asa | Procedure for oil recovery and upgrading |
US7306735B2 (en) * | 2003-09-12 | 2007-12-11 | General Electric Company | Process for the removal of contaminants from water |
US7208647B2 (en) * | 2003-09-23 | 2007-04-24 | Synfuels International, Inc. | Process for the conversion of natural gas to reactive gaseous products comprising ethylene |
US7114880B2 (en) * | 2003-09-26 | 2006-10-03 | Carter Jr Ernest E | Process for the excavation of buried waste |
US7147057B2 (en) * | 2003-10-06 | 2006-12-12 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Loop systems and methods of using the same for conveying and distributing thermal energy into a wellbore |
AU2004285085A1 (en) * | 2003-11-04 | 2005-05-12 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Process for upgrading a liquid hydrocarbon stream with a non-porous or nano-filtration membrane |
US7282138B2 (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2007-10-16 | Exxonmobil Research And Engineering Company | Multistage removal of heteroatoms and wax from distillate fuel |
US7413646B2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2008-08-19 | Shell Oil Company | Systems and methods of producing a crude product |
US7959796B2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2011-06-14 | Shell Oil Company | Systems, methods, and catalysts for producing a crude product |
NL1027776C2 (en) * | 2003-12-19 | 2006-08-24 | Shell Int Research | Systems and methods for preparing a crude product. |
US7354507B2 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2008-04-08 | Conocophillips Company | Hydroprocessing methods and apparatus for use in the preparation of liquid hydrocarbons |
CN1957158B (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2010-12-29 | 国际壳牌研究有限公司 | Temperature limited heaters used to heat subsurface formations |
FR2871167B1 (en) * | 2004-06-04 | 2006-08-04 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | METHOD FOR IMPROVING ESSENTIAL CUPS AND GAS PROCESSING |
US20060231461A1 (en) | 2004-08-10 | 2006-10-19 | Weijian Mo | Method and apparatus for making a middle distillate product and lower olefins from a hydrocarbon feedstock |
US7582203B2 (en) | 2004-08-10 | 2009-09-01 | Shell Oil Company | Hydrocarbon cracking process for converting gas oil preferentially to middle distillate and lower olefins |
EP1802729A1 (en) | 2004-10-11 | 2007-07-04 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Process for separating colour bodies and/or asphalthenic contaminants from a hydrocarbon mixture |
US20060096920A1 (en) * | 2004-11-05 | 2006-05-11 | General Electric Company | System and method for conditioning water |
CN101166889B (en) * | 2005-04-21 | 2012-11-28 | 国际壳牌研究有限公司 | Systems and methods for producing oil and/or gas |
EP1871981A1 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2008-01-02 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | Grouped exposed metal heaters |
US7435037B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2008-10-14 | Shell Oil Company | Low temperature barriers with heat interceptor wells for in situ processes |
NZ567415A (en) * | 2005-10-24 | 2010-12-24 | Shell Int Research | Solution mining systems and methods for treating hyrdocarbon containing formations |
US7124584B1 (en) * | 2005-10-31 | 2006-10-24 | General Electric Company | System and method for heat recovery from geothermal source of heat |
EP1984599B1 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2012-03-21 | Chevron U.S.A., Inc. | Kerogen extraction from subterranean oil shale resources |
US7793722B2 (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2010-09-14 | Shell Oil Company | Non-ferromagnetic overburden casing |
US7644993B2 (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2010-01-12 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | In situ co-development of oil shale with mineral recovery |
CA2666296A1 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2008-04-24 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Heating an organic-rich rock formation in situ to produce products with improved properties |
JO2982B1 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2016-03-15 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | Optimized well spacing for in situ shale oil development |
WO2008051822A2 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2008-05-02 | Shell Oil Company | Heating tar sands formations to visbreaking temperatures |
US20080216321A1 (en) * | 2007-03-09 | 2008-09-11 | Eveready Battery Company, Inc. | Shaving aid delivery system for use with wet shave razors |
AU2008242797B2 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2011-07-14 | Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. | In situ recovery from residually heated sections in a hydrocarbon containing formation |
BRPI0810752A2 (en) * | 2007-05-15 | 2014-10-21 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | METHODS FOR IN SITU HEATING OF A RICH ROCK FORMATION IN ORGANIC COMPOUND, IN SITU HEATING OF A TARGETED XISTO TRAINING AND TO PRODUCE A FLUID OF HYDROCARBON, SQUARE FOR A RACHOSETUS ORGANIC BUILDING , AND FIELD TO PRODUCE A HYDROCARBON FLUID FROM A TRAINING RICH IN A TARGET ORGANIC COMPOUND. |
RU2496067C2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2013-10-20 | Шелл Интернэшнл Рисерч Маатсхаппий Б.В. | Cryogenic treatment of gas |
US8177305B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-05-15 | Shell Oil Company | Heater connections in mines and tunnels for use in treating subsurface hydrocarbon containing formations |
-
2006
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567415A patent/NZ567415A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537823A patent/JP5456318B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ568140A patent/NZ568140A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087012429A patent/KR20080064889A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801153A patent/EA015618B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/040971 patent/WO2007111642A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537804A patent/JP5214458B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626905A patent/CA2626905C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/040981 patent/WO2007050446A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,803 patent/US7591310B2/en active Active
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537807A patent/JP5107928B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/041197 patent/WO2007050479A1/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020137028764A patent/KR20140003620A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06826428A patent/EP1941128A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,429 patent/US7562706B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306471A patent/AU2006306471B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537817A patent/JP5441412B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/041122 patent/WO2007050469A1/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306476A patent/AU2006306476B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087012317A patent/KR101348117B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567656A patent/NZ567656A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626970A patent/CA2626970C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/041183 patent/WO2007050476A1/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 AT AT06836414T patent/ATE499428T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801152A patent/EA013579B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801154A patent/EA012941B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06826389A patent/EP1941126A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306475A patent/AU2006306475B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06826326A patent/EP1941001A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626969A patent/CA2626969C/en active Active
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306414A patent/AU2006306414B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537824A patent/JP5214459B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801151A patent/EA013253B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626972A patent/CA2626972C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306404A patent/AU2006306404B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06826416A patent/EP1941127A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567705A patent/NZ567705A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 GB GB0806000A patent/GB2451311A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,816 patent/US20070131428A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-10-20 CA CA002626319A patent/CA2626319A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537822A patent/JP5441413B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087011678A patent/KR101434226B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06836450A patent/EP1941006A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801156A patent/EA014215B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,819 patent/US7584789B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087012448A patent/KR101434259B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,427 patent/US7559368B2/en active Active
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087012469A patent/KR101434232B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,804 patent/US7556095B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 DE DE602006020314T patent/DE602006020314D1/en active Active
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567255A patent/NZ567255A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801150A patent/EA014196B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567658A patent/NZ567658A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567657A patent/NZ567657A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087012435A patent/KR101359313B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,801 patent/US8606091B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087012438A patent/KR20080059331A/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/040990 patent/WO2007050449A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626962A patent/CA2626962C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/040980 patent/WO2007050445A1/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,817 patent/US7581589B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 US US11/585,302 patent/US7559367B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06836413A patent/EP1941125A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801155A patent/EA013513B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306411A patent/AU2006306411B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,805 patent/US7556096B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537808A patent/JP5570723B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06836414A patent/EP1941003B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2006-10-20 JP JP2008537803A patent/JP5214457B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,802 patent/US7635025B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/041185 patent/WO2007050477A1/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306472A patent/AU2006306472B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567706A patent/NZ567706A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 KR KR1020087012458A patent/KR101434248B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626959A patent/CA2626959C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626946A patent/CA2626946C/en active Active
- 2006-10-20 EP EP06826327A patent/EP1941002A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-10-20 CA CA2626965A patent/CA2626965C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 US US11/584,799 patent/US7549470B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-10-20 WO PCT/US2006/040991 patent/WO2007050450A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-20 NZ NZ567257A patent/NZ567257A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006306412A patent/AU2006306412B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 AU AU2006340864A patent/AU2006340864B9/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-10-20 EA EA200801157A patent/EA016412B9/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2008
- 2008-04-07 IL IL190657A patent/IL190657A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-04-07 IL IL190658A patent/IL190658A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-04-14 IL IL190847A patent/IL190847A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-04-14 IL IL190846A patent/IL190846A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-04-14 IL IL190848A patent/IL190848A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-04-14 IL IL190849A patent/IL190849A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-04-14 IL IL190845A patent/IL190845A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-04-14 IL IL190844A patent/IL190844A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30944A patent/MA29960B1/en unknown
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30937A patent/MA29953B1/en unknown
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30949A patent/MA29965B1/en unknown
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30941A patent/MA29957B1/en unknown
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30939A patent/MA29955B1/en unknown
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30938A patent/MA29954B1/en unknown
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30940A patent/MA29956B1/en unknown
- 2008-05-19 MA MA30943A patent/MA29959B1/en unknown
-
2009
- 2009-06-30 US US12/495,307 patent/US20090301724A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2010
- 2010-12-09 US US12/964,548 patent/US8151880B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20040211569A1 (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2004-10-28 | Vinegar Harold J. | Installation and use of removable heaters in a hydrocarbon containing formation |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8776609B2 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2014-07-15 | Shell Oil Company | Use of fiber optics to monitor cement quality |
US8800653B2 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2014-08-12 | Shell Oil Company | Systems and methods for monitoring a well |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8606091B2 (en) | Subsurface heaters with low sulfidation rates | |
US8857506B2 (en) | Alternate energy source usage methods for in situ heat treatment processes | |
CA2871784A1 (en) | Systems, methods and processes for use in treating subsurface formations |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 0806000 Country of ref document: GB Kind code of ref document: A Free format text: PCT FILING DATE = 20061020 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 0806000.6 Country of ref document: GB |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2006340864 Country of ref document: AU |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2626319 Country of ref document: CA |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2006340864 Country of ref document: AU Date of ref document: 20061020 Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 568140 Country of ref document: NZ |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2610/CHENP/2008 Country of ref document: IN |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 06849845 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 06849845 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |